SM 1201r9 Usxray

Technical Publication
SM-1201R9
Service Manual
Automatic & Auto-tracking
with TFT Control Console
Ceiling Suspension
This product bears a CE marking in accordance with the provisions of the 93/42/EEC MDD dated June 14, 1993.
Este producto ostenta una marca CE de acuerdo con las disposiciones de la Directiva 93/42/CEE del 14 de Junio de 1993 sobre Productos Médicos.
Ce produit porte la marque CE de conformité aux réglements de la Directive 93/42/CEE du 14 juin 1993 relative aux Produits médicaux.
The information comprised in this manual applies to the following equipments

La información contenida en este manual se aplica a los siguientes equipos
L’information contenue dans ce manuel est appliquée aux équipements suivants
Automatic Ceiling Suspension

Auto-tracking with TFT Control Console Ceiling Suspension
Manufactured by:
Fabricado por:
Fabriqué par:
SEDECAL
Sociedad Española de Electromedicina y Calidad S.A.
Pelaya, 9 -- 13. Polígono Industrial “Río de Janeiro”
28110 Algete, Madrid -- España (Spain)
Phone: +34 916 280 544 Fax: +34 902 190 385 www.sedecal.com
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
REVISION HISTORY
REVISION DATE REASON FOR CHANGE
0 May 05, 2010 First Edition.
1 Sept 30, 2010 New Hose, Configuration Chapter and General Wiring
Schematics updated
2 Nov 11, 2010 Adaptation for Ralco R225 Collimator
3 Dec 12, 2010 New Control Console
4 Jan 18, 2011 Hose and Schematics Upgrade
5 June 02, 2011 New Tube Adaptations, Troubleshooting, Spares Parts

and General Wiring Upgrade
6 May 23, 2012 New format. Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension added
7 Sept 26, 2012 IEC Standards Update
8 Feb 11, 2013 New Software Update

IEC Standards Update
New Manual Collimator Update
Renewal Parts Update
Schematics Update
9 May 14, 2013 New Service Tool Update

Renewal Parts Update
Schematics Update
This Document is the English original version, edited and supplied by the manufacturer.
The Revision state of this Document is indicated in the code number shown at the bottom of this page.
SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
ADVISORY SYMBOLS
The following advisory symbols will be used throughout this manual. Their
application and meaning are described below.
DANGERS ADVISE OF CONDITIONS OR SITUATIONS THAT

IF NOT HEEDED OR AVOIDED WILL CAUSE SERIOUS
PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
ADVISE OF CONDITIONS OR SITUATIONS THAT IF NOT

HEEDED OR AVOIDED COULD CAUSE SERIOUS PERSONAL
INJURY, OR CATASTROPHIC DAMAGE OF EQUIPMENT OR
DATA.
Advise of conditions or situations that if not heeded or

avoided could cause personal injury or damage to equipment
or data.
Note . Alert readers to pertinent facts and conditions. Notes represent

information that is important to know but which do not necessarily
relate to possible injury or damage to equipment.
SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Page
1 INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 Previous Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

1.1.1 Purpose and Scope of this Manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1.2 Ceiling Suspension Axes and Travels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
1.1.3 Ceiling Suspension Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
1.1.4 Longitudinal (X) and Transversal (Y) Movements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.1.4.1 Automatic Ceiling Suspension Movements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
1.1.4.2 Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension Movements . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.2 Required Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
1.3 Pre-Installation Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1.4 Shipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
1.4.1 Crates and Packing Boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
1.4.2 Packing Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
1.4.3 Required Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
1.5 Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
1.6 Longitudinal Rails Unpacking and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
1.7 Cables Rail Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
1.8 Transversal Rails and Main Assembly Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
1.9 Transversal Belt Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
1.10 Lifting & Lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

1.10.1 Lifting Tool Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
1.10.2 Lifting & Lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
1.11 Transversal Rails Fixation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
1.11.1 Back Bearing Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
1.11.2 Front Bearing Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
1.12 Automatic Suspension Longitudinal Motor & Belt Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
1.13 Auto-tracking Suspension Longitudinal Potentiometer & Belt Installation . . . . 56
1.14 Longitudinal Brake Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
PI--1207R9 i
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Section Page
1.15 Tube Support & X-ray Tube Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
1.15.1 Tube Support Adaptations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
1.15.2 Remove alpha and Beta Covers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
1.15.3 Telescopic Column Lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
1.15.4 Vertical Motor Disconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
1.15.5 X-ray Tube Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
1.15.6 Tube Leveling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
1.16 Collimator Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
1.16.1 Ralco R225 Collimators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
1.16.2 Rotating Collimator Adaptation Kit Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
1.17 Control Console Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
1.18 External Hose Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

1.18.1 External Hoses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
1.18.2 Tubular Hose Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
1.18.3 Velcro Hose Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
1.19 Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
1.19.1 General Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
1.19.2 HV Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
1.19.3 Ground Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
1.20 Electrical Connections and Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
1.21 Covers Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

1.21.1 Carriage Covers Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
1.21.2 Toshiba Tubes Adaptations Covers Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
1.21.3 L-block Covers Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
1.21.4 Longitudinal Motor Cover Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
1.22 Mechanical Detents Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
1.22.1 Longitudinal and Transversal Detents Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
1.22.2 Auto-tracking Suspension Alpha & Beta Detents Adjustment . . . . . . . 121
2 SYSTEM INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
2.1 Installation Requirements and Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
2.2 Preparing the Installation Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

2.2.1 Required Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
2.2.2 Checking Pre-installation Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
2.2.3 Equipment Evaluation and Shipping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
viii PI--1207R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Section Page
2.3 Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
2.3.1 System Installation Steering Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
2.3.2 Suspension Installation and Leveling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
2.3.3 Wall Stand Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
2.3.4 Wall Stand and Suspension Perpendicularity Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . 125
2.3.4.1 Required Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
2.3.4.2 Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
2.3.5 Table Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
2.3.6 Table Parallelism to the Rails System and the Suspension . . . . . . . . . 127
2.3.7 Table and Suspension Perpendicularity Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
2.3.8 SID & Alignment Markers Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
3 CONFIGURATION AND CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
3.1 Gage Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
3.2 Calibration & Configuration Service Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

3.2.1 Calibration & Configuration Service Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
3.2.2 Accessing Service Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
3.2.3 Service Tool Graphical Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
3.3 Calibration Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

3.3.1 System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
3.3.1.1 Peripherical Devices Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
3.3.1.2 Positioner Devices Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
3.3.2 Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
3.3.3 Tomography Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
3.3.4 Layout Init Angles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
3.3.5 Optional Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
3.3.5.1 Functional Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
3.3.5.2 [Serial Channel] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
3.3.5.3 [Stitching Operative] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
3.3.5.4 [Rad Control] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
3.3.5.5 [Orientation Encoding] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
3.4 Position Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
3.5 Velocity Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
3.6 Axes Calibration Functional Check. [StandAlone] Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
PI--1207R9 iii
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Section Page
3.7 Room Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
3.7.1 Ceiling Suspension Position Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
3.7.2 Automatic Positioner Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
3.7.2.1 Automatic Wall Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
3.7.2.2 Automatic Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
3.7.3 Auto-tracking System Positioners Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
3.7.3.1 Auto-tracking Wall Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
3.7.3.2 Auto-tracking Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
3.7.4 SIngle Panel Horizontal Positioner Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
3.7.5 Room Layout Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
3.8 Workstations Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

3.8.1 Accessing to Workstation Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
3.8.2 Manual Detent Points Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
3.8.3 Operational Velocities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
3.8.4 Operation Tones Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
3.9 Auto-position Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

3.9.1 Auto-positions/Parking Positions Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
3.9.2 Programmed Position Configuration (PP). Extended Mode . . . . . . . . 222
3.10 Ralco R225 Automatic Collimator Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

3.10.1 [Can-Bus Interface] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
3.10.2 Collimator Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
3.11 DAP Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
3.12 System Reboot and Positioner Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
3.13 TFT Screen Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
3.14 Configuration and Calibration Files Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

3.14.1 Accessing to the Configuration Manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
3.14.2 Configuration and Calibration Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
3.14.3 NOVA_Core.ini . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
3.14.4 GEN.ini . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
3.14.5 Calibration.data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
3.15 Compact Flash Backup and Restoration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

3.15.1 Accessing to NOVA-Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
3.15.2 Backup Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
3.15.3 Back up Restoration Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
3.16 Software Upgrade. Calibration and Configuration Mixer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
viii PI--1207R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Section Page
4 FUNCTIONAL CHECKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
5 THEORY OF OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
5.1 Equipment Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

5.1.1 Purpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
5.1.2 Suspension Basic Concepts. Movements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
5.2 Movement Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
5.2.1 Automatic Ceiling Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
5.2.2 Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
5.3 Automatic Ceiling Suspension Electronic System Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
5.4 Automatic Ceiling Suspension Software Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

5.4.1 Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
5.4.1.1 Software Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
5.4.1.2 Communication Interfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
5.4.2 Theory of Motor Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
5.5 Ceiling Suspension Manual Motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
5.5.1 Control Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
5.5.2 Detent Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
5.6 Automatic Motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

5.6.1 Auto-Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
5.6.2 Auto-tracking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
5.6.2.1 Automatic Ceiling Suspension with Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
5.6.2.2 Automatic Ceiling Suspension with Wall Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
5.6.2.3 Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension with Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
5.6.2.4 Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension with Wall Stand . . . . . . . . . . 286
5.6.3 Auto-positioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
5.6.4 Automatic Positioning Control Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
5.6.5 Automatic movements Safety Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
5.6.6 X-ray Interlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
6 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
6.1 Basic Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
6.2 Software Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

6.2.1 Errors Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
6.2.2 Errors List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
PI--1207R9 v
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Section Page
7 MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
7.1 Maintenance Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
7.2 Cleaning Advices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312
7.3 Periodic Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

7.3.1 Required Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
7.3.2 PMS Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
7.4 Preventive Maintenance Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

7.4.1 Required Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
7.4.2 Visual Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
7.4.3 Check and Adjustment of the Longitudinal Belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
7.4.4 Checking and Tightening the Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
7.4.5 Cleaning and Checking the Steel Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
7.5 Steel Cables Breakdown Safety Switch, SW10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
7.6 Gas Springs Wear Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
8 DISASSEMBLE/REASSEMBLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
8.1 Job Cards List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
8.2 Mandatory Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
8.3 Carriage Service Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324

JC1.1 Vertical Motor (Z) Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
JC1.2 Steel Cable Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
JC1.3 Central Pole Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
JC1.4 Gas Springs Set Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
JC1.5 Vertical Potentiometer Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
JC1.6 Compact Flash Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
8.4 Column & L-block service procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
JC2.1 Alpha/Beta Assembly Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
JC2.2 Telescopic Column Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
JC2.3 Alpha/Beta Mechanical Detents Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . 348
JC2.4 Alpha/Beta Potentiometers Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
JC2.5 Gage Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
JC2.6 Beta Axis Framework Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
viii PI--1207R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Section Page
8.5 Rails System procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
JC3.1 Transversal Brake Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
JC3.2 Nylon Wheel Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
8.6 Hose & Cables Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
JC4.1 Power Supply Cable Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
9 RENEWAL PARTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
10 SCHEMATICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
PI--1207R9 vii
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
This page intentionally left blank.
viii PI--1207R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
SECTION 1 INSTALLATION
1.1 PREVIOUS CONSIDERATIONS
1.1.1 PURPOSE AND SCOPE OF THIS MANUAL
This manual provides a sequential listing of tasks and procedures for the
complete installation of the Automatic and Auto-tracking models of the Ceiling
Suspension, both provided with the TFT Control Console. Refer to Section
1.1.3 Ceiling Suspension Models.
OPERATOR AND SERVICE MANUALS SHOULD BE

CAREFULLY READ AND UNDERSTOOD BY SERVICE
PERSONNEL BEFORE USING AND SERVICING THE
EQUIPMENT, ESPECIALLY THE INSTRUCTIONS
CONCERNING SAFETY, REGULATORY, DOSAGE AND
RADIATION PROTECTION. KEEP THE MANUALS WITH THE
EQUIPMENT AT ALL TIMES AND PERIODICALLY REVIEW
THE OPERATING AND SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS.
SERVICE PERSONNEL MUST HAVE SUFFICIENT

KNOWLEDGE TO COMPETENTLY PERFORM THE SERVICE
TASKS RELATED TO X-RAY DEVICES AND PARTICULARLY
TO THE EQUIPMENT DESCRIBED IN THIS MANUAL. THIS
KNOWLEDGE IS ACQUIRED THROUGH A VARIETY OF
EDUCATIONAL METHODS FOR TECHNICIANS IN
ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL LAWS OR REGULATIONS,
INCLUDING SPECIFIC TRAINING ON THIS EQUIPMENT.
Installation is broken into two primary tasks: mechanical installation and

software configuration and calibration. Most mechanical tasks focus on the
physical aspects of hardware assembly, equipment positioning and cabling.
Software tasks refer to the user GUI configuration, automatic movements setup
and room layout, etc.
It is included in this manual a guide for the correct adjustment and leveling of
the X-ray System too. However, the installation procedure of the other
components, as the table, wall stand, X-ray generator, etc... must be consulted
and completed according to their own installation documentation.
Note . It is mandatory to install the Ceiling Suspension before installing

all other equipments of the X-ray room. Refer to the System
installation chapter of this manual for the installation sequence.
SM-1201R9 1
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.1.2 CEILING SUSPENSION AXES AND TRAVELS
Illustration 1-1
Ceiling Suspension Axes and Travels
Up
Vertical Axis (Z)
¦135o
X-ray Tube Angulation
Down
in Alpha Axis
¦180o
X-ray Tube Rotation
in Beta Axis
The Ceiling Suspension can be moved manually or automatically along its

longitudinal (X), transversal (Y) and vertical (Z) axes. But there are another two
movements called BETA or X-ray tube rotation and ALPHA or X-ray tube
angulation. So it can cover almost all volume of the room where it is installed
and operate with horizontal and vertical receptors.
Check the next abbreviations list and terms used In the accompanying
documents and Service Tool Software:
-- X Longitudinal Axis
-- Y Transversal Axis
-- Z Vertical Axis
-- CS Ceiling Suspension
-- OTC Ceiling Suspension
-- WS Wall Stand
Movements along these axes can be performed manually or automatically, but

depending on the Ceiling Suspension models movements policy is different.
2 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.1.3 CEILING SUSPENSION MODELS
Illustration 1-2
Ceiling Suspension Nomenclature
Longitudinal Rails
Transversal Rails
Carriage
Telescopic Column
Emergency-OFF Switch (optional)

Hose
TFT Control Console
L-Block
Collimator
Both Ceiling Suspension models have the same components and

nomenclature. But they have different features and internal mechanics are
different:
G Automatic Ceiling Suspension all axes are motorized, so all

automatic movements (Auto-positioning, Auto-centering and
Auto-tracking) are available in all axes.
G Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension with the TFT Control

Console, motorized just in the vertical axis to allow the
Auto-tracking function but in this axis only. Other axes are not
motorized.
Note . Depending on each Ceiling Suspension model characteristic,

movements policy, installation flowchart and calibration
procedures change.
SM-1201R9 3
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.1.4 LONGITUDINAL (X) AND TRANSVERSAL (Y) MOVEMENTS
The required elements for the longitudinal (X) and transversal (Y) movements
are installed on the Rail System. Depending on the model some installation
procedure steps change as there are differences in their features and
mechanically, specially in the installation of the longitudinal (X) and transversal
(Y) movements required items.
1.1.4.1 AUTOMATIC CEILING SUSPENSION MOVEMENTS
The Suspension can move automatically in all axes. Refer to Illustration 1-3,
Rails System is composed by:
Motor rail with belt set, where the Belt and the X&Y Motor are mounted,
which are the required elements to start and drive along the rails the
motion of the Ceiling Suspension and must be installed in both axis, on
the right transversal rail, Detail J, and rear longitudinal rail, Detail F.
Braking rail, the left transversal and front longitudinal rails are provided
with a metal plate used by the brakes to stop the movement. Brakes are
mounted on the Bearing set, the Transversal on the Left Carriage
Fixation Bearing, Detail I, and and the Longitudinal in the Back Bridge
Fixation Bearing, Detail D.
Bearings set, there are two different sets:
G Transversal rails bearings fix the transversal rails to the

longitudinal Rails and allow the longitudinal movement.
G Carriage bearings fix the Carriage to the transversal rails and

allow the Transversal movement.
All rails except the right transversal rail are provided with end stops kits
which allow to stop the movement softly and without bounces.
All Axis can be configured by software to have several Detent Points.

At these points, the equipment will activate the corresponding brake and
it will get stopped and locked. The movement can be continued
automatically or manually, so the brake must be released or just push the
Omni-directional Button to release the brake and initiate manually the
movement along the same axis.
Their location depends on the Room Configuration, check the position of the
Table and the Wall Stand, as each detent must be located in a position which
indicates their center.
4 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 1-3
Automatic Ceiling Suspension Longitudinal and Transversal Movement
BACK
G K
Transversal Rail with Motor
Transversal Rail with Brake
M N
I F
Longitudinal Rail with Motor
Carriage Bearings
LEFT Transversal Rails Bearings
RIGHT
J
Longitudinal Rail with Brake
B D
C
DETAIL G DETAIL K
Transversal End Stop Transversal Belt Holder
H L (Back Side)
FRONT
DETAIL B DETAIL C
Longitudinal End Stop Longitudinal End Stop DETAIL I DETAIL J
(Left Side) (Right Side) Transversal Brake Transversal Motor
DETAIL F
Longitudinal Motor
DETAIL D
Longitudinal Brake
DETAIL H DETAIL L
Transversal End stop Transversal Belt Tensor
DETAIL M DETAIL N (Front Side)
Longitudinal Belt Holder Longitudinal Belt Tensor
SM-1201R9 5
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.1.4.2 AUTO-TRACKING CEILING SUSPENSION MOVEMENTS
The Suspension can move automatically in all axes. Refer to Illustration 1-4,
Rails System is composed by:
Motor rail with potentiometer and belt. Depending on the Room

configuration, the potentiometer and belt should be mounted just in the
longitudinal or transversal rails, as it is mandatory to install it must be installed
in the same axis were the Wall Stand will be located. The Potentiometer and
Belt are the required elements to drive the Suspension along the axis. Their
position is on the right transversal rail, Detail J, or on the back longitudinal rail,
Detail F.
Braking rail, the left transversal and front longitudinal rails are provided with
a metal plate used by the brakes to stop the movement. The transversal brake
is mounted on the Left Carriage Fixation Bearing, Detail I, and the Longitudinal
brake on the Back Transversal rail Bearing, Detail D.
Bearings set, there are two different sets:
 Transversal rails bearings fix the transversal rails to the longitudinal

Rails and allow the longitudinal movement.
 Carriage bearings fix the Carriage to the transversal rails and allow the
Transversal movement.
All rails except the right transversal rail are provided with end stops kits which
allow to stop the movement softly and without bounces.
Transversal and Longitudinal Axis can be configured to have mechanical

Detent Points. At these points, the equipment will activate the corresponding
brake and it will get stopped. To continue with the movement, the brake must
be released or just push the Omni-directional Button to release the brake and
initiate the movement manually along the same axis.
Their location depends on the Room Configuration, check the position of the
Table and the Wall Stand, as each detent must be located in a position which
indicates their center, it can be installed up to two different Detents:
 One Detent must be installed just in the center of the Longitudinal axis
of the Table
 Second one must be installed in the center of the Wall Stand Bucky. Its
location depends on the Room Configuration, check the position of the
Table and the Wall Stand, as each detent must be located in a position
Depending on the configuration they can be installed on the Transversal or

Longitudinal rails. But always at the contrary of the Longitudinal or Transversal
Poles Set and Potentiometer, so at the left of the Bridge and/or at the front of
the room. Both detents also can be installed in the same axis, but always must
be a minimum security distance of 20 mm (0.79”).
It is recommended to install both Detents after installing and getting aligned the
System.
6 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 1-4
Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension Longitudinal and Transversal Movement
BACK
G M
Transversal Rail with Motor and Belt
Transversal Rail with Brake and Plate
K L
F
Longitudinal Rail with Motor

Carriage Bearings
I
LEFT Transversal Rails Bearings RIGHT
J Longitudinal Rail with Brake
B D C
H
N
FRONT
DETAIL B DETAIL C DETAIL G DETAIL M

Longitudinal End Stop Longitudinal End Stop Back Transversal End Stop Front Transversal
(Left Side) (Right Side) End Stop
DETAIL I DETAIL J
Transversal Brake Transversal Motor
DETAIL D DETAIL C
Longitudinal Brake Longitudinal Potentiometer
DETAIL K DETAIL L DETAIL M DETAIL N

Longitudinal Belt Holder Longitudinal Belt Tensor Transversal belt holder Transversal Belt Tensor
SM-1201R9 7
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.2 REQUIRED TOOLS
The following hand tools are required for the Installation:
 Standard service engineers tool kit
 Electric drill motor and assorted bits
 Hammer drill
 Step Ladder
 Digital Level
 Laser alignment tool
 Meter
 Torque wrench set 10--100 Nm
 Hexagonal or Allen wrench set
 Loctite 243
 Voltmeter
 Dynamometer
 Wood Block, P/N S0020778
 Optionally Lifting Tool for the Suspension Main Assembly.
INJURY HAZARD! AT LEAST TWO SERVICE PERSONNEL

ARE REQUIRED FOR THE SUSPENSION INSTALLATION.
DUE TO THE EQUIPMENT AND RAILS HEAVY WEIGHT, IT
CAN FALL DOWN WHEN LIFTING AND INSTALLING, WHAT
COULD CAUSE SERIOUS DAMAGES TO EQUIPMENT AND
PERSONNEL.
8 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.3 PRE-INSTALLATION CHECKS
Prior to beginning installation it is recommended to inspect the site and verify

that the X-ray room complies with requirements such as:
Space Requirements to allow installation and system movements must

consider the maximum dimensions and travels of the equipment.
Note . The ceiling should have been previously prepared before

beginning with the installation. Ceiling preparation requires to drill
anchorage holes and routing the cables under the Table. Refer to
Pre-installation Manual of this equipment for further
pre-installation details.
ACCORDING TO THE MDD/93/42/EEC, THIS UNIT IS

EQUIPPED WITH EMC FILTERS. THE LACK OF THE PROPER
GROUNDING MAY PRODUCE ELECTRICAL SHOCK TO THE
USER.
BEFORE ANCHORING THE UNIT, CHECK THAT THE

CEILING AND THE ANCHORING SYSTEM ARE STRONG
ENOUGH (2000 NEWTON TRACTION FORCE) TO ENSURE A
SAFE INSTALLATION. THE CEILING MUST HAVE A
STRUCTURE WHICH ACCEPTS, AT LEAST 500KG/M (336
LB/FT), FOR A SAFETY OPERATION AND ANCHORS MUST
SUPPORT 156 KG (343.92 LBS) LOAD PER BOLT
POWER LINE REQUIREMENTS
Power Line for Ceiling Suspension:

Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115- 240 VAC
Max. Permanent Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.5 -- 1.6 A
Frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50/60 Hz
Power line for Collimator Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 VAC, 6.5A

............... 50/60 Hz
Power Supply Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5A, 250V SB

Breaking Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.0A.
OPERATING ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Operating temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10oC to 40oC

Relative humidity (no condensing) range . . . . . . . 20% to 85%
Atmospheric Pressure range ................ 700 hPa to 1060 hPa
SM-1201R9 9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
STORAGE / TRANSPORT ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Temperature range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . --20oC to 70oC
Relative Humidity range (non-condensing) . . . . . . 10% to 95%
Atmospheric Pressure range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500hPa to1060hPa
CEILING SUSPENSION SPECIFICATIONS
 Dimensions
G Maximum Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2641 mm (103.98”)
G Minimum Height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1068 mm (42.05”)
G Width . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3450 mm (135.83”) Max
G Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6000 mm (118.1”) Max
 Distance between Longitudinal Rails . . . . . . . . . . . . 1432 +5/--15 mm

(56.37” +0.2/--0.6)
 Weights
G Main assembly and Control Console . . . . . . 230 kg (507.06 lb)
G Longitudinal and Transversal Rails . . . . 85 kg (187.39 lb) Max
G X-ray Tube, Collimator, Hose and cables . . 80 kg (176.37 lb)
 Travels
G Longitudinal travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4866 mm (191.6”) Max
G Transversal travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1901 mm (74.84”) Max
G Vertical travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1570 mm (61.81”)
 X-ray Tube rotation (Beta Axis) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±180o
 X-ray Tube angulation (Alpha Axis) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ±135o
 Maximum and Minimum SID from X-ray Tube facing the Table and Wall
Stand depends on the Room dimensions and longitudinal Rails of the
unit.
10 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 1-5
Dimensions and Travels
Length of longitudinal rails: 6000, 5340, 4679, 4019 and 3358 mm
737 mm
Longitudinal Rails
1071 mm
2700 mm (minimum recommended height)

2307 mm
2641 mm
1570 mm
1570 mm
Focal spot
±135o
(Alpha
angulation)
Length of transversal rails: 3450, 3000, 2750, 2500, 2250 and 2000 mm
Column Center
737 mm
Transversal Rails
2307 mm
1570 mm
Focal spot
282 mm
±180o
(Beta rotation)
SM-1201R9 11
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 1-6
Suggested Structure for Suspension
Max. Rec. 1220 mm

(48.03”)
Max. Rec. 1220 mm

(48.03”)
19 mm (0.75”) Holes
660.4 mm (26”) « to «
64 mm x 84 mm 156 kg (343.92 lbs) Load per
(2.52” x 3.31”) Bolt
Longitudinal Rails
Amm ¦6 1432 mm +5/--15 mm 3358 to 6000 mm Lengths 2600 mm (102.36”) to

mm (A” (56.37” +0.2/--0.6”) (132.20” to 236.22”) 2800 mm (110.23”)
¦0.24”) Rail to Rail (See specific Installation for Recommended to Floor
Cable Rail Length)
to Rail
12 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 1-7
Rail Mounting Specifications
When a 22.7 kg (50 lbs) force is applied

vertically upward, vertically downward, or
horizontally at any support rail mounting
point, the attachment interface must not
deflect more than 1.5 mm (1/16”)
When a 45.4 kg (100 lbs) force is applied
vertically upward at any rail mounting point,
the attachment interface must not deflect
more than 1.5 mm (1/16”)
883 mm (34.76”) ¦6 mm
(¦0.22”)
1432 mm +5/--15 mm
(56.37” +0.2/--0.6”)
Cable takeup support

rail mounting points
Diagonals must be equal
within 6.5 mm (0.25”)
Stationary rail mounting points must be

parallel within 3 mm (6.61”) All mounting points must be located on a
common centerline within 1.5 mm (1/16”)
When a 136 kg (300 lbs) load is applied vertically

downward or horizontally at any stationary rail All mounting points must be in the same
mounting point, the attachment interface must not horizontal plane within 2.4 mm (5.29”)
deflect more than 1.5 mm (1/16”)
SM-1201R9 13
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Table 1-1
Rails Dimensions and Carriage Travels
Distance from the Column’s Center

Longitudinal Rails Length Carriage Travel
To the Left To the Right
3358 mm (132.22”) 2224 mm (87.57”)
4019 mm (158.22”) 2885 mm (113.57”)
405 mm (min) 729 mm (min)
4679 mm (184.22”) 3545 mm (139.57”)
15 94” (min)
15.94” 28 70” (min)
28.70”
5340 mm (210.22”) 4206 mm (165.57”)
6000 mm (236.22”) 4866 mm (191.57”)
Distance from the Column’s Center

Transversal Rails Length Carriage Travel
To the Front To the Back
2000 mm (78.74”) 901 mm (35.4”)
2250 mm (88.58”) 1151 mm (45.3”)
2500 mm (98.42”) 1401 mm (55.1”) 762 mm (min) 343 mm (min)
2750 mm (108.27”) 1651 mm (65”) 30” (min) 13.50”(min)
3000 mm (118.11”) 1901 mm (74.8”)

3450 mm (135.83”) 2351 mm (92.5”)
Illustration 1-8
Focal Spot Travel
565 mm
115 mm
Focal Spot
984 mm
534 mm
687 mm 1011 mm
14 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 1-9
Rails Dimensions and Travels
Length of Transversal Rails: 3450, 3000, 2750, 2500, 2250 and 2000 mm
100 mm (min.)
66 mm (min.)
622 mm
622 mm
A Cable Rail
D
660.4 mm
1432 mm (+5 --15)
Transversal Rails Longitudinal Rails
28.2 mm 28.2 mm
477 mm
477 mm
Focal Spot
180 mm Length of Longitudinal Rails: 6000, 5340, 4679, 4019 and 3358 mm 954 mm
Table 1-2
Distances between Longitudinal Rail and Transversal and Cable Rails
Transversal Rails Length D A

2000 mm (78.74”) 284 mm (11.18”) 330 mm (12.99”)
2250 mm (88.58”) 409 mm (16.10”) 455 mm (17.91”)
2500 mm (98.42”) 534 mm (21.02”) 580 mm (22.83”)
2750 mm (108.27”) 659 mm (25.94”) 705 mm (27.75”)
3000 mm (118.11”) 784 mm (30.87”) 830 mm (32.68”)
3450 mm (135.83”) 1009 mm (39.72”) 1055 mm (41.53”)
D = (Length of transversal rail -- 1432 mm) / 2
A = D + 46 mm
SM-1201R9 15
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.4 SHIPPING
The whole system is shipped in different wood crates to facilitate transportation

and installation. Upon receipt of the X-ray unit and associated equipment,
inspect all shipping containers for signs of damage. If damage is found, notify
the carrier or his agent immediately. Preliminary checks:
 Do not discard any packing material such as envelopes, boxes, bags

until all parts are compared with the Checking List,
 check the general condition and external appearance of all parts for
possible damages or missing items,
 notify the distribution center immediately of any damaged or missing parts.
1.4.1 CRATES AND PACKING BOXES
Illustration 1-10
Ceiling Suspension Shipping Main Crate and Rails Crate
Rails Crate
Main Crate
Auxiliary Crate
 Rails Crate. It contains everything needed for installation of the Rail

System. Refer to S0017546CHK, which is valid for both Ceiling
Suspension models, for detailed list of all spares needed for the rail
system installation.
16 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
 Main Crate. It contains the main assembly of the suspension. Refer to

the S0024599CHK, valid for Automatic model, or S0024600CHK, valid
for Auto-tracking model, documents for detailed list of all required items
for the installation of the:
G Carriage, Column and L-Block, which are already assembled

G Tube Support, X-ray Tube and Collimator Assembly
G Control Console
G External Hose
G Bearings
G Covers
Optionally depending on the Ceiling Suspension configuration it may be

necessary to ship some components in an Auxiliary Crate.
In both crates most of the items are packed in plastic bags and identified with
their Part Number written in the plastic. These bags are packed in cardboard
boxes, each one identified by a number, in the case of the Rails Crate, or by a
letter, in the case of the Main Crate and its content is indicated in both CHK
documents.
Illustration 1-11
Packing Box and Contents
TO AVOID PERSONAL INJURIES OR EQUIPMENT DAMAGE,

DO NOT REMOVE YET ANY SHIPPING RETAINING PIN,
BRACKETS OR HARDWARE FROM THE CEILING
SUSPENSION UNTIL INSTRUCTED TO DO SO.
Note . When indicated and required, get out all Packing boxes carefully.
Avoid mixing all boxes contents and items, so installation
procedure will be more effective.
SM-1201R9 17
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.4.2 PACKING LISTS
Both crates are provided with its corresponding Packing Lists:
 Main Crate. The P/N S0024599CHK for the Automatic Ceiling

Suspension or S0024600CHK for the Semi-automatic model.
 Rails Crate. The S0017546CHK for both models.
All the required elements for the installation are listed and identified by their part
numbers and images, it is also indicated the Packing Box where they are
shipped and the delivered quantity.
Table 1-3
Packing List Detail
FRENO/BRAKE
Foto/Photo P/N Descripción Description Box Qty. Final Verif
Freno Longitudinal Longitudinal Brake

S0016937 1
(Montado) (assembled)
C
51212P72 TORN. EX. INT. SCREW M6x45 (assembled) 4
51390P12 ARANDELA AET M6 (motado) WASHER AET M6 (assembled) 4
The main item is highlighted in grey and all items required for its installation or
its parts are indicated below.
Note . Please refer always to both Checking Lists to know which items
are required for the installation of the Ceiling Suspension.
Please before starting the installation procedure check that

all items has been received and are in proper conditions. If
not please get in contact with your provider before starting
any task.
18 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.4.3 Required Conditions
Required Conditions
Before proceeding to the Suspension installation there are some requirements

which are obligatory or recommendable to fulfil to accomplish successfully the
Installation procedure.
 Study the Equipment Nomenclatures and Parts in Operator Manual.
 It will be helpful to keep a printed copy of the Equipment Description and

drawings when proceeding to the installation work.
 Read first this manual completely before starting with the Suspension
installation procedure.
 Plan the Equipment position. The longitudinal frontal rail must be

installed on the frontal side of the room. Refer to the Pre-Installation
Manual, which is provided together with this manual.
 Refer always to the complete Steering Guide.
Note . In main crate Packing List (P/N S0024599CHK/S0024600CHK)

items must be listed in the order they are required for the installation.
So it is highly recommended to check this document during
SM-1201R9 19
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.5 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
Mechanical Installation tasks are designed to be performed in sequence.
Illustration 1-12
Installation Flowchart
Check
Study Equipment Plan the Room
Pre-installation
Specifications Layout
Work
Study
Checking List
INSTALLATION
START Collimator
Installation
Longitudinal Rails
Unpacking & Installation
DAP Device
Installation
Cable Rails
Installation
Control Console
Installation
Main Crate
Unpacking
External Hose
Installation
Transversal Rails
Unpacking & Installation Cables
Routing
Transversal Belt
Installation Electrical
Connection
Equipment & Transversal

Rails Lifting Covers
Installation
X-ray System Equipment

Transversal Rails Installation
Fixation
Adjustments and
Calibration
Automatic Auto-tracking
Ceiling Suspension Ceiling Suspension
Room Layout Markers
Installation
Longitudinal Motor & Belt Longitudinal Belt & Poles

Installation Set Installation
Functional
Checking
Longitudinal Brake
Installation
INSTALLATION
END
X-ray Tube
Installation & Leveling
20 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.6 LONGITUDINAL RAILS UNPACKING AND INSTALLATION
REQUIRED ELEMENTS
BOX P/N DESCRIPTION QTY.
Variable depending on
Longitudinal rail with Brake plate 1
the length
Longitudinal rail 1
the length
N/A 00574P01 Bumper * (For rail end stops) 2
S0017044 Bumper Support * (For rail end stops) 1
S0004605 Slotted Cheese Head Screw M5x20 * (For rail end stops) 4
07696P01 Leveling Shim 1 mm. 30

1
51202P33 Screw M12x50 AOCL 8.8 24
51380P31 Washer M12 48
51350P15 Nut EX M12 24
Note . Rail End stop bumpers are shipped already assembled and
mounted on rails.
Illustration 1-13
Longitudinal Rails required Elements
Longitudinal rail Assembled

Brake plate
end stop
Fixation screw
Leveling shim
Longitudinal rail for belt fixation Longitudinal rail with brake plate
SM-1201R9 21
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
PROCEDURE
1. Move the rails shipping container to the installation area and leave it in
horizontal position just down where the rails are to be installed definitely.
2. Open the crate, loosen all the screws of the top cover.
3. Move away all shipping material. But do not remove the plastic bag or
another shipping material until checking completely all equipment proper
status and that all elements have been received.
4. Locate the frontal and back longitudinal rails in their correct position.
G The front rail has the brake plate assembled, to work with the
brake.
G The back one does not have any brake installed. There will be
installed the longitudinal belt.
5. Install first the front rail by tightening totally the fixing screws, the frontal
rails goes always nearest to the operator position. It is recommended to
tighten first both extreme screws, and then all intermediate screws.
Note . It is recommendable to use the in optional Installation Kit, P/N

S0021391. In case of use any other tool, it must comply with all
the ceiling, installation and safety requirements.
6. Use to fix all the Longitudinal Rails, all of them are in Packing Box 1.
G 51202P33 SCREW M12 X 50 AOCL 8.8
G 51380P31 WASHERS
G 51350P15 NUTS
Illustration 1-14
Fix Longitudinal Rails to Ceiling
22 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
7. Make sure that the rail is properly leveled. Use the digital Level. The
maximum tolerance must be 0.5o. If rails are not properly leveled, check that
all screws are tightened totally; but it may be also because the Ceiling
structure, which is not regular. So, use the leveling shims to get the proper
balance and horizontality. Mount the leveling shims between longitudinal
rails and ceiling or alphen rail, if used, and fixed by the rail fixing screws.
Illustration 1-15
USe the Leveling Shims to get Rails leveled
Fixation Screw
Leveling
Leveling Shim Shim
Longitudinal Rail
Fixation
Screw
8. Install the back Rail. Make sure that the distance between both rails is
1432 mm (52.83”) , with a tolerance of +5/--15 mm (+0.2/--60”) at all
points. Check in different points (between holes center), if the distance
is always the same one.
MAKE SURE THAT ALL FIXATION SCREWS ARE WELL

TIGHTENED AND FIXED, AND THAT RAILS ARE LEVELED
AND PARALLEL. IN CASE THAT THE RAILS ARE NOT
PROPERLY INSTALLED AND LEVELED THE EQUIPMENT
WILL NOT OPERATE PROPERLY.
Illustration 1-16
Recommended Distance between both Longitudinal Rails
20 mm (0.78”) 1432 mm +5/-- 15 (52.83” +0.2/-- 60”)
SM-1201R9 23
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.7 CABLES RAIL INSTALLATION
Note . Cables rails are optional. In case of use any different Cable Rail,
it is absolutely mandatory that it complies with all the ceiling,
installation and safety requirements. Refer to the Pre-installation
Manual for further details.
REQUIRED ELEMENTS

51202P33 Screw M12 x 50 AOCL 8,8 10
n/a
/ 51380P31 Washer M12 20
51350P15 Nut Ex M12 10
S0022010 Cable Rail Tube Hose 1
S0019737 Cable Rail Velcro Hose 1
n/a
/ S0019739 Unistrut Carriage 1
S0019740 Brace/Case/Washer 1
S0019741 Threaded Hook 1
S0019972 Spring Nut M6 2
S0020454 Nut Fixation 2
n/a
/
51212P67 Socket Cap Screw Din912 M6 X 20 2
51390P12 Aet Washer 6 2
Note . There are two different Cable rails depending on the type of hose,
if it is Velcro covered or tubular, they are provided with different
Hose sliding fixation kit. Installation procedure is the same for both
Cable Rails.
Illustration 1-17
Cable Rail and fixation screws
Hose Fixation Kit Cable Rail Rail Fixation Screws
24 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
PROCEDURE
1. Install the Cable Rail at the back of the room. It is recommended to begin
tightening the rails end screws, and then all intermediate screws.
2. Open Packing Box 2 of the Rails Crate.
3. Fix the Cable Rail, use:
G 51202P33 SCREWS M12X50 AOCL 8,8
G 51350P15 NUTS EX M12
G 51380P31 FLAT WASHER B13 A0
Illustration 1-18
Cable Rail Fixation
4. Install the three Hose Fixation Kits.
G S0019737 HOSE SLIDING FIXATION for Velcro Hose

or
S0022010 LONGITUDINAL SLIDING FIXATION for Tubular
G S0019739 UNISTRUT CARRIAGE
G S0019740 BRACE/CASE/WASHER
G S0019741 THREADED HOOK
Illustration 1-19
Hose Fixation Kits
SM-1201R9 25
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
5. Install the Spring Nut Assembly, P/N S0019972, at the ends of the Cable
Rails.
G S0019972 SPRING NUT M6
G S0020454 NUT FIXATION
G 51212P67 SOCKET CAP SCREW DIN912 M6 X 20
G 51390P12 AET WASHER 6
Illustration 1-20
Spring Nut Assembly
6. Check that all screws are properly fixed.
7. Check that the distance of the Cable rail to the rear wall is the minimum
required or higher. Refer to Section 1.3 Pre-installation Checks.
26 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.8 TRANSVERSAL RAILS AND MAIN ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION
REQUIRED ELEMENTS
Transversal Rail with Brake Plate 1
the length
Transversal Rail 1
the length
00574P01 Bumper * (For Rail End stops) 2

N/A
S0004599 Slotted Cheese Head Screw M5x20 * (For rail end stops) 4
S0021351 End Covers Transversal Rail 2
---- Telescopic Column 1
S0004605 Screw M5x20 ISO7380 6
51383P30 Big Washer M5 6
51361P03 Lock Nut M5 6
3 53054P01 Tie Wrap UNEX1201 6
51212P25 Socket Cap Screw DIN912 M4x12 6
51380P26 Washer DIN125 M4 6
51390P10 AET Washer M4 6
Note . Rail End stop bumpers are shipped already assembled and
mounted on rails.
Illustration 1-21
Required Elements
Assembled
End Stop
Transversal Rail for Belt Fixation Transversal Rail with Brake Plate
End Cover
Brake Plate
SM-1201R9 27
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
MAIN CRATE UNPACKING
1. Place the main assembly at the center of the already installed longitudinal
rails to make easier the lifting procedure. It must be lifted to the ceiling and
fixed to the longitudinal rails together with the Main Crate, place this one
below and remove the upper and all lateral covers of the crate.
2. The Main Assembly is hanged on the Bar Holders and the Main
Assembly Support.
Illustration 1-22
Remove all Shipping Bags and Boxes
Main Assembly
Bar Holders
Main Assembly Support
3. Remove all Crate covers.
4. Remove all shipping materials and all Suspension elements as hoses,

bearings, etc., and just keep on the pallet the Main Assembly Support with
the Main Assembly and Bar Holders.
DO NOT LOOSEN ALREADY THE BAR HOLDERS. IT IS

MANDATORY TO HAVE FIXED THE CEILING TO THE
SUPPORT UNTIL GETTING IT INSTALLED AND FIXED TO
THE LONGITUDINAL RAILS.
28 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
PROCEED TO THE INSTALLATION OF THE TRANSVERSAL

RAILS AS MORE CAREFULLY AS POSSIBLE. MAKE SURE
THAT NO ELEMENT OF THE CARRIAGE OF THE
SUSPENSION OR THE COLUMN HAS BEEN DAMAGED
DURING THIS PROCEDURE.
MAKE SURE THAT THE CEILING SUSPENSION AND

TRANSVERSAL RAILS ARE MOUNTED TOTALLY
PERPENDICULAR TO THE LONGITUDINAL RAILS.
MODIFYING BRIDGE LENGTH IS NOT RECOMMENDED. IF

MODIFICATION OF THE BRIDGE IS REQUIRED, YOU MUST
CHECK WITH YOUR INSTALLATION SPECIALIST. CONFIRM
THAT THE LENGTH YOU DESIRE WILL NOT LIMIT YOUR
ABILITY TO PURCHASE FUTURE PRODUCT OPTIONS OR
UPGRADES (I.E. VOLUME RAD).
Illustration 1-23
Proceed to mount the Transversal Rails in the next Order
3
2
1. Install Left Transversal Rail

2. Install Right Transversal Rail
3. Fix the Rail to the Carriage
4. Install Front End-cover
5. Install Back End-cover
SM-1201R9 29
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1. Mount the Carriage wheels on the Left Transversal Rail (Brake Plate rail).
The wheels must run without obstacles. Just fit the carriage wheels into
the Transversal Rail end and roll until locate the Column in the center of
the rail.
Illustration 1-24
Mount the Rails on the Bearings Wheels and slide carefully
2. Mount the Right Transversal Rail (The one without metal Brake Plate).
3. Fix the rails position with the Fixing Screw. This is too important to avoid
the Main Assembly unexpected movements along transversal rails.
Introduce the Fixing Pin provided with the Suspension, or any other bar,
in the lateral hole of the Right Transversal Rail.
Illustration 1-25
Fixing Screw
30 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
4. Place the End Cover at each Rails end.
5. Open Packing Box 3. Each End Cover is tighten to the rails in two points.
Illustration 1-26
Transversal Rails End Covers Fixation
6. Use to fix both End Covers:
G S0004605 SCREW M5 x 20 ISO 7380
G 51383P30 BIG WASHER M5
G 51361P03 LOCK NUT M5
SM-1201R9 31
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
7. Mount the Washer and Lock Nut under the Cover and the Screw on top
of the Cover.
Illustration 1-27
Transversal Rails End Cover
End Cover Hole

for Belt Adjustment
8. Check if the Bridge is properly levelled and both rails are parallel:
G The distance of both diagonals must be the same.
G All angles must be of 90o.
Note . Parallelism must be checked before lifting the Ceiling Suspension

to get it fixed to the Longitudinal Rails, but check again after
completing the fixation procedure.
Illustration 1-28
Check all Angles and Diagonals Length
90o
90o
A=B
32 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Several parts of the Ceiling Suspension are fixed in Transversal Rails. Refer to
illustration below for information about parts of the equipment fixed and their
fixation points.
Illustration 1-29
Transversal Rails Fixations
Right Lateral View

FRONT BACK
1 2 5
5
Left Lateral View

BACK FRONT
2 1
3
BACK Left Lateral View

FRONT
2 1
1. Front Transversal Rails Fixation
2. Back Transversal Rails Fixation
3. Bracket-Cable Mounting to the Transversal Rails
4. Mains Assembly Fixing Screw
5. Transversal Belt Fixation
SM-1201R9 33
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.9 TRANSVERSAL BELT INSTALLATION
Note . Install always the Transversal Belt before lifting the Ceiling
Suspension and fixing it to the Longitudinal Rails.
REQUIRED ELEMENTS
3.7 m
B S0022488 Transversal Rail Belt Assembly *
145.6”
Illustration 1-30
Transversal Belt Assembly
Belt Holder
Notched Belt
Belt Tensor
Both Belts, transversal and longitudinal, are packed in the

same shipping box, B, in the Main Crate. Please make sure
that the required Belt for each rail is used. The use of the
wrong Belt will result in the impossibility to continue with the
whole installation procedure.
Check the lengths of both Belts. Transversal Belt is the
shortest one (3700 mm/145.6”).
34 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
The Transversal Belt is already assembled for the shipping, so it will be

necessary to disassemble the Belt Holder to install it properly:
1. Open Packing Box B of the Main Crate. Use just the Transversal Belt,
if provided with two different Belts, which is minimum 3700 mm (145.6”)
long.
2. Belt Tensor must be installed at the front of the Right Transversal Rail.
3. Belt Holder must be installed at the end of the Right Transversal Rail.
Illustration 1-31
Transversal Belt fixation points
Fix here
Belt Holder
Fix here
Belt tightening Hole Belt Tensor
4. Open the Belt Holder completely as it is necessary to match the Belt with
the Holder Notches.
5. Tighten and adjust the Notched Belt to match it with the Holder.
Illustration 1-32
Loosen the Belt Holder to match it with the Notched Belt
SM-1201R9 35
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
6. Mount again the Belt Holder and fix it to the Rail.
7. Place the Belt along the right Transversal Rail, the one without the metal
plate. The Notched Belt must run with all notches looking inwards.
Note . Check that the Belt is completely tightened. It is very important for
the correct travel of the Carriage along the Transversal Rails.
Illustration 1-33
Place the Belt along the Right Rail. Belt notches must look inwards
Notched Belt
8. Loosen the Jam Nut of the Belt Tensor, it must be a little bit loosen.
Illustration 1-34
Loosen the Belt Tensor Jam Nut
Jam Nut
36 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
9. Remove the Gear Belt of the Transversal Potentiometer, which is

movable. Turn the Potentiometer to the right to remove without
damaging the Potentiometer.
Illustration 1-35
Transversal Potentiometer
Gear Belt
Poles Set
Gear Belt
Poles Set
TRANSVERSAL MOTOR/POLES SET IS ALREADY

INSTALLED, IT IS NOT REQUIRED TO REMOVE THE
POTENTIOMETER. DO NOT CHANGE ITS POSITION
EITHER. IF CHANGED, POTENTIOMETER MAY GET
DAMAGED.
10. Loop the Belt into the Transversal Pole Set.
SM-1201R9 37
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
11. Mount back the Gear Belt of the Potentiometer.
Illustration 1-36
Gear Belt Installed and Transversal Belt
12. Get the Belt tightened.
13. Fix the Belt Tensor at the front of the right Transversal Rail.
14. Put an Allen wrench through the End Cover hole for Belt adjustment and
tighten the Belt Tensor.
Illustration 1-37
Tighten Belt Tensor
38 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.10 LIFTING & LOWERING
Note . In case of using another lifting tool, remember that it must comply
with all the ceiling installation and safety requirements.
The Lifting Tool provided by the manufacturer is an optional tool, P/N

S0006600. It can be used another tractel or lifting equipment, as long as it is
capable to lift the main crate and the Transversal rails, refer to the Section 1.3
Pre-installation Checks for information about the equipment and crate weight.
1.10.1 LIFTING TOOL INSTALLATION
TO LIFT THE CEILING SUSPENSION DO NOT REMOVE ANY

COVER OF THE MAIN ASSEMBLY SUPPORT NOR BAR
HOLDERS.
Illustration 1-38
Ceiling Suspension lifting procedure
Longitudinal Rail
Intermediate Steel Cable

GIVE TWO TURNS!
SM-1201R9 39
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1. Place three rings at each lateral of the Main Crate.
Illustration 1-39
Lifting Tool already installed
2. Place one ring on the center of both Longitudinal Rails.
3. Three Steel Cables are provided, use just the largest cables:
a. Hold the largest steel cable on both Longitudinal Rails rings, and
pass it through the Lifting Tool.
b. Hold the intermediate length steel cable on lower rings of the

Assembly Support and fix it to the Lifting Tool.
Note . Turn twice the Steel Cable between both bottom rings. and hold
the Tractel on it.
40 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.10.2 LIFTING & LOWERING
1. Place the bar as shown in illustration, move up and down bar A at the
same time in both tractels to lift.
2. Lift the Main Crate with Ceiling Suspension main assembly until the
Transversal Rails are at 1 cm (0.39”).
Illustration 1-40
Ceiling Suspension Lifting procedure
PROCEED TO LOWER THE MAIN CRATE ONCE THE

TRANSVERSAL RAILS HAVE BEEN FIXED COMPLETELY TO
THE LONGITUDINAL RAILS.
3. Once fixed the Transversal Rails and Ceiling Suspension to the

Longitudinal Rails, remove the Main Crate Bar Holders and get Ceiling
Suspension free of any shipping element.
4. To get the Main Crate lowered, move up and down the bar B at the same
time in both tractels.
Illustration 1-41
Ceiling Suspension Lowering procedure
B B
A A
SM-1201R9 41
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.11 TRANSVERSAL RAILS FIXATION
This procedure target is to provide information about the fixation of the

Transversal Rails Fixation Bearings or Rolling Supports that allow the
movement of the Ceiling Suspension and the Transversal Rails along the
Longitudinal Rails. There are two Fixation Bearings to be installed, Front and
Back Bearings. Remember that they are not interchangeable.
Note . It is highly recommended to get the Ceiling Suspension and

Transversal Rails mounted and lifted together to install the
Fixation Bearings.
Illustration 1-42
Fixation Bearings location
Front Bearing Back Bearing
Reinforcement Bracket Reinforcement Bracket
FRONT AND BACK FIXATION BEARINGS ARE DIFFERENT

AND NOT INTERCHANGEABLE. MAKE SURE THAT EACH
ONE IS INSTALLED IN ITS CORRECT POSITION. IT IS
MANDATORY TO INSTALL FIRST THE BACK BEARING AND
THEN THE FRONT ONE.
42 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
REQUIRED ELEMENTS
S0009430 Conductive Rolling Support (Back Fixation Bearing) 1

N/A
S0009433 Brake Side Rolling Support (Front Fixation Bearing) 1
S0009340 Reinforcement Bracket for Rolling (Right Side) 2
S0009341 Reinforcement Bracket for Rolling (Left Side) 2
51212P71 Screw DIN 912 M6x40 8

A
51221P68 Allen Screw M6x25 DIN7991 8
51361P04 Nut EX with nylon Lock M6 16
51380P28 Plate Washer B 6.4 16
S0006260 Bracket Plate Fixation Rails (Small) 4
51390P13 Washer AET M8 8

2
51201P48 Screw EX M8x25 8
51380P29 Washer B 8.4 AO 8
Illustration 1-43
Front Fixation Bearing Back Fixation Bearing
Reinforcement Bracket
SM-1201R9 43
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.11.1 BACK BEARING INSTALLATION
THE CEILING SUSPENSION AND TRANSVERSAL RAILS

MUST BE ALREADY SUPPORTED BY THE MAIN CRATE AND
THE LIFTING TOOL. DO NOT REMOVE ANY UNTIL GETTING
THE TRANSVERSAL RAILS PROPERLY FIXED.
1. Open Packing Box A.
2. Place the Fixation Bearing in the left lateral of the Transversal Rails.
Insert the Bearing into the back Longitudinal Rail.
Illustration 1-44
Roll the Back Bearing to install it
3. Roll the Bearing to its final position, it must match with the Transversal
Rails bores for Bearing fixation.
Illustration 1-45
Place the Fixation Bearing in the correct position
44 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
4. Each Fixation Bearing is fixed directly to the Transversal Rail with all the
crews and items shipped in packing Box 2. Open it.
G S0006260 Bracket Plate Fixation Rails
G 51390P13 Washer AET M8
G 51201P48 Screw EX M8x25
G 51380P29 Washer B8.4 AO
Illustration 1-46
Bearings fixation screws
5. Turn just twice, by the moment do not fix it definitely, the distance of the
Fixations Bearings to the Longitudinal rails must be adjusted before
definitive fixation.
Note . Do not tighten completely all fixations until installing and adjusting
both Fixation Bearings distance to Longitudinal Rails.
6. Mount Reinforcement Brackets, there are two different pairs:
G S0009340 Reinforcement Bracket to be installed at both right

sides.
G S0009341 Reinforcement Bracket to be installed at both left

sides.
SM-1201R9 45
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 1-47
Reinforcement Brackets mounting
7. Use to fix the Brackets to Bearings:
G Allen Screw M6x25 DIN7991
G Plate Washer B 6.4
Illustration 1-48
Reinforcement Brackets fixation to Bearing
46 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
8. Use to fix the Brackets to the Transversal Rails:
G 51212P71 Screw DIN 912 M6x40
G 51361P04 Nut EX with Nylon Lock M6
Illustration 1-49
Fix the Brackets to the Transversal Rail
9. Turn twice by the moment until the distance of the Bearing to the Rails
is checked.
10. Adjust the distance at 13 mm ¦1 (¦0.51”). Make sure that the distance
is the same in all points.
Illustration 1-50
13 mm ¦1 (¦ 0.51”)
Note . Do not fix definitely all screws until installing and adjusting both
Fixation Bearings distance to Longitudinal Rails.
SM-1201R9 47
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.11.2 FRONT BEARING INSTALLATION
Proceed to install front Bearings completing the same steps for the back
bearings mounting.
1. Transversal Rails slotted bores allow the correct adjustment of the

Bearing distance to the front Longitudinal Rails.
Illustration 1-51
Front Bearings Fixation Screws
2. Check if the Bridge is properly levelled and both rails are parallel:
G The distance between both rails must be the same in every point,
with a tolerance of ¦0.05 mm (0.002”). Recommended checking
points are located at a distance of 5 cm to 10 cm (1.97” to 3.94”)
from the end of every rail. Measure the distance from the external
part of one rail to the external part of the other one.
G All angles must be of 90o.
Note . Parallelism must be checked before lifting the Ceiling Suspension

to get it fixed to the Longitudinal Rails, but check again after
completing the fixation procedure.
48 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3. Tighten all Bearings fixation screws definitively making sure that this
distance is respected.
4. In case of the distances are not correct, proceed to check the installation
of the Bearings, use the slotted holes to adjust the Bearings.
Illustration 1-52
Check all angles and verify that the distance between both rails is the same in every point
90o
13 mm ¦1 (¦ 0.51”)
90o
SM-1201R9 49
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.12 AUTOMATIC SUSPENSION LONGITUDINAL MOTOR & BELT INSTALLATION
Note . This Installation Procedure Step is just for automatic Ceiling

Suspensions. In case of installing Auto-tracking Ceiling
Suspension continue to Section 1.13 Pre-installation Checks &
Equipment Specifications.
Illustration 1-53
Longitudinal Motor and Brake of the Automatic Ceiling Suspension
Longitudinal Brake
Transversal Belt
RIGHT LEFT
BACK
Longitudinal Belt
Longitudinal Motor
Both Belts, transversal and longitudinal, are packed in the

same shipping box of the Main Crate (Box B). Please make
sure that the required Belt for each rail is used. The use of the
wrong Belt will result in the impossibility to continue with the
whole installation procedure.
Check the lengths of both Belts. Longitudinal Belt is the

longest one (6200 mm/244”).
50 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
REQUIRED ELEMENTS
6.2 m
S0020135 Belt Assembly
(244”)
B
49800P33 Screw M5x20 4
S0020124 X&Y Drive Assembly (Longitudinal Motor with Longitudinal Power Control PWA) 1
P 51201P26 Screw EX M6x15 2
51380P28 Plate Washer B6.4 2
Illustration 1-54
Longitudinal Belt and X& Y Drive Assemblies
Belt Holder
Notched Belt Belt Tensor
Longitudinal Power Control PWA

X&Y Assembly (Longitudinal Motor)
SM-1201R9 51
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1. Open Packing Box P and use the Longitudinal Belt packed in Packing
Box B.
2. Fix the Longitudinal Motor (X&Y Drive) to the back Fixation bearing.
tighten two fixing screws:
G 51201P26 Screw EX M6x15
G 51380P28 Plate Washer M6
Illustration 1-55
Longitudinal Motor (X&Y Drive) Fixation
3. Get the Belts along the back Longitudinal Rail (without metallic Brake
Plate). The notched Belt must run with all notches facing inwards or to
the rail.
Illustration 1-56
Get the Longitudinal Belt Tightened
Notched Belt
52 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
4. Loosen the Jam Nut of the Belt Tensor, it must be a little bit loosen.
Illustration 1-57
Jam Nut
5. Fix the Belt Tensor tightening the two fixing screws in the outer side of
the rails.
Illustration 1-58
Fix Belt Tensor
6. Loop the Belt into the Longitudinal Motor Poles set as shown below.
Illustration 1-59
Longitudinal Belt and Motor
SM-1201R9 53
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
7. Open the Belt Holder to fix the Belt and fit both notches.
8. Tighten completely the notched Belt and match it with the Holder.
Illustration 1-60
Belt Holder
9. Mount again the Belt Holder to fix the Belt and fix it completely to the
Rails.
Illustration 1-61
Fix the Longitudinal Belt Holder
10. If wanted, cut the remaining tooth Belt as it is not necessary.
11. Get the Belt tightened.
12. Fix the Belt Tensor to the end of the Longitudinal Rail.
54 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
13. Turn the Tensioning Screw to get the Belt tightened.
Illustration 1-62
Adjust the Belt Tensor
14. Get the suspension centered in the room and connect the Longitudinal
Potentiometer. Give it 5 turns as it is configured for up to 10 turns.
15. Turn the Longitudinal Potentiometer 5 times, it is configured for a total

of 10 turns.
16. Fix the Longitudinal Potentiometer cable to the Transversal Rails. There
are six different cables fixation points on Transversal Rails.
Illustration 1-63
Cables fixation points on Transversal Rails marked in red
SM-1201R9 55
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.13 AUTO-TRACKING SUSPENSION LONGITUDINAL POTENTIOMETER & BELT

INSTALLATION
This is an optional step. Depending on the Room configuration it will be

necessary to install the Belt and Pole Set in the Longitudinal Axis instead of the
Transversal one. When required to install:
 Longitudinal Belt, P/N S0020135, is installed on the back Longitudinal

Rail.
 Longitudinal Potentiometer, P/N S0023450, is installed on the back

Fixation Bearings.
As just one Belt is shipped for both axis, make sure that the
required length is used to the installation in the axis. For the
Longitudinal Belt it is required almost 6200 mm (244”).
Illustration 1-64
Longitudinal Potentiometer and Belt of the Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension
Longitudinal Brake
FRONT
LEFT RIGHT
Transversal Belt
Longitudinal Belt BACK
Longitudinal Potentiometer
56 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 1-65
Install the Poles and Belt in the same axis where the WS will be installed
BACK
B
Transversal Rail with Poles and Belt
Transversal Rail with Brake and Plate
Longitudinal Rail with Poles and Belt
A A
LEFT RIGHT
Longitudinal Rail with Brake and Plate

B
FRONT
A Wall Stand on Ceiling Suspension Longitudinal Axis, Poles and Belt

installed only on the Longitudinal Axis.
B Wall Stand on Ceiling Suspension Transversal Axis, Poles and Belt

installed only on the Transversal Axis.
SM-1201R9 57
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
REQUIRED ELEMENTS
6.2 m
S0020135 Belt Assembly
(244”)
B
S0023450 Longitudinal Potentiometer Assembly (Poles Set) 1
Illustration 1-66
Longitudinal Belt and Potentiometer
Belt Holder
Notched Belt Belt Tensor
Longitudinal
Poles Set
58 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1. Open Packing Box P and use the Longitudinal Belt packed in Packing
Box B.
2. Get the Belts along the back Longitudinal Rail (without metallic Brake
Plate). The notched Belt must run with all notches facing inwards or to
the rail.
Illustration 1-67
Get the Longitudinal Belt Tightened
Notched Belt
3. Loosen the Jam Nut of the Belt Tensor must be a little bit loosen.
Illustration 1-68
Jam Nut
SM-1201R9 59
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
4. Fix the Belt Tensor tightening the two fixing screws in the outer side of
the rails.
Illustration 1-69
Fix the Belt Tensor
5. Loop the Belt into the Longitudinal Motor Poles set as shown in
Illustration.
Illustration 1-70
Loop the Longitudinal Belt into the Poles
6. Open the Belt Holder to fix the Belt and fit both notches.
60 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
7. Tighten completely the notched Belt and match it with the Holder.
Illustration 1-71
Belt Holder
8. Mount again the Belt Holder to fix the Belt and fix it completely to the
Rails.
Illustration 1-72
Fix the Belt Holder
9. If wanted, cut the remaining tooth Belt as it is not necessary.
10. Finally get the Belt tightened. Turn the Tensioning Screw to get the Belt
tightened.
Illustration 1-73
Adjust the Belt Tensioner
11. Fix the holder to the Longitudinal Rail.
SM-1201R9 61
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
12. Center the suspension in the room and adjust the Longitudinal
Potentiometer at its center too. Give 5 turns, as it is a 10 turns one.
Illustration 1-74
13. Connect the Longitudinal Potentiometer Cable.
14. Fix the Longitudinal Potentiometer Cover.
15. Fix the Cable to the Transversal Rails. There are six different cables
fixation points on Transversal Rails.
Illustration 1-75
Cables fixation points on Transversal Rails marked in red
62 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.14 LONGITUDINAL BRAKE INSTALLATION
REQUIRED ELEMENTS
S0016937 Longitudinal Brake 1
C 51212P72 Screw M6x45 4
53054P01 Tie Wrap UNEX1201 6
51212P25 Screw DIN912 M4x12 6

3
51380P26 Washer DIN125 M4 6
51390P10 AET Washer M4 6
Illustration 1-76
Longitudinal Brake
1. Insert the Longitudinal Brake between the Front Fixation Bearing and the
Front Longitudinal Rail.
Illustration 1-77
Longitudinal Brake Location
SM-1201R9 63
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
2. Tighten the four fixation screws to fix it to the Bearing.
G 51212P72, Screw M6x45
G 51390P12, Washer AET M6
Illustration 1-78
Longitudinal Brake Fixation and Connection
3. Connect the Brake Cable to the Cable, P/N S0005069, which is

connected to the Control Board, P/N S0019874. Refer to the General
Connections Schematics:
G S0024599SCH for the Automatic Ceiling Suspension
G S0024600SCH for the Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension
4. Fix the Longitudinal Brake Cable to the Transversal Rails, use:
G 51212P25, Screw DIN912 M4x12
G 51380P26, Washer DIN125 M4
G 51390P10, AET Washer M4
64 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.15 TUBE SUPPORT & X-RAY TUBE INSTALLATION
1.15.1 TUBE SUPPORT ADAPTATIONS
There are different X-ray Tube Supports depending on the selected tube. The
Suspension can be associated with the following X-ray tubes:
ANODE HEAT
TUBE SUPPORT TARGET
HOUSING INSERT FOCAL SPOT CAPACITY SPEED
ADAPTATION ANGLE
(KHU)
Toshiba E7239X/FX/GX N/A 1.0 -- 2.0 16o 140 Low
Toshiba E7240X/FX N/A 0.6 -- 1.2 12o 140 Low
Toshiba E7242X/FX/GX N/A 0.6 -- 1.5 14o 200 Low
Toshiba E7252X/FX/GX N/A 0.6 -- 1.2 12o 300 High/Low
Toshiba E7299X N/A 0.3 -- 1 12o 140 Low

A11108-01 Toshiba E7843X N/A 0.6 -- 1.2 12o 150 Low
Toshiba E7865X N/A 0.3 -- 1 12o 140 Low
Toshiba E7876X N/A 0.6 -- 1.2 12o 230 Low
Toshiba E7884X N/A 0.6 -- 1.2 12o 300 Low
Any one of 71
Varian Diamond 90o Variable depending on the insert High/Low
mm (2,8”)
Toshiba E7254FX/GX N/A 0.6 -- 1.2 12o 400 High/Low

A11109-01 Any one of 100
Varian Sapphire 90o Variable depending on the insert High/Low
mm (4”)
Toshiba E7100X N/A 0.6 -- 1.2 12o 300 High/Low
A11110-01 Toshiba E7867X N/A 0.4 -- 0.6 12o 600 High/Low
Toshiba E7869XX N/A 0.6 -- 1.2 12o 600 High/Low
Any one of 100

A11103-01 Varian B130 Variable depending on the insert High/Low
mm (4”)
Tube Support Adaptation compatible with non standard tubes:

Universal Tube Comet DO-7/DO9/DO-10
A11113-01
Adaptation IAE C52_90“/180” (RTM 90/92 or RTM 101/102)
Maxiray MX75-09R
Note . In case of non Standard X-ray Tubes contact with Technical

Service for detailed information.
SM-1201R9 65
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Tube adaptation kits will be supplied to allow the correct assembly and fixation
of the X-ray tubes to the ceiling suspension and provide compatibility. Each of
these adaptation kits is compound of fixation rings, console fixture and
suspension fixture. All components are designed for the specific characteristics
of the X-ray tubes (type, dimensions, weight...).
Note . Only tubes with a horn angle between 90 o and 180 o can be
mounted on the Ceiling Suspension.
Illustration 1-79
Allowed Orientations for Tubes
180o
90o
0o
Note . For further information about X-ray Tubes installation, please refer
to their own technical documentation, which is provided together
the Suspension and the X-ray Tube.
DUE TO THE HEAVY WEIGHT OF OPTIONAL X-RAY TUBES,

PROCEED ALWAYS ACCORDING TO THE LOCAL
ERGONOMIC AND WORKING CONDITIONS NORMATIVE.
66 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
STANDARD TUBE SUPPORT ADAPTATIONS
The components of the A11108-01, A11109-01, A11110-01 and A11103-01

Tube Support Adaptations are the same but with different measures depending
on the Tube size and diameter.
POS. DESCRIPTION QTY. REMARKS
1 Tube Support 1
2 Symmetric Tube Holder 2
3 Tube Holder 2
4 Console Support Adapter 1
5 Console Support 1
6 Hose Support 1
7 Tube Top Cover 1
8 Tube Bottom Cover 1
Illustration 1-80
Standard Tubes Adaptations
4 5
SM-1201R9 67
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
A11113-01 UNIVERSAL TUBE ADAPTATION
POS. DESCRIPTION QTY. REMARKS
1 Tube Support 1
2 Hose Support 2
3 Universal Tube Cover 2
Illustration 1-81
Universal Tubes Adaptation
68 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.15.2 REMOVE ALPHA AND BETA COVERS
To install the X-ray Tube and External hose it will required to remove both Alpha
and Beta Covers.
1. Beta Cover. Remove both bottom fixation screws.
Illustration 1-82
Beta Cover Fixation Screws
2. Alpha Covers:
G Loosen both fixation screws to remove the Alpha Front Cover.
G Loosen the three fixation screws to remove the Alpha Cover. One
at the top and two at the bottom.
Illustration 1-83
Alpha Cover Fixation
Front Alpha Cover Alpha Cover

Fixation Fixation
Alpha Cover
bottom Fixation
SM-1201R9 69
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.15.3 TELESCOPIC COLUMN LOWERING
Get the Telescopic Column lowered when required to work more comfortably
during the X-ray Tube, Collimator and Control Console installation, instead of
use their weight to get it lowered and use a ladder to complete installation
procedures.
PLEASE, PROCEED ALWAYS ACCORDING TO THE LOCAL

ERGONOMICS AND WORKING CONDITIONS NORMATIVE.
1. Remove completely all shipping plastics, Bar Holders and embalage of

the Telescopic Column and Alpha/beta Assembly.
Illustration 1-84
Main Assembly
70 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
2. Remove the Fixation Pin from the Telescopic Column, and get this tool
stocked as a maintenance tool.
Illustration 1-85
Remove the Telescopic Column Fixation Pin
3. Move down manually the Telescopic Column. The Vertical Motor is servo
assisted. It means that when it is connected, it controls both vertical
motions, upwards and downwards, even tough the Ceiling Suspension
is switched ON or OFF, in order to allow a soft movement without
unsteady movements or stumblings.
a. Vertical Motor is connected. Move down the Telescopic Column

as softly and with the most constant force as possible. As the
Motor is connected, in case of make more effort to move
down the column, more difficult it will be to lower it, but it will
get lifted softly and a safe mode.
b. Vertical Motor is disconnected. The Motor does not control the

vertical movement, it is much more easy to move the Telescopic
Column down. But it is much more unsafe.
DUE TO SAFETY REASONS, IT IS ABSOLUTELY

MANDATORY TO GET THE VERTICAL MOVEMENT
BLOCKED, BY A SERVICE PERSONNEL, BLOCKING
TOOLS, ETC. IF NOT, THE TELESCOPIC COLUMN WILL GET
LIFTED SUDDENLY AND CAN CAUSE SERIOUS DAMAGES
TO THE EQUIPMENT AND/OR THE SERVICE PERSONNEL.
4. Lift down the Telescopic Column up to the desired height. And block the
Telescopic Column upward movement.
SM-1201R9 71
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.15.4 VERTICAL MOTOR DISCONNECTION
1. Vertical Motor is connected into the Carriage Box.
2. Loosen the Carriage Box cover fixation screws to open it.
3. Disconnect the Vertical Motor Cable Z, P/N S0004222, from connector

J2 of the Brake Motor PWA, P/N S0023459.
Illustration 1-86
Vertical Motor Disconnection
Vertical Motor
Carriage Box
Vertical Motor Cable
ONCE THE X-RAY TUBE AND COLLIMATOR ARE

INSTALLED, ENSURE THAT THE VERTICAL BRAKE IS
CONNECTED AND CARRIAGE BOX CORRECTLY CLOSED.
72 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.15.5 X-RAY TUBE INSTALLATION
Disassembly the Tube Support Adaptation, which is formed by two different

assemblies, as it is shipped assembled.
1. Remove all the Covers from the Assembly. Position 7 and 8 of Standard
Adaptation, or 3 of the Universal Adaptation.
2. For Standard tubes adaptations. Split the Tube Holder in two. Remove
the Symmetric Tube Holder and remove the Hose Support.
Illustration 1-87
Split Tube Holder and remove Console Support
Hose Support
Split Tube Holder
3. Install the Tube Support and Tube Holder on the Alpha/Beta Assembly.
Install both upper screws on the Tube Support and hang it on the
Adaptation Support. Then Tighten the bottom screws. Check the Tube
Support Configuration.
Illustration 1-88
Mount Tube Holder on Alpha Axis
Upper Screws
Bottom Screws
SM-1201R9 73
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
There are three different configurations of installation of the fixation

screws in the Tube Support, Upper, Central and Bottom. Depending on
the Tube and Collimator weight and measures, it will be necessary to
mount the fixation screws in one of the available configurations.
Illustration 1-89
Tube Support Configurations
RED Upper Holes

BLUE Central Holes
GREEN Bottom Holes
ADAPTATION KIT HOUSING MOUNTING METHODS
Toshiba E7239X/FX/GX
Toshiba E7240X/FX
Toshiba E7299X
A11108-01 Toshiba E7843X
Toshiba E7876X
Toshiba E7884X
Varian Diamond_90o/180o
Toshiba E7254 Central Holes

A11109-01
Varian Shapphire_90o/180o
Toshiba E7100X
Toshiba
os ba E7864X
86
A11110 01
A11110-01 Toshiba E7867X
Toshiba E7869X
Toshiba E7869XX
A11103 01
A11103-01 B130 90o/180o
V i B130_90
Varian
A11113-01 Variable depending on the X-ray Tube and Collimator model.
74 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
4. Mount the tube on the Tube Support.
Note . Proceed to mount the Tube with the Telescopic Column already
contracted. If desired to get the Column lowered to proceed as
indicated in Section 1.15.3.
Illustration 1-90
Tube Installation on Tube Holder
DUE TO THE HEAVY WEIGHT OF OPTIONAL X-RAY TUBES,

TWO FIELD ENGINEER ARE REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE
X-RAY TUBE INSTALLATION. PLEASE, PROCEED ALWAYS
ACCORDING TO THE LOCAL ERGONOMICS AND WORKING
CONDITIONS NORMATIVE.
5. Get the Tube properly centered and fitted to the Tube Holders.
Illustration 1-91
Fit and level properly the Tube on the Tube Holder
SM-1201R9 75
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
6. Assembly the Symmetric Tube Holder, with the Console Support

together.
Illustration 1-92
Install the Symmetric Tube Holder
7. Tighten the screw to fix the Tube. However do not tighten totally them as
it is required to get the tube properly leveled and aligned before fixing it
definitely.
Illustration 1-93
Fix both Tube Holder Parts
Note . Do not Install X-ray Tube Covers yet. Wait to complete the
whole installation procedure, to connect all cables. Proceed when
indicated in next installation steps.
76 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.15.6 TUBE LEVELING
Proceed to the first X-ray Tube adjusting and leveling, just after its installation
and without mounting already the Collimator. Once it is installed check back the
leveling and adjustment of the X-ray Tube.
COMPLETE MANDATORILY THIS PROCEDURE TO GET A

TOTALLY SUCCESSFUL INSTALLATION. IF NOT HEEDED
THIS PROCEDURE, THE X-RAY BEAM WILL NOT BE
PROPERLY ALIGNED WITH THE DETECTORS.
Note . Before completing this procedure it is recommendable to proceed

before the L-Block Covers Installation and the Tube Support
Covers installation, as it will be faster and easier to proceed
properly.
Note . To complete successfully the X-Ray Tube levelling procedure all

the Rail System must be installed correctly leveled. If desired,
check that Rails are properly installed and leveled (refer to Section
1.6. Longitudinal Rails Unpacking and Installation and Section 1.8.
Transversal Rails and Main Assembly Installation).
Note . To complete this procedure, the Suspension must be Switched

On, centered in the very core of the room and without the L-Block
Covers.
REQUIRED ELEMENTS
 Allen Wrench Set
 Level
 Marking elements as chalk or an adhesive tape
 Sealing Wax or any other similar locking product.
SM-1201R9 77
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
ADJUSTING POINTS LOCATION
The Tube leveling adjusting points are:
a. Alpha/Beta Axis Adjustment. Check the proper adjustment of

the Alpha Axis with the Beta Axis. If both axes are not correctly
adjusted
b. X-ray Tube. Check the proper adjustment of the X-ray Tube.
Illustration 1-94
Tube Leveling Adjusting Points
1. Rails System. Verify the leveling of the longitudinal and transversal rails
of the Ceiling Suspension. They should be at 0o ¦0.1o.
2. Adjust the Alpha/Beta Axis first. Put the level on the bottom surface of
the Tube Adaptation Kit, on Adjusting Point A. It should be at 0.2o ¦0.1o
over the horizontality to compensate the extra deformation when
Collimator and cables are installed.
78 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3. Loosen or tighten the Adjusting Screws located at the bottom of the Alpha
Axis.
Illustration 1-95
Adjusting Screws
4. Adjust the X-ray Tube. Put the level lengthwise on the mounting surface
of the Tube, Adjusting Point A. It should be at 0.2o ¦0.1o over the
horizontality to compensate the extra-deformation when Collimator and
cables will be installed.
5. Loosen or tighten the Tube Support Holder screws to fit better the Tube
with the Tube Holders. Move the Tube if required to fit it better too.
Illustration 1-96
Tighten or loosen to Adjust the X-ray Tube
SM-1201R9 79
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
6. Check that the Collimator top surface is parallel to the bottom surface of
the Tube Adaptation Kit.
7. Switch ON the equipment and the Collimator Light.
8. Mark on the floor with the adhesive tape or use the Collimation Test Tool
to get a reference point.
9. Point the Collimator Light to this marked point .
10. Move up and down the Collimator light, it must point all the time to the
marked reference point.
11. Once the Tube has been properly leveled proceed to calibrate the
Suspension and finally to complete the whole System Installation and
adjustment of the Suspension on regard with the other equipments of the
room.
Note . Once the Collimator is installed it will be necessary to check again

the X-ay Tube Leveling. But in that case it will not be possible to
use the same adjusting Points.
80 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.16 COLLIMATOR INSTALLATION
Note . For detailed information related to Collimator Installation refer also

to each Collimator technical documentation, provided with the
equipment.
REQUIRED ELEMENTS
The manufacturer provides a set of spacers and screws which are required for
the installation of the collimator. Depending on the X-ray Tube and collimator
combination the components of this set components are:
Illustration 1-97
Ralco R225 Collimator
Manual Collimator Automatic Collimator
X-RAY TUBE
COLLIMATOR COLLIMATOR
SPACERS
BRACKET FIXATION SCREWS
ADAPTATION KIT HOUSING
Toshiba E7240X/FX
Ralco R225
Toshiba E7299X
+ 6 mm (x2) /
A11108-01 Toshiba E7843X DIN7991 M6x25 (x4)
Rotation Plate RO332 0.23” (x2)
Toshiba E7876X
(15 mm / 0.59”)
Toshiba E7884X
Varian Diamond 90o
Ralco R225
Toshiba E7254 + 6 mm (x2) /
A11109-01 DIN7991 M6x25 (x4)
Varian Shapphire 90o Rotation Plate RO332 0.23” (x2)
(15 mm / 0.59”)
Toshiba E7100X
Ralco R225
Toshiba E7864X
+ 1.5 mm (x3) /
A11110-01 Toshiba E7867X DIN7991 M6x25 (x4)
Rotation Plate RO332 0.05” (x3)
Toshiba E7869X
(15 mm / 0.59”)
Toshiba E7869XX
SM-1201R9 81
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.16.1 RALCO R225 COLLIMATORS
1. Open Packing Box F (Collimator) and N (Spacers and screws).
2. Assemble the X-ray Tube and Collimator Joint Cone by tightening its 4
screws to the Tube Support Holder.
3. Turn 135o the X-ray Tube to facilitate the Collimator installation if desired.
Illustration 1-98
Collimator installation
4. Use the provided spacers and screws to fix the Collimator and adjust the
correct distance with the Focal Spot. Check also the indications provided
in the Collimator documentation and Section 1.3 Pre-installation Checks.
Illustration 1-99
Spacers and Fixation Points
Spacers Fixation
Points
82 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
5. Mount the Collimator on the Ceiling Suspension as indicated in the

collimator installation manual.
6. Connect the Collimator Cable. Remove the Collimator back Cover.
Illustration 1-100
Collimator Connection
Manual Collimator
Automatic Collimator
7. With the X-ray Tube at 0o check that the collimator is properly leveled.
8. The Ralco R225 collimators may be rotating or fixed. If provided, install

the Rotating Collimator Adaptation Kit. Refer to Section 1.16.2.
SM-1201R9 83
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.16.2 ROTATING COLLIMATOR ADAPTATION KIT INSTALLATION
Note . This procedure is optional and just to be completed when the

installed collimator is digital and rotating. It must be completed
after the installation of the Hose Support Back Cover.
1. Mount the Sensor and the Cable on the Support with the two washers.
2. Mount the Sensor Support and the Spacer on the Hose Support.
3. Route the cable over the tube to get it connected with the Console
connector.
4. Stick the magnet on the Collimator top surface just down the Sensor.
5. Adjust the Sensor to Magnet distance, ¦2 mm/0.08”.
Illustration 1-101
Rotating Collimator Adaptation Kit
84 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.17 CONTROL CONSOLE INSTALLATION
REQUIRED ELEMENTS
---- Handle Console (Steering Wheel Control Console) 1
I 51212P66 Screw M6x16 4
1. Open the Packing Box I.
2. The console is packed already assembled. It is not necessary to split the

Control Console to install it or to get it connected.
3. Assemble the console back cover with the Console Support that had
been previously removed form the Tube Support Assembly.
Illustration 1-102
4. Tighten the eight screws that fix the Console back Cover to the Console
Support.
5. Once installed the External Hose, connect the Control Console.
SM-1201R9 85
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.18 EXTERNAL HOSE INSTALLATION
REQUIRED ELEMENTS
S0024871 Auto-tracking (Semi-automatic) Hose Cables 1
S0024165 Automatic Hose Cables 1

L
S0024135 Velcro Hose 1
S0024136 Tubular Hose 1
---- S0004845 Hose Wall Support 1
Illustration 1-103
Hose Fixation Brackets
Fixation to X-ray Tube Covers (X)
Fixation to Carriage
(Y1)
Hose Wall Support

Fixation to Transversal Rails Fixation to L-Block (L)
(Y2)
86 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.18.1 EXTERNAL HOSES
Before routing and connecting all cables proceed install the External Hoses.
There are two different options of Hoses for each Ceiling Suspension Model
depending on the different available covers and fixation brackets.
 Tubular Hose With Rotation Tunnel Alpha, P/N S0024136.
 Velcro Hose With Rotation Tunnel Alpha, P/N S0024135.
The cables are the same and with the same connection, but the required
distance between the Bracket-Cable Mounting to L-Block and the Hose Support
Cover is different.
 For Tubular Hose it is 1260 mm (49.6”).
 For Velcro Hose it is 600 mm (23.6”).
Required Cables and connections are different depending on the Ceiling

Suspension Model. Refer to the next Drawings for the detailed cables
descriptions and connections.
 Automatic Ceiling Suspension, S0024165 Hose.
 Semi-automatic Ceiling Suspension, S0024871 Hose.
Hose Fixation brackets functions are to Support the External Hose and to
provide cables entrance to the different connection points. Each cable will
connect in a different connection point. These points are:
G Y2 Connect ground cables to Transversal Rail (Axis Y).
G Y1 Connect cables to Carriage.
G L Connect Cables to L-Block (Alpha/Beta Axes).
G X Connect cables to X-ray Tube, Collimator or Control

Console.
SM-1201R9 87
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.18.2 TUBULAR HOSE INSTALLATION
1. Get ready all elements for the installation. Remove all shipping material
and straighten out the twists in the cables before installing.
Illustration 1-104
External Hose is shipped in the Main Crate
External Hose
2. Stretch the Hose on the floor and get it in the same position where it will
be installed. Check the distances in Illustration 1-118.
3. Fix the Bracket-Cable Mounting, P/N S0024171, to the L-Block. Tighten

the two screws to the top of the L-Block. It is important to install the alpha
cover before installing this bracket. If not, dismount the bracket for cover
installation.
Illustration 1-105
Bracket-Cable Mounting to the L-Block
88 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
4. Install the Hose Support Cover. Screw the Tubular Hose into the Hose
Support.
5. Tighten the four fixing screws.
Illustration 1-106
Hose Support
6. Fix the Bracket-Cable Mounting, P/N S0012040, to the Transversal

Rails. Fit the Upper plate to the bridge and tighten the fixing screws to
the Bridge.
Illustration 1-107
Bracket-Cable Mounting to the Transversal Rails
SM-1201R9 89
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
7. Fix the Bracket-Cable Mounting, P/N S0012042, to the Carriage. Screw

the hook of the Hose Bracket in the Carriage.
Illustration 1-108
Bracket-Cable Mounting to the Carriage
Note . Make sure that hose with cables to tube support is long enough
to allow proper rotation movements of the tube.
8. Fix the Hose Wall Support, P/N S0004845, to the wall.
a. Route all cables along Electrical Ducts.
b. Install the Connection Support.
c. Install both Covers.
Illustration 1-109
Hose Wall Support Installation
90 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.18.3 VELCRO HOSE INSTALLATION
1. Get ready all elements for the installation; remove all shipping material
and straighten out the twists in the cables and the hose before installing.
2. Stretch the Hose on the floor and get it in the same position where it will
be installed. Check the distances in Illustration 1-118.
Note . Make sure that Hose with cables to Tube Support is long enough
to allow proper rotation movements of the Tube.
3. Fix the Bracket-Cable Mounting, P/N S0020447, to the Bridge. Use the
two holes located at the back of Bridge. It is necessary to fix just the
bottom of the Bracket with the two fixing holes.
Illustration 1-110
Bracket-Cable Mounting to the Bridge
4. Install the Additional Hose Fixation, P/N S0021956. It must be located

on the left Transversal Rail and fixed at the top of the rail. It is composed
by:
G S0021988 HOSE FIXATION *
G S0021989 HOSE TIE WRAP *
SM-1201R9 91
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
5. Open Box 4, shipped in the Rails Crate, P/N S0019682CHK.
6. Fix the Hose Fixation Plate to the top of the left Transversal Rail. Use the
next Items:
G 51212P47 SCREW. M5x20 DIN912
G 51380P27 WASHER B 5,3 AO DIN125
G 51390P11 WASHER AET M5
Illustration 1-111
Hose Fixation Plate
Bracket-Cable
Mounting Fixation
7. The Hose must be completely stretched from the Bracket to the Bridge,
P/N S0020447.
8. Install the hose and fix it with the Hose Clamp, P/N S0021989. Use the
next Items:
G 51212P47 SCREW. M5x20 DIN912
G 51390P11 WASHER AET M5
9. Fix the Bracket-Cable Mounting, P/N S0020446, to the Carriage. Screw

the hook of the Hose Bracket in the Carriage.
Illustration 1-112
Bracket-Cable Mounting to the Carriage
92 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
10. Fix the L-Block Hose Bracket, P/N S0019898. Tighten its two screws to
the top of the L-Block. It is important to install the alpha cover before
installing this bracket as it is not possible to install the cover after
installing it without disassembling it.
Illustration 1-113
L-Block Hose Bracket
11. Open the Packing Box L. Use the Tie Wraps to fit properly the cables
before being covered. Cover all cables with the cable Cover.
12. After installing the whole Hose, proceed to install the Hose Support on
Tube, P/N S0022849.
13. Fix the Hose Cover Plate, P/N S0023180, to the Hose Support left side.
Fix the Cables Output Plate, P/N S0023355, Statorix Tube Hose Support
right side. Use:
G 51212P23 SOCKET CAP SCREW M4X8 DIN912
G 51380P26 FLAT WASHER B 4,2 AO DIN125
G 51390P10 AET WASHER M4
Illustration 1-114
Hose Cover Plate
SM-1201R9 93
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
14. With the Tie Wrap, fix the Hose to the right side of the Hose Support. Get
the Hose in its correct position, towards the left side.
Illustration 1-115
Use a Tie Wrap to fix the Cables
15. Fix the Hose Wall Support, P/N S0004845, to the wall.
Illustration 1-116
Hose Wall Support
94 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.19 CABLES
TO COMPLY WITH THE REGULATIONS ON

ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCES, THIS EQUIPMENT
MUST BE USED IN SHIELDED AREAS, AND ALL
INTERCONNECT CABLES TO PERIPHERAL DEVICES MUST
BE SHIELDED AND PROPERLY GROUNDED.
1.19.1 GENERAL OVERVIEW
There are different groups of cables, depending on the connections needed.
 Cables connecting generator to tube are: HV cable, Stator cable, Ground

cable.
 There are also other four Ground Cables. One of them links Suspension
to Earth source.
 Power cable for Collimator links it to Suspension.
 Power cable for the Suspension links it to the 220V Power Supply.
 As an option there is also SID Display kit which links the Suspension to
the elevating table or Safety Parking Switch Table which links the
Suspension to tilting table.
Refer to Illustration Illustration 1-117. The cables distances are:
 Y2 to Y1 is 2200 mm (86.61”) or 2600 mm (102.36”) for transversal rails

of 3500 mm (137.8”).
 Y1 to L is 2150 mm (84.65”)
 Distance L to X is:
G 1260 mm (49.60”) for Tubular Hose
G 600 mm (23.62”) for Velcro Hose
Output of the cables at the back of the bridge is always on the left. But next,
cables can go either towards the right or towards the left of the cable guide rails.
Note . In Position X of the Illustration 1-118 cables could have different

routing, some of them must be routed through the L-Block Tunnel
and others directly to Console and Tube through the Hose
Support.
SM-1201R9 95
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.19.2 HV CABLE
Commercial reference of the HV is delivered as an option.
1.19.3 GROUND CABLES
In the hose there are five different ground cables, see the table below for their
references. All are composed of the material 53314P74, whose description is
Cable 5,37 AWG10 A/V UL1011 or UL1015 and its section is 5 mm2.
Ground Cables are:
 S0004387 Carriage Ground Cable
 S0005341 Tube Support Ground Cable
 S0016722 Generator Tube Ground Support
 S0024154 L-Block Ground Cable
 S0024155 Cable Console Ground Cable
Illustration 1-117
Y2
Y1
S0005341
S0004387
S0024154
S0024155
X
L
96 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.20 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS AND ROUTING
Note . Refer to Chapter 10. Schematics for further information on system

cabling and connections.
After assembling external hose and console it is necessary to proceed to

electrical connection, it is mandatory to check the Hose Drawing, to get further
details of the external hose integrating cables and connections. It is indicated:
 Cable P/N and Description.
 Connection and required distance from the Fixation Bracket to the

Connector. Indicated in brackets and bold letters.
Note . Each cable has at both ends a label with the P/N and where must
be connected, also all connections of the suspension are
identified.
Illustration 1-118
Ceiling Suspension Hose
TUBULAR HOSE
8000 mm 2600 mm * 2150 mm 1260 mm
314.9” 102.3” 84.6” 49.6”
500 mm
X
19.6”
Y2 Y1
VELCRO HOSE
8000 mm 2600 mm * 2150 mm 600 mm
314.9” 102.3” 84.6” 23.6”
Y2 Y1 X
SM-1201R9 97
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 1-119
Y1 Cables Output
Y1 Output Ground Cables Connection
Automatic Suspension Longitudinal Motor
98 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 1-120
Y1 Cables Output and Connectors. Carriage Box
Lateral Connectors
Front Connectors
SM-1201R9 99
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 1-121
X Output and Control Console Connections
X Output Control Console
Automatic L-block Semi-automatic L-block
ONCE THE X-RAY TUBE AND COLLIMATOR ARE

INSTALLED, MAKE SURE THAT THE VERTICAL BRAKE IS
CONNECTED AND CARRIAGE BOX CORRECTLY CLOSED.
100 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
AUTOMATIC SYSTEM HOSE CABLES
Table 1-4
Automatic Ceiling Suspension Mandatory Cables
CABLE
CODE CABLE DESCRIPTION FROM CONNECTION TO CONNECTION
ROOM System Carriage Box

S0005341 GND EXT. - TRANSVERSAL RAILS ELECTRICAL General GND Y2 = 60 mm GND
CABINET
Carriage Lateral
S0013936 I2C TABLE CABLE TABLE J10 Y1= 750 mm Connector J5-1
Carriage Lateral
S0013940 I2C SERVO WS CABLE WALL STAND Wall Stand J18 Y1 = 750 mm Connector J5-2
Carriage Lateral
S0014342 E-STOP TABLE MK10 CABLE TABLE J26B Y1 = 560 mm Connector J22A
Carriage Lateral
ETHERNET
S0016059 ETHERNET CABLE HUB NET Ethernet Net Y1 = 770 mm Connector
ETH0-OTC
S0017036 RED BUTTON WS

Wall Stand Carriage Lateral
+ + WALL STAND J25B Y1 = 510 mm
S0023733 Connector J21-A
JUMPER
ROOM Power Supply

S0021454 AC POWER ELECTRICAL Power Line Y1 = 560 mm Fuse
CABINET
SWITCH EMERG. DEAD MAN CABLE AUTO-POS. Carriage Lateral

A8467-01 (2 units) CONTROL J28A Y1 = 560 mm Connector
BOX J23
I2C WS KEYBOARD (FOOTSWITCH) Carriage Lateral

S0014322 DMB CABLE WALL STAND J9 Y1 = 800 mm Connector J11-2
PC Carriage Lateral
S0021936 COMPUTER COM1 Y1 = 750 mm Connector COM3
S0021936 RS232 OTC (2 Units) Cable for I/U Carriage Lateral

+ ON/OFF BOX COM1 Y1 = 1200 mm Connector
S0025620 COM2
GND TRANSVERSAL RAILS - Transversal Carriage Box

S0004387 Y2 = 60 mm Rail GND Y1 = 350 mm
CARRIAGE GND
Carriage Lateral
S0021686
S0012160 I2C LONG. AXE. AUTOMATIC CABLE Y2= 1700 mm PWA J10 Y1 = 710 mm Connector
J1-2
S0021686 Carriage Lateral

S0012258 LONG. POWER AUTOMATIC CABLE Y2 = 1950 mm PWA J1 Y1 = 570 mm
Connector J14
System
S0016722 GND GENERATOR - TUBE GENERATOR General GND X = 1730 mm X-Ray Tube GND
Power Supply Control Console

S0012438 I2C CONSOLE AUTOMATIC CABLE Y1 = 790 mm J11-1 X = 1250 mm
J10

S0012777 VGA CABLE Y1 = 710 mm J29 X = 1350 mm
VGA

S0012780 POWER SUPPLY TFT OUT CABLE Y1 = 530 mm J13 X = 1350 mm
16B
Power Supply Controls Console

S0014344 RED BUTTON CONSOLE OTC CABLE Y1 = 550 mm J24A X = 1100 mm
J28B Em SW
SM-1201R9 101
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Table 1-4 (cont.)

Automatic Ceiling Suspension Mandatory Cables
CABLE

S0016124 TOUCH PANEL CABLE Y1 = 800 mm COM-1 X = 1350 mm
Touch Panel
Power Supply Console S0023104

S0024152 I2C ALPHA CABLE Y1= 710 mm J1-1 X = 2000 mm
PWA J1
Power Supply Console Gauge PWA

S0024153 GAUGE CABLE Y1= 1100 mm J30-OUT X = 2000 mm
J5
Power Supply
S0024154 GND CARRIAGE-L-BLOCK Y1 = 350 mm GND X = 1700 mm L-block GND
Power Supply
S0024155 GND CARRIAGE-CONSOLE Y1 = 350 mm GND X = 1600 mm Control Console GND

S0024156 ALPHA POTENTIOMETER CABLE Y1 = 550 mm J15 X = 2000 mm
S0023104 PWA J11
Table 1-5
Collimation Cables
CABLE
R225DACS SYSTEM W/CAN BUS Power Supply

A15035-01 CONTROL CABLE Y1 = 750 mm CAN1 J3A & X = 1300 mm Collimator J1
J4
POWER SUPPLY MANUAL Control PWA Collimator

S0004252 COLLIMATOR Y1 = 900 mm J4 X = 1300 mm 24V & =V & GND
Table 1-6
HV Cables, Stator and DAP Device Cables
CABLE
HOSE WALL
---- ANODE SUPPORT GENERATOR X = 1800 mm X-ray Tube
HOSE WALL
---- CATHODE SUPPORT GENERATOR X = 1800 mm X-ray Tube
HOSE WALL
---- STATOR SUPPORT GENERATOR X = 1800 mm X-ray Tube
HOSE WALL
---- DAP CHAMBER CABLE SUPPORT GENERATOR X = 1930 mm X-ray Tube
Note . These cables are mandatory but they may not be provided by the
Manufacturer. In the case that they are not shipped with the
Ceiling Suspension, they must be route inside the Hose in field.
102 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
AUTO-TRACKING SYSTEM HOSE CABLES
Table 1-7
Semi-automatic Ceiling Suspension Mandatory Cables
CABLE
ROOM System
S0005341 GND EXT. - TRANSVERSAL RAILS ELECTRICAL General GND Y2 = 60 mm Carriage Box GND
CABINET
Carriage Lateral
S0013936 I2C TABLE CABLE TABLE J10 Y1= 750 mm Connector J5-1
Carriage Lateral
S0013940 I2C SERVO WS CABLE WALL STAND Wall Stand J18 Y1 = 750 mm Connector J5-2
Carriage Lateral
S0014342 E-STOP TABLE MK10 CABLE TABLE J26B Y1 = 560 mm Connector J22A
ETHERNET Carriage Lateral

S0016059 ETHERNET CABLE HUB NET Ethernet Net Y1 = 770 mm
Connector ETH0-OTC
S0017036 RED BUTTON WS

Wall Stand Carriage Lateral
+ + WALL STAND J25B Y1 = 510 mm
S0023733 Connector J21-A
JUMPER
System
S0016722 GND GENERATOR - TUBE GENERATOR General GND X = 1730 mm X-Ray Tube GND
ROOM
S0021454 AC POWER ELECTRICAL Power Line Y1 = 560 mm Power Supply Fuse
CABINET
SWITCH EMERG. DEAD MAN AUTO-POS. Carriage Lateral

A8457-01 CABLE (2 units) CONTROL J28A Y1 = 560 mm Connector J23
BOX
I2C WS KEYBOARD Carriage Lateral
S0014322 (FOOTSWITCH) DMB CABLE WALL STAND J9 Y1 = 800 mm Connector J11-2
PC Carriage Lateral
S0021936 RS232 OTC (2 Units) Cable for I/U COMPUTER COM1 Y1 = 750 mm Connector COM3
S0021936 + Carriage Lateral
S0025620 RS232 OTC (2 Units) Cable for I/U ON/OFF BOX COM1 Y1 = 1200 mm Connector COM2
LONGITUDINAL Longitudinal Carriage Lateral
S0004242 POTENTIOMETER CABLE Y2 = 1500 mm Potentiometer Y1 = 1100 mm Connector J8
GND TRANSVERSAL RAILS - Transversal

S0004387 Y2 = 60 mm Rail GND Y1 = 350 mm Carriage Box GND
CARRIAGE
Longitudinal Carriage Lateral
S0025556 LONGITUDINAL BRAKE CABLE Y2 = 3000 mm Brake Y1 = 1100 mm Connector J13
I2C CONSOLE AUTOMATIC Power Supply
S0012438 Y1 = 790 mm J11-1 X = 1250 mm Control Console J10
CABLE
Power Supply
S0012777 VGA CABLE Y1 = 710 mm J29 X = 1350 mm Control Console VGA
Power Supply
S0012780 POWER SUPPLY TFT OUT CABLE Y1 = 530 mm J13 X = 1350 mm Control Console 16B
RED BUTTON CONSOLE OTC Power Supply Control Console

S0014344 Y1 = 550 mm J24A X = 1100 mm
CABLE J28B Em SW

S0016124 TOUCH PANEL CABLE Y1 = 800 mm COM-1 X = 1350 mm
Touch Panel
BETA POTENTIOMETER Interface Beta Potentiometer

S0022159 ADAPTER CABLE Y1 = 1100 mm S0025185 X = 2000 mm J10B
PWA J8
SM-1201R9 103
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Table 1-7 (cont.)

Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension Mandatory Cables
CABLE
Power Supply Console Gauge PWA

S0024153 GAUGE CABLE Y1= 1100 mm J30-OUT X = 2000 mm
J5
Power Supply
S0024154 GND CARRIAGE-L-BLOCK Y1 = 350 mm GND X = 1700 mm L-block GND
Power Supply
S0024155 GND CARRIAGE-CONSOLE Y1 = 350 mm GND X = 1600 mm Control Console GND
ALPHA POTENTIOMETER Interface Beta Potentiometer

S0022187 ADAPTER CABLE Y1 = 1100 mm S0025185 X = 2000 mm JP15
PWA J7
Interface
S0025189 ALPHA BRAKE ADAPTER CABLE Y1 = 1100 mm S0025185 X = 2000 mm Alpha Brake J9A
PWA J13
Interface
S0025192 BETA BRAKE ADAPTER CABLE Y1 = 1100 mm S0025185 X = 2000 mm Beta Brake J9B
PWA J15
Table 1-8
Collimation Cables
CABLE
R225DACS SYSTEM W/CAN BUS Power Supply Collimator

A15035-01 CONTROL CABLE Y1 = 750 mm CAN1 J3A & X = 1300 mm J1
J4
Control PWA Collimator

S0004252 POWER SUPPLY Y1 = 900 mm J4 X = 1300 mm 24V & =V & GND
Table 1-9
HV Cables, Stator and DAP Device Cables
CABLE CODE CABLE DESCRIPTION FROM CONNECTION TO CONNECTION
HOSE WALL
---- ANODE SUPPORT GENERATOR X = 1800 mm X-ray Tube
HOSE WALL
---- CATHODE SUPPORT GENERATOR X = 1800 mm X-ray Tube
HOSE WALL
---- STATOR SUPPORT GENERATOR X = 1800 mm X-ray Tube
HOSE WALL
---- DAP CHAMBER CABLE SUPPORT GENERATOR X = 1930 mm X-ray Tube
Note . These cables are mandatory but they may not be provided by the
Manufacturer. In the case that they are not shipped with the
Ceiling Suspension, they must be route inside the Hose in field.
104 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.21 COVERS INSTALLATION
REMEMBER THAT IT IS REQUIRED TO PROCEED TO THE

CONFIGURATION AND CALIBRATION PROCEDURE OF THE
SUSPENSION BEFORE INSTALLING ALL THE COVERS OF
THE L-BLOCK, INSTALL THE ALPHA COVERS JUST
BEFORE THE GAGE CALIBRATION.
1.21.1 CARRIAGE COVERS INSTALLATION
REQUIRED ELEMENTS
S0007029 Carriage Back Cover 1
S0007028 Carriage Front Cover 1
S0009388 Support Bracket Cover 2
51212P25 Socket Cap Screw DIN912 M4x12 4
N/A 51390P10 Washer AET M4 4
51380P46 Plate Washer 4
51383P29 Big Washer 4.3 10
S0004595 Button Head Screw DIN7380 M4x12 2
S0005181 Button Head Screw DIN7380 M4x20 8
Illustration 1-122
Carriage Covers
Front Cover
Back Cover Support Bracket Cover
SM-1201R9 105
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
INSTALLATION
1. Place the rear part of the carriage cover and fix it slightly using the two
rear fixing screws. Do not tighten totally yet. Use:
G S0004595 BUTTON HEAD SCREW DIN7380 M4x12
G 51383P29 BIG WASHER 4.3
Illustration 1-123
Carriage Covers installation
2. When a Tubular Hose has been installed, mount the Hose Support to
Carriage. Just mount the Springs on the Carriage rear screws.
Illustration 1-124
Hose Springs Support
106 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3. Place the frontal part of the carriage cover and tighten, but not totally yet,
the four frontal fixing Screws, use:
4. Both Covers must fit properly. Use the two lateral fixing screws to match
both covers and the two Support Bracket Cover. Do not tighten totally yet.
Use:
5. Once the Covers are completely installed and match correctly, tighten
completely all screws.
SM-1201R9 107
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.21.2 TOSHIBA TUBES ADAPTATIONS COVERS INSTALLATION
1. Install the Hose Support Back Cover. Fix it to the Hose Support with the
two fixing screws. Just when the installed collimator is digital and
rotating, install now the Rotating Collimator Adaptation Kit. Refer to
Section 1.16.2 Rotating Collimator Adaptation Kit Installation.
2. Install the Tube Top Cover. Get the Cables ready to install properly the
Tube Cover. Make sure that no cable gets damaged or rubbed.
Illustration 1-125
Tube Top Cover
3. Install the Bottom Cover. Fit it with the Tube Cover and fix it.
Illustration 1-126
Tube Bottom Cover
108 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.21.3 L-BLOCK COVERS INSTALLATION
REQUIRED ELEMENTS
S0024151 Alpha/Beta Tunnel Covers Assembly 1
S0021977 Alpha Detent Cover 1
S0024189 Alpha Cover Assembly 1
S0023200 Alpha cover Front Plate 1

N/A
S0022745 Beta Cover Fixation Spacers 2
S0023154 Beta Detent Cover 1
S0023191 Beta Cover 1
23902-01 Beta Cover Rear Support 1
Illustration 1-127
Alpha/Beta Tunnel Covers Assembly
Alpha Cover Assembly
Alpha Detent Cover
Alpha Cover Front Plate

Beta Detent Cover
Beta Cover
Note . There are two different sets of Alpha-Beta Covers, P/N S0024151,
one for each axis. It is necessary to install first the Alpha and then
the Beta Covers when the tube leveling procedure has been
completed and checked again.
SM-1201R9 109
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
ALPHA /BETA DETENTS COVERS INSTALLATION
Alpha and Beta Detents Covers are factory installed. Just when re-adjusting
both Detents would be required to remove and install them.
Illustration 1-128
Alpha and Beta Detents Covers
Alpha Detent Cover Beta Detent Cover
ALPHA COVERS INSTALLATION
1. It is mandatory to install them before the Hose installation, refer to

Section 1.18 External Hose Installation, as the brackets must be installed
with the Alpha Covers already installed.
2. Place the Alpha Cover on its position.
Illustration 1-129
Mount Alpha Cover
110 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3. Fix the Alpha cover to the L-Block. Tighten the two screws that fix the
cover located at the rear bottom of the L-Block.
Illustration 1-130
Fixation Points
4. Adjust the Alpha Plate to the Alpha Cover. Tighten the front fixing screw
and the two screws of the Alpha Plate Cover.
Illustration 1-131
Alpha Plate
SM-1201R9 111
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
5. Finally, tighten the lateral screw of the Alpha Cover.
Illustration 1-132
Alpha Cover Fixation
BETA COVER INSTALLATION
1. To install the Beta Cover just tighten the two screws which fix the cover
to the Fixation Spacers, so they fix the cover to the L-Block.
Illustration 1-133
Beta Cover Installation
112 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.21.4 LONGITUDINAL MOTOR COVER INSTALLATION
Note . This procedure is required just for Automatic Ceiling Suspension,

as Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspensions are not provided with the
Longitudinal Motor.
REQUIRED ELEMENTS
S0006493 X Drive Cover 1
S0006494 X&Y Drive Support 1
51212P66 Screw EX. M6x16 2
51201P06 Screw M5x16 2
N/A 51390P11 Washer AET M5 2
51201P27 Screw M6x20 1
51380P28 Plate Washer M6 3
51383P30 Big Washer M5 2
Illustration 1-134
Longitudinal Motor (X&Y Drive) Cover
SM-1201R9 113
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1. Locate the Cover at the right of the Bridge, covering the Poles Set and
with the Support Bracket.
2. Tighten completely the bracket in order to fix it to the Bridge.
3. Tighten the Cover to the Bracket.
Illustration 1-135
Longitudinal Motor Cover Installation
114 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.22 MECHANICAL DETENTS INSTALLATION
Note . This procedure is just required for Auto-tracking Ceiling

Suspension. Automatic Suspension is provided with electronic
detents configured and controlled by software in all axis.
THE DETENTS MUST BE INSTALLED AFTER GETTING THE

SYSTEM COMPLETELY ALIGNED AND INSTALLED
1.22.1 LONGITUDINAL AND TRANSVERSAL DETENTS INSTALLATION
REQUIRED ELEMENTS
S0007636 Longitudinal Detent Assembly 1
51221P46 Screw 5X16 2

M
51361P03 Nut M5 2
S0007642 Transversal Detent Assembly 1
51212P67 Socket Cap Screw DIN912 M6 X 20 2

M
M S0013552 Detent Marker 2
Illustration 1-136
Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension Mechanical Detents
Transversal Detent Assembly Longitudinal Detent Assembly
Detent Marker
SM-1201R9 115
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
DETENTS CONFIGURATION
The Longitudinal and Transversal Detents Markers Location depends on the

Room Configuration. They are configured according to useful positions in
normal radiological studies check.
Illustration 1-137
Detents Position
Transversal Detent
Detent Mark
Longitudinal Detent
 Install the Detent Assembly and Marker on the same axis where the
Detector is installed:
G If Wall Stand or Table is on the Ceiling Suspension’s Transversal

axis, install the Transversal Detent.
G If Wall Stand or Table is on the Ceiling Suspension’s Longitudinal

axis, install the Longitudinal Detent.
 Install the Detents at the opposite rail of the axis brake. If it is installed
on the Longitudinal axis, install the Detents at the opposite of the
Longitudinal Brake; and opposite to the Transversal Brake, if installed on
the Transversal Axis.
 The position of the Detent on the rail:
G One Marker must be installed just in the center of the Longitudinal

axis/travel of the Table.
G Second Marker must be installed in the center of the Wall Stand

Receptor.
116 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 1-138
Table Mechanical Detents Configuration
BACK
Transversal Rails
Table A
Detent A
LEFT
Longitudinal Rail
Detent B
Table B
SM-1201R9 117
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 1-139
Wall Stand Mechanical Detents Configuration
WS A
BACK
Transversal Rails
Detent A
LEFT
Longitudinal Rail
WS B
Detent B
118 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1. Open Packing Box M.
2. Install the Longitudinal Detent. Check the Room Configuration.
Illustration 1-140
Longitudinal Detent
3. First of all, locate exactly the position of the Detent.
4. Move the Suspension along the axis and check that it is correctly aligned.
5. With the Collimator Right and the Suspension stopped, loosen slightly all
Set Screws which are used to fix the Longitudinal Detent to the Rails.
6. Place it over the Transversal Rail.
Illustration 1-141
Transversal Detent Fixation Points
Transversal Detent Assembly

Transversal Brake
Fixation Points
SM-1201R9 119
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
7. Tighten completely the Detent Plate to fix it.
8. Install the Transversal Detent on the Right Bearing of the Transversal

Rails, opposite to the Transversal Brake.
9. Tighten the provided screws and washer to fix the Detent to the top of the
Bearing.
Illustration 1-142
Detent Mark
10. Install the Detent Markers, which help the operator to identify visually
where the Mechanical Detents are set:
G Loosen slightly all Set Screws which are used to fix the Marks to
the Rails.
G Locate the exact point where the Detents are set, mark with a
marker both locations. Refer to next paragraph for further
information.
G Fit the Detent Marks on the Rails. Do not tighten completely yet.
G Check if the Mark is correctly located.
G Tighten all set screws to fit completely the marker with the rail.
120 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1.22.2 AUTO-TRACKING SUSPENSION ALPHA & BETA DETENTS ADJUSTMENT
Note . This procedure is just required for Auto-tracking Ceiling

Suspension. Automatic Suspension is provided with electronic
detents configured and controlled by software in all axis.
Alpha and Beta mechanical Detents adjustment must be checked and if

necessary corrected to get a proper Tube adjustment. This Detents must be at
each 45o.
1. Switch the Collimator light ON.
2. Place a collimation alignment tool on the floor, an Allen key or any other
element can be useful too. This tool must be aligned with the collimator
light.
3. Move the Suspension up & down with the collimator light ON.
4. Verify that the light and the tool are aligned, and the light does not move
from the transversal line.
5. If it is not aligned, proceed to adjust the Alpha Detent.
6. Remove the Alpha Detent Covers. The Alpha Detent is located behind
the Collimator, turn the Tube at --90o to get an easy access to the Detent.
7. Loosen or tighten the Adjustment Eccentric Screw of the Alpha Detent.
8. Check the Beta Detent adjustment. If necessary adjust the Beta Detent.
9. Remove the Beta Detent Cover from the L-Block.
10. Loosen or tighten the Adjustment Eccentric Screw of the Beta Detent.
SM-1201R9 121
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
122 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
SECTION 2 SYSTEM INSTALLATION
2.1 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND PRECAUTIONS
For the installation of a room there are no specific requirements apart from
those of each equipment which is part of the complete System.
The Suspension can be installed within different system configurations. A wide

range of Generators, RAD Tables, R & F Tables, Wall Stands can be
interconnected with the Suspension, as it can be provided also with different
X-ray tubes.
For the room and installation requirements check all the Pre-Installation
manuals or documentation of each equipment which is part of the system.
2.2 PREPARING THE INSTALLATION WORK
2.2.1 REQUIRED TOOLS
Refer to each installation documentation and manuals to get a complete list of

the required tools for the installation of the complete X-ray system.
2.2.2 CHECKING PRE-INSTALLATION WORK
Before beginning the installation, make sure that the pre-installation work is
done. All details and information is described in the technical documentation
provided with each equipment.
2.2.3 EQUIPMENT EVALUATION AND SHIPPING
Preliminary checks:
 Do not discard any packing material such as envelopes, boxes, bags

until all spares are compared to the packing list.
 Check the general.
 Condition and external appearance of all parts for possible damages or

missing items.
 Notify the distribution center immediately of any damaged or missing

parts.
SM-1201R9 123
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
2.3 INSTALLATION
2.3.1 SYSTEM INSTALLATION STEERING GUIDE
Suspension installation
Suspension leveling
Wall Stand Installation
Wall Stand & Suspension

perpendicularity adjustment
Table installation
Table & Suspension

parallelism adjustment
Table & Suspension

perpendicularity adjustment
SID & Adjustment Marks

Installation
124 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
2.3.2 SUSPENSION INSTALLATION AND LEVELING
Once the Ceiling Suspension installation procedure has been done it is

absolutely mandatory to complete the Suspension leveling procedure as
indicated in Section 1.15.6 Tube Leveling. It is just required to proceed to install
the Suspension but it s not required already to complete the Calibration
procedure, indicated in Section 3.2 Configuration & Calibration Service Tool.
2.3.3 WALL STAND INSTALLATION
Refer to each Wall Stand installation manual and documentation to proceed to

the its installation.
Do not fix already definitely the Wall Stand as it is required

to adjust its perpendicularity to the Suspension. Just locate
the equipment in the desired position and lifted up, and drill
and fix just in one side of the Wall Stand.
2.3.4 WALL STAND AND SUSPENSION PERPENDICULARITY ADJUSTMENT
2.3.4.1 REQUIRED TOOLS
 Collimation Test Tool.
 Beam Alignment Test Tool.
Illustration 2-1
Collimation and Beam alignment Test Tools
SM-1201R9 125
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
2.3.4.2 PROCEDURE
It is necessary to complete one exposition for the perfect perpendicularity or

x-ray beam adjustment:
1. The Suspension tube and collimator Assembly must face the Bucky,
which can be in horizontal position or vertical, depending if the Wall Stand
is provided with the tilting functionality. The Tube and Collimator
Assembly must be perfectly centered with the Bucky.
2. Install the Collimator Testing Tool and the Beam Alignment Tool in the
Bucky as indicated in its own technical documentation. Refer to
Illustration 2-1.
3. Get the Suspension to a SID of 1000 mm from the wall Bucky.
4. Turn the Collimator light on and, by means of the Collimator Control

Knobs, center the Collimator Test Tool with the light axes projected by the
Collimator Lamp.
5. Repeat different exposures until getting the satisfactory results.
6. Check the results of the exposure. Refer to Illustration 2-2.
7. If the result is not correct, move the Wall Stand until getting the correct
and perpendicular to the Suspension position. Proceed to another
exposure to check it.
8. When the result is correct, fix definitely the Wall Stand.
Illustration 2-2
Collimation Testing Tool
126 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
2.3.5 TABLE INSTALLATION
Refer to each Table installation manual and documentation to proceed to its

installation.
Do not fix already definitely the Table as it is required to

adjust its parallelism to the Suspension. Just locate the
equipment in the desired position and wait to fix until the
parallelism adjustment procedure is finished.
2.3.6 TABLE PARALLELISM TO THE RAILS SYSTEM AND THE SUSPENSION
Once the table has been located in its position.
1. Define the longitudinal axis of the table. Use any element of the table as
the profile of the tabletop, or draw it on the table.
2. Switch On the collimator light.
3. Release the longitudinal brake.
4. Move the Suspension with the collimator light passing along the
longitudinal axis of the table. It must be parallel to the table axes; if not,
change the table position until get it totally parallel.
5. Once it is totally parallel to the table fix it to the floor.
2.3.7 TABLE AND SUSPENSION PERPENDICULARITY ADJUSTMENT
Proceed as indicated in Section 2.3.4 Wall Stand & Suspension

Perpendicularity Adjustment.
SM-1201R9 127
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
2.3.8 SID & ALIGNMENT MARKERS INSTALLATION
REQUIRED ELEMENTS
51255P21 Set Screw M4X4 DIN 916 6
J S0007416 Anchor 2
S0017497 Marking Arrow Sticker 2
Illustration 2-3
SID Markers
Anchors
Set Screws
Marking Arrow Sticker
MArking Arrow Support
Note . This option is just available for Auto-tracking Systems. In

Automatic Systems is not required as alignment and SID are
controlled and configured automatically by software.
128 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
These Markers help the operator:
G To mark exactly in Longitudinal and Transversal Axes alignment

point with Table and Wall Stand. Use just
G To mark defined SID distances from the Wall Stand.
1. To configure the Wall Stand Marks Stickers location it is important to

check the room configuration, as depending on the location of the Wall
Stand and the Suspension in the room, they must be stuck on the
Longitudinal or Transversal rails.
G When the Wall Stand is located on A positions proceed to install

the SID stickers on the Transversal rails and Arrow Sticker on the
Longitudinal ones.
G When the Wall Stand is located on B positions proceed to install

the SID on the Longitudinal rails and Arrow Sticker on the
Transversal ones.
Illustration 2-4
Wall Stand Configuration
BACK
Transversal Rails
WS A
LEFT
Longitudinal Rail
WS B
FRONT
SM-1201R9 129
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
2. To configure the Table Marks Stickers location it is important to check the

room configuration, as depending on the location of the Table and the
Suspension in the room, they must be stuck on the Longitudinal or
Transversal rails.
G When the Table is located on A positions proceed to install the SID

stickers on the Transversal rails and Arrow Sticker on the
Longitudinal ones.
G When the Table is located on B positions proceed to install the SID

on the Longitudinal rails and Arrow Sticker on the Transversal
ones.
Illustration 2-5
Wall Stand Marks Stickers Configuration (Top View)
BACK
Transversal Rails
Table A
LEFT
Longitudinal Rail
Table B
130 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3. Mount the Set Screws in both sides of the anchors.
Illustration 2-6
Anchor with SID Marker
4. Open Packing Box J.
5. Check the room configuration and decide the position of each sticker.
Use the Collimator Meter to measure exactly the SID. If required mark
in the rail the exact distance.
6. Install the Marking Arrow Sticker. The recommended positions are:
G SID Mark in Transversal Rail. Use the Marking Arrow Support and
mount it on the Carriage right Bearing.
G Install the Sticker in the front Fixation Bearing of the Transversal

Rail.
Illustration 2-7
Marking Arrow Sticker
7. Locate the Anchor in its exact position, the central line of the Sid Marker
must match exactly with the Marking Arrow Sticker position.
SM-1201R9 131
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
8. Tighten completely the set screws of the anchor to fix the anchor in the
rail. Install the anchor shortest side inside the rail and largest outside.
Illustration 2-8
Anchor
9. Check that the SID and alignment positions are correct.
Illustration 2-9
Alignment Checking
10. Mount all the SID and Alignment labels in the correspondent Anchors.
132 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
SECTION 3 CONFIGURATION AND CALIBRATION
This section provide information about the calibration of the Ceiling Suspension
and the final tasks of the configuration of the X-ray Room.
The calibration procedure is mostly done using the Service Tool of the Ceiling
Suspension. This Service Tool is a software accessible thought the Control
Console, but also using any computer connected to the Ceiling Suspension.
Contact with Technical Service for further information about connection
procedure and required software.
Before the software calibration and configuration, check the Gage calibration.
3.1 GAGE CALIBRATION
Note . The Gage is factory calibrated but it is recommended to check that

during shipping and transportation has not been decalibrated.
REQUIRED TOOLS
 Allen Wrench set
 Voltmeter
 Dynamometer or any other tool which can operate as counterweight
REQUIRED CONDITIONS
 The Suspension covers must be already mounted to get the exact weight
of the Suspension. But as the Gage Board is located under the Beta Axis.
Remove Beta Cover and locate it on the X-ray Tube Covers.
Illustration 3-1
Gage Board is located on the Beta Axis
SM-1201R9 133
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
 Carriage Upper Cover must be opened. Loosening Front Carriage fixing

screws.
Illustration 3-2
Open Carriage Cover
 R12, Gain Potentiometer, and R13, Offset Potentiometer, must be in the

middle of their travel.
Illustration 3-3
Gage Board Drawing (Same Orientation on Field)
It is very important to get both potentiometers in the middle

of their travel for the accuracy of the adjustment.
134 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
AMPLIFIER GAIN ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE
First proceed to adjust the Amplifier Gain on Gage Board to get the softer
vertical movement.
Note . It is mandatory to adjust first the Amplifier Gain and the Amplifier
Offset s. If modified the Gain adjustment it must be also adjusted
again the Offset.
The target of the procedure is to get the same effort to move up and down the
Telescopic Column.
1. Connect the voltmeter on TP5 (--) and TP2 (+).
2. Turn counter-clockwise and completely the gain potentiometer R12.
3. Apply 1.5 Kg to the console and take note of the value of the voltmeter.
It may be either positive or negative.
4. Apply 2.5 Kg and adjust R12 to have +15mVdc ¦2mv of difference with
previously taken. Remember that if previous value was -32, now adjust
to get -17.
Illustration 3-4
Gage Board
5. Repeat step 1 and 2 until a difference of +15mVdc ¦2mv is obtained.

Once it is properly adjusted, the vertical movement of the suspension
ought to be soft and steady.
6. As the adjustment of R12 affects to R13, proceed always to adjust it after

R12 adjustment. But always retire the counterweight before adjusting
R13.
SM-1201R9 135
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Once adjusted the Amplifier Gain, proceed to adjust the Amplifier Offset on
Gage Board:
1. Connect the voltmeter on TP5 (--) and TP2 (+).
2. Adjust the potentiometer offset R13 to 0 ¦2mVdc in the voltmeter. Once

it is properly adjusted, motion is compensated, so the required effort to
move the Suspension must be almost the same in both directions.
Note . Remember about the Offset polarity that if it has been adjusted 0
¦2mVdc, the increase must be ¶15mVdc 0 ¦2mVdc.
Calibration Checking Procedure:
1. Move up and down the Suspension. The required effort to move the
Suspension must be almost the same in both directions. If not, proceed
to adjust again the Amplifier Gain and then it is mandatory to adjust the
Offset again.
2. Check that the Offset is correct. Press and hold the Vertical Brake Button
without applying any force, the Suspension must not move.
136 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.2 CALIBRATION & CONFIGURATION SERVICE TOOL
3.2.1 CALIBRATION & CONFIGURATION SERVICE TOOL
The Service Tool is required to complete:
 ceiling Suspension calibration. Both Automatic and Auto-tracking Ceiling

Suspensions are provided with a calibration software for these purpose,
 automatic movements calibration and configuration and
 system configuration: room layout, X-ray tube, collimator, receptors, etc....
This software is accessible in the same Ceiling Suspension Control Console (in
systems provided with HERCULES Generators through its console.).
Configuration and Calibration procedure must be completed mostly using the

Service Tool or accessing, not so commonly used, to the configuring and
calibration files recorded in the Compact Flash unit (CF). This CF is factory
mounted in the equipment PC, located in the Carriage electronic box.
For the Ceiling Suspension calibration connect it totally to the system and
powered ON.
3.2.2 ACCESSING SERVICE TOOL
Log in and use the Service Tool in the same Control Console of the Ceiling
Suspension.
Note . Use a pointer, non-metal stylus, etc. to select items and actions
on the Control Console.
Procedure to login and launch the Calibration & Configuration Service Tool in
the Ceiling Suspension Control Console
SM-1201R9 137
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1. Switch on the Ceiling Suspension and wait until the System is running.
Illustration 3-5
Control Console Buttons
3. Press once
2. Press 6 times
1. Press & hold
Alpha Axis Brake. Angle of the X-ray Tube. Longitudinal Axis Brake. Right & Left.
Omni-directional Brake. Transversal and

Transversal Axis Brake. Back & Front. Longitudinal. Vertical and/or Alpha will be also
activated according to the configuration.
Vertical Axis Brake. Up & Down. Beta Axis Brake. Rotation of the X-ray Tube.
Wheel Omni-directional Brake. Transversal and Longitudinal. Other axis could be also activated according to the configuration.
Use always the Control Console Wheel to drive all manual movements of the
Ceiling Suspension. Otherwise, operator could get injured due to the potential
pinch points areas.
138 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
2. Press and hold the wheel Omni-directional Brake of the Control Console
of the Ceiling Suspension.
3. Press 6 times the Longitudinal Brake button.
4. Press once the Transversal Brake button.
5. Release the wheel Omni-directional Brake button.
6. The Service Tool GUI launches. Log in.
7. In order to connect with the Service Tool it is requested the

[Administrator] user Password, which is [service]. Use the [Virtual
Keyboard] to write in [Password] field.
Illustration 3-6
User Identification Display
Password = service
8. Select the profile [nova4] in the [NOVA Selection] Option List.
Note . All other profiles are not available for configuration and calibration
purposes. Do not log in using these profiles.
9. Press [Remote Connection] to get connected.
Illustration 3-7
Connect always with [NOVA4] Profile
Note . It may take up to 15/20 seconds until connecting with the Service
Tool.
SM-1201R9 139
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
10. The Service Tool appears in the Touchscreen Control Console. Operate
always in the Control Console during the Calibration and Configuration
procedure.
Illustration 3-8
Service Tool Display on TFT Control Console
Note . When working with the Console Touchscreen use any pointer to
work properly. Icons and buttons are not always accessible
enough.
140 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.2.3 SERVICE TOOL GRAPHICAL INTERFACE
Illustration 3-9
Service Tool Graphical Interface
Minimize Virtual
Configuration File Area System Configuration Title Bar window Keyboard
Last Logged Status
Log Exit
Calibration Floating Areas
Axis Selection Calibration Tasks NOVA Selection Remote

Connection
TITLE BAR. It is also indicated the Service Tool Release.
Press twice on the TITLEBAR. to minimize the window totally. So it is possible

to check directly in the console the changes caused by new calibration. Press
twice again to get the complete window back.
SM-1201R9 141
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
CONFIGURATION FILE AREA
1 2 3 4 5
1. [Read Compact Flash Configuration Data]. Reload configuration data

from the Compact Flash.
2. [Save New Configuration]. Write configuration files with the new data.
3. [Synchronize the Runtime System]. Synchronize Service Tool data

with the runtime environment without overwriting the data in the Compact
Flash. It is not activated by default, when required it gets enabled to save
the modifications to the Compact Flash. It is required to press READ
COMPACT FLASH CONFIGURATION DATA then to save definitely the
new calibration data.
4. [Reload Compact Flash Configuration]. Reload the provided factory

configuration or master configuration saved after completing the
installation successfully. All current calibration and configuration
procedures may be lost, if used.
To reload the backup of the manufacturing configuration. However a local
backup will provided locally at the /tmp/CFLASH runtime environment.
This configuration is recorded in the Compact Flash in folder
\\config\default. Refer to Section 3.14.2.
Note . It is highly recommendable to reload Compact Flash

configurations only after consulting manufacturer Technical
Service.
5. [Save New Default Configuration]. Use just once this option to save
the default configuration as it is completed at this exact moment. This
configuration will be available at any time when it is required to reload
previous configurations, it will be possible to choose between Factory
and Default configurations. This configuration is recorded in folder
\\config\master. Refer to Section 3.14.2.
Note . It is possible just to save once the default configuration. Make sure
that you use this option once the calibration and configuration has
been successfully completed and that is the required configuration
for the room. Once saved, it will not appear anymore and posterior
modifications are not recorded as default.
142 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION AREA
1 2 3
1. [System Configuration]. Direct access to Room Layout and System

Configuration.
2. [About NOVA OTC]. Press on it to get information about the Software

and Firmware release. OTC means Overhead Tube Crane.
Illustration 3-10
Software and Firmware Release Data
It is indicated in the Firmware Release Data Display:
G [NST release] Software Release Version.
G [Device SN] Equipment Serial Number
G [USB-Key status] It is indicated the Serial Number of the USB

Dongle and if available next optional functions:
S [Image Preview]
S [FLFS]
S [Stitching]
They are available, when indicated as [TOGGLED].
SM-1201R9 143
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3. [WorkStation Select]. Select the different Workstation options:
Direct Workstation, identified by software as [WS1] in configuration and

calibration files.
Table Workstation, identified by software as [WS2].
Wall Stand Workstation, identified by software as [WS3].
Tomography Workstation, identified by software as [WS4]. It is optional.
MINIMIZE WINDOW.
The calibration options and tools are displayed in pop up windows. When the
service personnel is working directly on the Suspension Console, they may get
bigger than the Console Touch Screen area as all floating areas are opened,
so it may be difficult to read properly the information. Press [Window Minimize]
and the it will fit properly to the screen.
ACCESSING TO LOGS
Press [LOG] to access into the recorded log.
VIRTUAL KEYBOARD
The Virtual Keyboard appears every time it is necessary to insert data. When
this tool is available an accessing button will appear. Operation:
a. Press [Virtual Keyboard] Button.
b. Select the writing area.
c. Insert data and close the Virtual Keyboard Display when finished.
144 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 3-11
Virtual Keyboard
This Virtual Keyboard is based on the Traditional US layout.
It supports another way to input characters with modifiers such as [SHIFT],

[CONTROL], [ALTGR], etc., we would call it Quick Modifiers.
 If you want to input upper-case alphabets or other characters on the

upper position on the keyboard, you should press the pad after selecting
[SHIFT] by pressing it, or press the pad with mouse button 3 (maybe right
button) or mouse button 4.
 In the similar manner, if you want to input CONTROLED characters, you

should press the pad after clicking [CONTROL], or press the pad with
mouse button 2 (maybe middle button).
 [ALT]and [META] can be used in the similar manner with [CONTROL],

but there are no shortcuts with mouse buttons.
[BACKSPACE] deletes the preceding character, and shifts back the text after
it by one position. In case of selecting various deletes all of them and shifts back
the text the same number of deleted characters.
[DEL] deletes the selected character and shifts back the text after it by one
position.
EXIT
Press [EXIT] to leave the Service Tool.
SM-1201R9 145
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
AXIS SELECTION
Pull down to select the axis to be calibrated:
 OTC-Transversal. Ceiling Suspension (OTC) Transversal Axis (X).
 OTC-Longitudinal. Ceiling Suspension (OTC) Longitudinal Axis (Y).
 OTC-Vertical. Ceiling Suspension (OTC) Vertical Axis (Z).
 OTC-Angular. Ceiling Suspension (OTC) Alpha Axis.
 OTC-Rotation. Ceiling Suspension (OTC) Beta Axis.
 Table-Longitudinal. Table Receptor Longitudinal Axis.
 Table-Vertical. Table Vertical Axis.
 WS-Vertical. Wall Stand Vertical Axis.
 WS-Tilting. Wall Stand Tilting option.
Refer to Illustration 3-31 for further details of axes definition.
Note . Check always that the correct axis to be calibrated is selected.

[OTC-Transversal] option is the one selected by default in the
Service Tool and if not selected other one all tasks may be
completed over this axis.
AUTO-TRACKING CEILING SUSPENSION IS MOTORIZED

JUST IN THE VERTICAL AXIS. THEREFORE, AUTOMATIC
MOVEMENTS ARE AVAILABLE JUST IN THIS AXIS.
146 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
CALIBRATION TASKS
Pull down to select the task to be completed:
 [Stand Alone]
 [Position Calibration]
 [Velocity Calibration]
 [Work Station Configuration]
 [Autoposition Configuration]
 [NOVA Software ( Software Tools)]
 [Collimation]
 [DAP]
NOVA SELECTION
It is ALWAYS mandatory to select [NOVA4] option to get connected with the

Service Tool.
REMOTE CONNECTION
Once selected [NOVA4]:
Click to connect with the Service Tool.
Click to disconnect with the Service Tool
SM-1201R9 147
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.3 CALIBRATION PROCEDURE
Note . The X-ray System must be correctly installed and connected.
The Ceiling Suspension has been uniquely designed to streamline the process
of calibrating and configuring its movements and positions in five axes relative
to both Table and the Wall Stand, in the case of being a Double Panel System
(Ceiling Suspension with Table and Wall Stand) or just to the Wall Stand for
Single Panel Systems (Ceiling Suspension with mobile Table and Wall Stand).
But also to calibrate Table and Wall Stand Axes referring to the Ceiling
Suspension. The Calibration main tasks are:
1. System Configuration. Define and select the components of the

system:
S X-ray Generator
S X-tube Generator
S Receptors, vertical and horizontal
S Positioners Configuration (Wall Stand and Table)
S Collimator and DAP Device
S Tomography (optional function)
2. Position Calibration. Calibrate the travels length and both ends in all
axes. It is required for the correct operation of the Auto-positions but also
manual movements.
Note . All axes must be calibrated in all models, Automatic and

Auto-tracking. However OTC-Angular or Alpha and OTC-Rotation
or Beta axes are already factory calibrated.
3. Velocity Calibration. Calibrate the Ceiling Suspension displacement

velocity. Complete it just for the motorized axes:
S All axes of the Automatic Ceiling Suspension.

S Just the Vertical Axis of the Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension.
4. Room Layout. Configure the Room Layout.
5. Workstation Configuration. Configure manual Detent Points,

velocities and operation tones for each workstation and axis.
6. Collimator Calibration. Configure and calibrate the Automatic

Collimation.
7. Auto-positions Configuration. Configure up to 10000 Programmed

Positions (PP) and/or up to 16 Parking Positions or Auto-positions.
8. DAP control. Control the performance of the DAP Device.
148 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 3-12
Automatic Ceiling Suspension Calibration Flowchart
Study
System Configuration
OTC-Transversal
Axis
Launch
Service Tool OTC-Longitudinal
Axis
Log in
Service Tool
OTC-Vertical Axis
Room
Configuration OTC-Angular Axis
Position & Velocity

Calibration OTC-Rotation Axis
Table-Longitudinal
Calibration Check Axis *
(StandAlone)
Table-Vertical Axis *
Room Layout
WS-Vertical Axis
Workstation
Configuration
WS-Tilting Axis
Auto-positions
Calibration
Collimator * In Single Panels Systems it is

Calibration not possible to calibrate the Table
Axes.
Functional Checking
SM-1201R9 149
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 3-13
Auto-tracking Calibration Flowchart
Study
System Configuration
Launch
Service Tool
OTC-Vertical Axis
Log in
Service Tool
Room Table-Longitudinal
Configuration Axis
Position & Velocity

Calibration Table-Vertical Axis *
Calibration Check
(StandAlone) WS-Vertical Axis
Room Layout
WS-Tilting Axis
Workstation
Configuration
Collimator
Calibration * In Single Panels Systems it is
not possible to calibrate the Table
Axes.
Auto-positions
Calibration
Functional Checking
150 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.3.1 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
1. Press on [System Configuration]. Room Configuration interface

appears in another window.
Illustration 3-14
System Configuration Display
Note . Access in [System Configuration] to the Room Layout

procedure, but first complete the previous calibration and
configuration steps axes Position and Velocity Calibration.
SM-1201R9 151
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
2. Indicate [Site Name]. Indicate the name of Hospital, Department, etc...
3. Press and configure [Date/Language] for the System time configuration

and for the Service Tool help language, not for the Ceiling Suspension
User Interface, which must be configured directly in Calibration Files and
Data.
Illustration 3-15
[Date/Language] Display
Note . Available languages for help messages are English (EN) and
Spanish (ES). All other languages are not available at this
moment.
152 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.3.1.1 PERIPHERICAL DEVICES CONFIGURATION
Select and configure [Peripherical Devices] in [Room Configuration]

display.
Note . When indicated in this manual select just one of the below detailed
options, in the software. Other options are available for specific
configurations. In case of doubt, please confirm with the
manufacturer technical service your Room configuration.
X-RAY GENERATOR
1. Select always the [SHF] option. Select other options in very specific
cases.
2. Click icon to open the [Workplace Mapping].
Illustration 3-16
X-ray Generator Configuration Interface
3. [Tomograph] option is just available in Automatic Ceiling Suspensions.

Refer to Section 3.3.3. for further details about Tomography.
4. Match [Input Map] values with [Output Map] values.
Note . When working with Canon Digital Workstations values must be

named exactly as it is configured in it.
SM-1201R9 153
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
VERTICAL RECEPTORS CONFIGURATION
Configure the geometrical parameters of the vertical Receptor.
1. Select one of the compatible receptors between the available options.In

case of portable Receptors it is possible to select too the orientation
(ID+H+W).
2. All geometrical parameters are already factory configured. These

parameters are:
G [Height]
G [Width]
G [Depth]. Refer to Illustration 3-17:
a. Fixed Receptor (Varian43x43). It is the distance between

the outer receptor surface and the image formation plane.
The values must be always positive.
b. Portable Receptor. It is the distance between the image

formation plane and the receptor support. The values must
be always negative.
3. Click on the Icon to check and modify, if desired, the Receptor

geometrical parameters to modify the active area of the receptor. All
values are in mm.
4. Click on [Reload Default Values] to recover default configuration, if

modified.
5. Press to save and leave.
6. Press to leave without saving.
154 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 3-17
Wall Stand Receptor Descriptor
Default Values
Depth B A Width
Height
SM-1201R9 155
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
HORIZONTAL DETECTORS CONFIGURATION
Configure the geometrical parameters of the horizontal Receptor.
1. Select one of the compatible receptors between the available options.

In case of portable Receptors it is possible to select too the orientation
(ID+H+W).
2. All geometrical parameters are already factory configured. These

parameters are:
G [Height].
G [Width].
G [Depth] .
3. Click on the Icon to check and modify, if desired, the Receptor

geometrical parameters to modify the active area of the receptor. All
values are in mm.
a. Fixed Receptor. The distance between the outer receptor

surface and the image formation plane. The values must be
always positive.
b. Removable Receptor. The distance between the image

formation plane and the receptor support. The values must
be always negative.
4. Click on [Reload Default Values] to recover default configuration, if

modified.
5. Press to save and leave.
6. Press to leave without saving.
156 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 3-18
Table Receptor Descriptor
Default Values
depth A
width
height
SM-1201R9 157
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
X-RAY TUBE CONFIGURATION
Depending on the Tube and Adaptation the Focal Spot position is different.
Different Geometry Configurations are different depending on the Tube.
1. Select X-ray Tube geometry configuration. It is mandatory to select one

of the options of the next table.
Note . Refer to the document GEO_TUBES.pdf which is provided printed

with the equipment (also recorded in the Compact Flash).
PARAMETERS
GEOMETRY HOUSING Alpha to Focal Focal Spot to
Column to Alpha
Spot Column
Toshiba: E7239X/FX/GX
E7240X/FX
E7242X/FX/GX
E7252X/FX/GX
14.5 mm
E7299X
[GEOTUBE_0]
E7843X
0.57”
E7865X
E7876X
E7884X
Variand Diamond_90o/180o
282 mm 225 mm
1.4 mm
Toshiba: E7254X/GX 11.1” 8.8”
[GEOTUBE_2]
Variand Sapphire_90o/180o
0.05”
Toshiba: E7100X
2.5 mm
E7864X
[GEOTUBE_4]
E7867X
0.09”
E7869X
3 mm
[GEOTUBE_6] Varian B130_90o/180o
0.11”
2. All geometrical parameters are already factory configured.
G Click on [Reload Default Values] to recover default configuration,

if modified.
 Press to save and leave.
 Press to leave without saving.
158 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 3-19
X-ray Tube Geometrical Parameters
Focal spot
282 mm
11.1”
Focal spot Focal spot
Alpha to
Focus
225 mm
8.8”
COLLIMATOR AND DAP SELECTION
G Collimator, just select Ralco R225
G DAP Device. Select [IBA DAP] Device just when Ralco R225
Collimator is selected.
SM-1201R9 159
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.3.1.2 POSITIONER DEVICES CONFIGURATION
Configure geometry parameters of the Vertical (Wall Stand) and Horizontal

(Table) Positioners.
VERTICAL POSITIONER, WALL STAND
1. Select always the option [WS-NBS2100DD1].
[WS-- NBS2100AU] Automatic Wall Stand w/o tilting, nor Rotation and analogical bucky.
[WS-- NBS2100TA] Automatic Wall Stand with tilting, Rotation and analogical bucky.
[WS-- NBS2100DR] Automatic Wall Stand with tilting, Rotation and digital detector.
Automatic Wall Stand with tilting, Rotation, digital detector and spacer.
[WS-- NBS2100PU]
For Single Panel Systems.
Automatic NBS2100 with tilting, Rotation, digital detector, spacer and vertical motorized.
[WS-- NBS2100DD1]
For Single Panel Systems.
Automatic NBS2100 w/o tilting, nor Rotation, analogical bucky and vertical motorized.
[WS-- NBS2000DD1]
(Default Automatic Systems Wall Stand)
[WS-- NBS2003] NOT AVAILABLE. Use this option just when indicated by Manufacturer.
[MILENIUM] For Millennium Vertical bucky Stand without Tilting option.
[MILENIUM.TILT] For Millennium Vertical bucky Stand with Tilting option.
2. Click on the Icon to check and modify, if desired, the positioner

geometrical parameters. All values are in mm.
G [tilt2ang]. Distance from Tilting center to the Receptor front panel
G [ang2center]. It must be always 0 mm.
G [tilt2center]. It indicates the distance between Tilting center and

Receptor center.
G [extension]. It must be always 0 mm. Just for specific cases.
Note . All values for each Positioner device are configured by

manufacturer. Do not change any value if not specified by
manufacturer.
Note . Depending on the X-ray Rooms not all mechanical options are
included, as Wall Stand extendible Receptor Support, so
[ang2center] and [extension] parameters values must be always
0 mm.
Depending on the equipment configuration, if not provided with
rotation or tilting options, other values may be too 0 mm. I.e.
[Millennium] in all parameters.
160 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 3-20
Wall Stand Geometrical Definitions
Default Values
tilt2center
tilt2ang
SM-1201R9 161
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
HORIZONTAL POSITIONER (TABLE)
1. Select one of the compatible Table options:
[NET4000]
Fixed, motorized Height and also motorized Receptor.
([NET4000 default for Automatic System)
[NET4001]
[NET4002] Fixed, Height Motorized and with Receptor position but not motorized.
[NET4003] Fixed, Height Motorized and Bucky with Flip Option.
[NET4004] Fixed, Height Motorized and without Receptor position.
[EIGER] NOT AVAILABLE. Use this option just when indicated by Manufacturer.
[FLEXIDT] Mobile Table. For Single Panel Systems.
[DUNLEE] Use this option for Dunlee Tables.
[VIRTUAL] Use this option for Virtual Tables.
[MILENIUM] Use this option for Millennium System Tables.
[DX600] Use this option for DX--D600 System Tables.
2. Press the icon to check the Positioner geometrical parameters

configuration. All values are in mm.
G [table extension]. It indicates the measure of the extraction of

casette tray or detector from its nominal position.
G [surface to detector]. It indicates the distance from the Tabletop

surface to:
a. digital detector surface
b. film for analogical buckies
Note . All values for each Positioner device are configured by

manufacturer. Do not change any value if not specified by
manufacturer.
162 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 3-21
Table Positioner Parameters
Modify Values
Default Values
extension
surface to detector A
B
SM-1201R9 163
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.3.2 UNITS
Configure the measurement units for the operator in the Control Console of the
Ceiling Suspension.
ENSURE THAT THE WHOLE SYSTEM, CEILING

SUSPENSION, GENERATOR, WORKSTATION, ETC..., IS
CONFIGURED TO WORK WITH THE SAME UNIT AND/OR
DATA COMMUNICATION IS COMPATIBLE.
Note . This configuration is valid just for the SID display and equipment
operation, but no for the Service Tool operation.
1. Access to [Workstation Configuration] and open [Units] tab.
2. Select in [Units] between [Centimeters] or [Inches].
Illustration 3-22
Units Configuration
3. Press [Download Parameters to CORE] to activate the [Save New

Configuration] button.
4. Press [Save New Configuration] to save Detents configuration.
5. Confirm that new data are saved in the configuration files.
6. Reset System Software to activate the new configuration. If not, new

detents are not available yet. Refer to Section 3.12.
164 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.3.3 TOMOGRAPHY CONFIGURATION
1. Press on [System Configuration]. Room Configuration interface

appears.
2. Press [Generator] icon.
3. Check in [Tomo] Checking box to activate the Tomography configuration

if available.
Note . Depending on the System configuration Tomography may be

configured using Ceiling Suspension Service Tool or external
Digital Image acquisition Workstation.
Illustration 3-23
Time parameter
in seconds
Profile ID
Profile Angle
SM-1201R9 165
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
a. Configure [Angle Parameters] Profiles. Indicate the angle of

each profile, up to 40o. The thickness of the tomography depends
on its angle; for a larger angle it corresponds a smaller thickness.
b. Configure [Time Parameters] or the the time of the exposition.

They are [Slow] and [Fast]. Values are in seconds. Check
recommended [Time Parameters] for film and digital detector.
FILM DIGITAL DETECTOR
FAST SLOW FAST SLOW
8 0.32” 0.64” 0.32” 0.64”
20 0.8” 1.6” 0.8” 1.6”
40 1.6” 3.2” 1.4” 2.8”
c. Configure [Plane Parameters]:

. Upper and Lower cut plane values, from 0 up to 250 mm.
. Default Value
. SID
. Plane Offset. Deviation between cut plane and the real plane.
Illustration 3-24
Plane Parameters
Angle
SID
Cut Plane
166 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
 Press to activate the [X-ray Request]. Get the suspension

centered with the Table and the X-ray Generator Exposure
Handler in [PREP] mode to test the tomography function in the
generator.
 [Test Input ]indicates if the tomography function operates

properly in That Table.
 Press to save and leave.
 Press to leave without saving.
3.3.4 LAYOUT INIT ANGLES
Check in [Room Configuration] display the configured [Init Angles]. These

parameters are the result of the Position Calibration. Refer to Section 3.4
Position Calibration for further details.
3.3.5 OPTIONAL PARAMETERS
In the [Room Configuration Area] it is also possible to configure other

parameters referred to the general operation of the room. These parameters
are referred to options and functions which are just available for very specific
room configurations.
Note . The default configuration is already set in factory, proceed to

modify it just when the room configuration is very specific and
uncommon.
SM-1201R9 167
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.3.5.1 FUNCTIONAL OPERATIONS
The [Functional Operations] are optional and no all ceiling suspension are
provided with them.
Illustration 3-25
[Functional Operation] Configuration Parameters
G [Preview Enable]. Activates the image previews when the Ceiling

Suspension is installed just with a Canon Workstation.
Note . To activate the Image Preview in the Ceiling Suspension must be

provided with the correct license. This license is recorded in a USB
drive which must be connected in the Carriage box.
G [Table/WallStand Grid Enable]. Activates/deactivates the Grid

Control function by the Ceiling Suspension software. Available just
for digital detectors with Grid Control function.
G [Table/WallStand Detector Detection Enable].

Activates/deactivates the Detector Control function by the Ceiling
Suspension software. Available just for digital detectors.
168 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
G FOV Inversion Enable]. Enable/disable the control of the FOV of

the the collimator by the Ceiling Suspension. Enable it when the
Detector change dimensions when orientation changes. If the
Detector is portrait oriented the collimator changes the blades
aperture to adapt the FOV to the new orientation.
Illustration 3-26
FOV Inversion Graphical Explanation
FOV Inversion Disabled
Detector Detector
Landscape Orientation Portrait Orientation
FOV
FOV Inversion Enabled
Detector Detector
Landscape Orientation Portrait Orientation
FOV
SM-1201R9 169
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.3.5.2 [SERIAL CHANNEL]
Configure the communication with the Generator via the Serial Channel.
Illustration 3-27
[Serial Channel] Configuration Parameters
G [Interlock Auto]. Enable/disable the Interlock Management.

Check the box to enable the reception and display of the interlock
messages in the Control Console Display.
G [Grid Interlock]. Enable/diable the Grid Interlocks function.
G [SHF Firmware Greater than V7R1B49]. To be disabled when

the SHF X-ray Generator has the firmware VR1B49 or lower.
Checked by default for current versions of SHF firmware.
G [URSDO (Detector Orientation Used)]. Enable/disable the use

of the URSDO Message. Check just in case that image acquisition
software does not control the Detector position.
G [Default Table/Wall Stand Grid]. Indicate the default Grid for

systems not provided with Grid Control Hardware and/or software.
Select the next values to indicate the default Grid:
0 No Grid
4 Grid partially inserted
5 100 mm Grid
6 180 mm Grid
8 150 mm Grid
170 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.3.5.3 [STITCHING OPERATIVE]
Configures the Stitching function which allows the combination of images with
overlapping fields to obtain high resolution or panoramic images.
Illustration 3-28
[Stitching Operative] Configuration Parameters
 [Stitching Fast Mode]. Enable/disable the Fast Mode of the Stitching

procedure. Check to enable the use of the Generator Exposure Handler
to acquire steadily all the images, it is not required to validate each image
one by one.
 [Stitching Table Enable]. Enable/disable the Stitching Procedure with

the Table Workstation selected.
 [Stitching Wall Stand Enable]. Enable/disable the Stitching Procedure

with the Wall Stand Workstation selected.
 [Collimate Stitch Procedure]. Enable/disable the use of the Collimator

during the Stitching Procedure.
 [Only With Portrait Orientation]. Check to prohibit the use of the

Stitching procedure with the Detector in Portrait Orientation.
Note . To activate the Stitching Procedure the Ceiling Suspension must

be provided with the correct license. This license is recorded in a
USB drive which must be connected in the Carriage box.
SM-1201R9 171
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.3.5.4 [RAD CONTROL]
Enable/disable the AEC with the Tomography and Direct workstations. By

default it is not enabled, but in very specific room configurations it may be
possible to enable the AEC.
Illustration 3-29
G [AEC Tomography Enable].Check to enable the AEC with the

Tomography procedure.
G [AEC Direct Enable]. Check to enable the AEC with Direct

Workstation.
3.3.5.5 [ORIENTATION ENCODING]
Configure the default Detector and Box/Bucky orientation in case the image
acquisition software does not control the orientation of the Detector. In that
case select the default position of the Box and Detector, in case that it can be
also rotated.
Illustration 3-30
[Orientation Encoding] Configuration Parameters
Workstation
Correction Degrees
Combinations List
172 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Proceed as follows:
1. Select the Workstation:
G Wall Stand [w]
G Direct [d]
G Table [t]
2. Select the [Bucky Orientation]. Click on the image to select:
G No Rotated [0]
G Rotated [1]
G Unknown [2]
3. Select the [Detector Orientation] Click on the image to select:
G Portrait [0]
G Landscape [1]
4. Indicate the correction degrees:
G [0o ]
G [90o ]
G [180o ]
G [270o ]
G [999o ]
It means that the Image Acquisition Software rotates the image by the
indicated value. Select the required degrees value consulting among the
possible combinations that are listed in the display:
Workstation_cs_rot_Bucky Ori. Code_Detector Ori. Code Degrees
ie: w_cs_rot11 90 means

Wall Stand_cs_rot_bucky rotated_detector landscape 90o
SM-1201R9 173
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.4 POSITION CALIBRATION
Configure and calibrate the automatic movements travels in all axes.
This procedure must completed for all axes of the Ceiling Suspension,
even not being motorized, as in the case of the Auto-tracking model.
Available axes are:
 OTC-Transversal. Ceiling Suspension (OTC) Transversal Axis (X).

Point 0 at the front of the Transversal Axis.
 OTC-Longitudinal. Ceiling Suspension (OTC) Longitudinal Axis (Y).

Point 0 at the left of the Longitudinal Axis.
 OTC-Vertical. Ceiling Suspension (OTC) Vertical Axis (Z). Point 0 at the

top of the Vertical Axis.
 OTC-Angular. Ceiling Suspension (OTC) Alpha Axis. Point 0 at -135o

of the X-ray Tube rotation.
 OTC-Rotation. Ceiling Suspension (OTC) Beta Axis. Point 0 at +180o

the L-block rotation.
Note . [OTC-Angular] and [OTC-Rotation] axes are factory. Just check

if they are properly calibrated for room requirements, and modify
just when required.
 Table-Longitudinal. Table Receptor Longitudinal Axis. Point 0 at the

left of the travel. Not to be configured with some Table Positioner options.
 Table-Vertical. Table Vertical Axis. Point 0 at the bottom of the vertical

travel.
Note . In case of Single Panel Systems both Table Axes,

[Table-Longitudinal] and [Table- Vertical] are not calibrated.
There is not communication between Table and Ceiling
Suspension.
 WS-Vertical. Wall Stand Vertical Axis. Point 0 at the bottom of the

vertical travel.
 WS-Tilting. Wall Stand Tilting option. Point 0 at 0o of tilting (Receptor in

vertical position). Not to be configured with some Table Positioner
options.
174 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 3-31
Axes Definition
Point 0
Point 0
OTC- Vertical Axis

Point 0
Point 0
OTC-Angulation
Point 0
OTC-Rotation
WS-Tilting
WS-Vertical Point 0
Table-Longitudinal
Point 0
Table-Vertical
Point 0
Point 0
SM-1201R9 175
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
POSITION CALIBRATION PROCEDURE
1. Select [Position Calibration] in Calibration Tasks List.
2. Select the axis to be calibrated. Proceed to calibrate always in the same

order indicated in the Axes List.
Illustration 3-32
Select [Position Calibration] and the Axis to be configured
Note . Remember that no all axes are available depending on the room
configuration. Not motorized axes do not appear in the list.
Note . Remember that just after the [Position Calibration] of one axis
it is recommended to calibrate the velocity of the same axis,
instead of completing the calibration of the other axes. Refer to
Section 3.5 Velocity Calibration.
Note . Check always before starting the calibration that the selected axis
it the correct one to be calibrated.
3. Highlight the [Servo Measures] tab and the Click to expand that Section.
Illustration 3-33
Position Calibration Display
Units Selector
Position and Movement

Indicator
Units Display
Calibration Sequence
176 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
4. In [Servo Measures] check [Units Display]. It is mandatory to use the

PU or Physical Units instead of the DC or Digital Counts.
The PU are:
G mm to be used in [OTC-Transversal], [OTC-Longitudinal],

[OTC-Vertical], [Table-Longitudinal] and [WS-Vertical].
G mdeg to be used in [OTC-Angular], [OTC-Rotation] and

[WS-Tilting].
10o = 100 mdeg (45o = 450 mdeg)
5. Use the [Units Selector] to select the units in PU.
6. Select a reference point to mark the calibration points. It is recommended

to use:
G For [OTC-Transversal] the Carriage Back.
G For [OTC-Longitudinal] the back bearing.
G For [OTC-Vertical] the Beta cover.
G For [OTC-Angular] use a digital leveling on the Tube’s end cap.
G For [OTC-Rotation]
G For [Table-Longitudinal] Table Receptor left lateral.
G For [Table-Vertical] the Tabletop lower side.
G For [WS-Vertical] Bucky /Detector Support lower side.
G For [WS-Tilting] use the Tilting Indicator of the Bucky /Detector

Support.
7. Use if required the [Brake Button] to activate the brake in the selected
axis instead of using the Control Console pushbuttons.
SM-1201R9 177
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 3-34
Longitudinal and Transversal Axes References for Calibration Points
Back Bearing Carriage Back
8. Mark and take note of the measures of each axis calibration measures:
G Point 0
G Maximal Travel Point
G Intermediate Point
G Total Range
9. In [OTC-Transversal] and [OTC-Longitudinal] axes it is recommended

to use a masking tape and a marker to locate each calibration point.
Illustration 3-35
Mark each Position on the Rails
178 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
10. To move manually the Ceiling Suspension press the corresponding

Control Console brake button to release the brake and move.
Illustration 3-36
Control Console
for [OTC-Angular] Calibration for [OTC-Longitudinal] Calibration
for [OTC-Transversal] Calibration for [OTC-Rotation] Calibration
for [OTC-Vertical] Calibration
11. To measure exactly the angles during the [OTC-Angular] calibration use
a digital level on the X-ray tube’s end cap.
Note . For further details about Wall Stand and Table operation refer to
the specific operation documentation.
Illustration 3-37
Check X-ray Tube Levelling
SM-1201R9 179
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 3-38
[OTC-Transversal], [OTC-Longitudinal] and [OTC-Vertical] Axes Calibration Procedure
OTC-TRANSVERSAL AXIS
Maximal Position Intermediate Position Position 0
Stage 3/3 Stage 2/3 Stage 1/3
TOTAL TRANSVERSAL RANGE (mm)
OTC-LONGITUDINAL AXIS
TOTAL lONGITUDINAL TRAVEL RANGE (mm)
Position 0 Intermediate Position Maximal Position

Stage 1/3 Stage 2/3 Stage 3/3
OTC-VERTICAL AXIS
Position 0
Stage 1/3
Intermediate Position
Stage 2/3
Maximal Position
Stage 3/3
IN ALL AXES THE INITIAL POINT OR 0 MUST BE LOCATED

AS INDICATED. IF NOT, CALIBRATION PROCEDURE WILL
BE INCORRECTLY COMPLETED.
180 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 3-39
[OTC-Angular] and [OTC-Rotation] Axes Calibration Procedure
OTC-ANGULAR AXIS
init angle init angle
Position 0 Maximal Position

Stage 1/3 Stage 3/3
Position 0 Maximal Position

Stage 1/3 Stage 3/3
Intermediate Position Intermediate Position

Stage 2/3 Stage 2/3
FACTORY CALIBRATION 135o to -135o CALIBRATION 90o to -90o
Total Angular Range = 2700 mdeg Total Angular Range = 1800 mdeg
Init Angle = 450 mdeg Init Angle = 900 mdeg
OTC-ROTATION AXIS
init angle
Position 0
Stage 1/3 Maximal Position
Stage 3/3
Maximal Position
Position 0
Stage 3/3
Stage 1/3
Intermediate Position Intermediate Position

Stage 2/3 Stage 2/3
FACTORY CALIBRATION 180o to -180o CALIBRATION 90o to -90o
Total Angular Range = 3600 mdeg Total Angular Range = 1800 mdeg
Init Angle = 0 mdeg Init Angle = 900 mdeg
IN ALL AXES THE INITIAL POINT OR 0 MUST BE LOCATED

AS INDICATED. IF NOT, CALIBRATION PROCEDURE WILL
BE INCORRECTLY COMPLETED.
SM-1201R9 181
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 3-40
Transversal and Longitudinal Axis Calibration Procedure
TABLE—LONGITUDINAL
Intermediate Position Stage 2/3
Position 0 Stage 1/3 Maximal Position Stage 3/3
Maximal Position Stage 3/3
TABLE-VERTICAL
Position 0 Stage 1/3
WS-VERTICAL WS-TILTING
Tilting -20o to 90 o
Init Angle = -200 mdeg
Maximal Position Step 3/3


init angle
Position 0 Stage 1/3 Intermediate Position Stage 2/3
182 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
12. Proceed to the calibration in [Servo Driver] line. Proceed step by step
as indicated by the [Calibration Instructions Messages].
Illustration 3-41
Axis Calibration Procedure
Calibration Sequencer
Calibration Instructions Messages Start/Stop
a. Press the [Calibration Sequencer]. In next steps it blinks

indicating that the calibration procedure is active.
b. Press [Stop] to abort the calibration procedure. Service Tool asks

for the confirmation of the runtime configuration reloading.
Illustration 3-42
Confirm the Restoration of runtime Calibration
SM-1201R9 183
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
c. Set the [Position Range]. This range will be the total configure
travel for the automatic movements in this axis. Press the
[Calibration Sequencer].
Use mm for travels and mdeg for angles, [OTC-Angular],
[OTC-Rotation] and [WS-Tilting].
Illustration 3-43
Indicate in mm the Travel total Range
Make sure that the Position Range is correct to operate with

the Table and Wall Stand. Both receptor must be completely
operative inside this range.
d. Calibration Stage 1/3. Move manually the Ceiling Suspension

exactly to place it at the previously marked Position 0. Press the
Illustration 3-44
Configure Position 0
Press to validate
e. Calibration Stage 2/3. Move manually the Ceiling Suspension

exactly to place it at the Intermediate Position. Press the
Illustration 3-45
Calibrate Configure the Intermediate Position
Press to validate
184 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
f. Calibration Stage 3/3. Move manually the Ceiling Suspension

exactly to place it at previously marked Maximal Position. Press
the [Calibration Sequencer].
Illustration 3-46
Configure the maximal Position
Press to validate
g. Check the [Calibration Data Report], it appears automatically.

Consult [Location.reference] to know the result of the
Calibration. In all Axes the confidence result must be 100% of
confidence, except on Table-Longitudinal axis, where it can be
98%, but not less.
In the case of the Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension remember
that when calibrating no motorized axes the [Location.readout]
line is highlighted in red and without confidence value. Check the
[Location.reference] value.
Illustration 3-47
[Calibration Info] Log
Successful Calibration Log
Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension

Non motorized axis calibration log
h. In case of [OTC-Angular], [OTC-Rotation] and [WS-Tilting]

axes, it will be requested to complete the [Init Angle] data.
Illustration 3-48
Init Angle Display
SM-1201R9 185
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
i. Press to accept to validate the calibration.
j. Confirm to Save data on calibration files.
Illustration 3-49
Confirm to save new Data
When calibration is not correct next message appear. Proceed to a new

calibration procedure. Check the range, the positions and if the sequence was
correct.
Illustration 3-50
Lack of Confidence of the Calibration Message
Note . Once the new calibration data are saved, they are automatically
recorded in the CF, it is not necessary to reboot the System.
Note . It is recommended to calibrate one axis position and then the

same axis velocity
186 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
HOW TO MODIFY POSITION CALIBRATION DATA
In case it is required, it can be modified some calibration data as the Initial and
Maximal Points of all axes and the init angles.
It is possible to modify both Initial and Maximal Points without modifying the
calibration of the axis. It is recommended to add 1 or 2 mm, but never more,
in OTC-Transversal, OTC-Longitudinal or OTC-Vertical axes at each end in
order to avoid OUT OF RANGE errors when working in very small rooms and
allowing a better adjustment in case of the OTC-Angular or OTC-Rotation axes.
Proceed to enter into [Position Calibration] display. In [Servo Driver] tab use
both green arrows to modify both ends limits.
Illustration 3-51
Position Range Modification
Modify Initial Point Modify Maximal Point
Init Angles can be modified in order to get a fine adjustment, alignment and
accuracy. All Init Angles are displayed in [System Configuration]. They must
be as configured during [Position Calibration]. To modify them, if required,
use these fields.
Illustration 3-52
Init Angles at [Room Configuration]
OTC-Angular Init Angle
OTC-Rotation Init Angle
Wall Stand-Tilt Init Angle
N/A, always at 0o
Press to accept to validate the calibration. Then confirm the modification.
SM-1201R9 187
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.5 VELOCITY CALIBRATION
Note . Complete the [Velocity Calibration] of one axis just after

completing its [Position Calibration] procedure.
This procedure must be completed in all Axes that are motorized in order to
calibrate the velocity of the equipment during an automatic movement along
this axis. So calibrate these axes:
G Automatic Ceiling Suspension all axes.
G Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension just [OTC-Vertical] must be

configured. All other axes are not motorized so, automatic
movement is not available.
1. Place the Ceiling Suspension where the movement of the axis selected
does not come in contact with any obstacles while moving through the
full range of the axis.
DURING THE CALIBRATION ALL TRAVELS MUST BE FREE

OF OBSTACLES. ANY OBSTACLE OF THE EQUIPMENT
MOTION COULD CAUSE SERIOUS DAMAGES TO IT.
2. Select [Velocity Calibration] in Calibration Tasks List.
3. Select the axis to be calibrated. Proceed to calibrate always just after

the [Position Calibration] procedure.
Illustration 3-53
Select Velocity Calibration and Axis to be configured
Note . Check always before starting the calibration that the selected axis
it the correct one to be calibrated.
188 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
4. [Velocity Calibration] display opens.
Illustration 3-54
[Velocity Calibration] Display
Calibration Sequencer
5. Press the [Calibration Sequencer]. The [Velocity Calibration]

automatically drives the Ceiling Suspension throughout its range multiple
times without need for intervention or control by the technical service.
6. A warning appears asking to ensure path of movement of axis being

calibrated is free of obstacles.
Illustration 3-55
Get the Ceiling Suspension Trajectory free of Obstacles
SM-1201R9 189
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
7. The Ceiling Suspension will move 10 times back and forth over its axis
of travel. Let the performance to finish completely.
8. Press [Stop] to abort the calibration procedure. Service Tool asks for the
confirmation of the runtime configuration reloading.
Illustration 3-56
Confirm the Restoration of runtime Calibration
9. The [Calibration Data Report] appears after completing the calibration

procedure.
Illustration 3-57
[Calibration Data Report]
190 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
10. Press to accept to validate the calibration.
11. Confirm to Save data on calibration files.
Illustration 3-58
Confirm to save Velocity Calibration
Note . Once the new calibration data are saved, they are automatically
recorded in the CF, it is not necessary to reboot the System.
SM-1201R9 191
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.6 AXES CALIBRATION FUNCTIONAL CHECK. [STANDALONE] MODE
The [StandAlone] Mode is used to test all axes position and velocity calibration.
1. Select [StandAlone] Mode in Calibration Tasks List.
2. Select the axis to be checked.
Illustration 3-59
Select [StandAlone] and Axis to be checked
Note . Check in the Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension just the

[OTC-Vertical] Axis in the Ceiling Suspension, as the other axes
are not motorized.
Note . Check always before starting the checking procedure that the
selected axis it the correct one to be tested.
3. [StandAlone] Mode display opens. All options are not required for the
Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension, so they are not displayed.
Illustration 3-60
StandAlone Display
Automatic Ceiling Suspension Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension
4. Highlight [Servo Measures], [Servo Driver] and [System Data] tabs.
192 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
INTERLOCKS-STATE INDICATORS
Check [Interlocks-State] indicators. The X-ray Interlock icon appears on the

Control Console. Once the interlock is activated it is not possible to make any
exposure. The color code for the Interlocks is:
GREEN Interlock NOT activated

RED Interlock IS activated
These interlocks (from left to right) are:
 [System non-blocked]. The Ceiling Suspension is moving manually.
 [Auto-movement]. The Ceiling Suspension is moving automatically.
 [Detector-tray]. The Detector or tray is not inserted.
 [SID out of limits]. The Ceiling Suspension is not pointing to the

Detector, or too far from it.
 [Geometry Veto]. The Ceiling Suspension is not pointing to the Detector.
 [Collimator Busy]. Collimator is in BUSY Mode.
 [Grid Limits]. Current SID out of configured range for the Grid.
 [Collimator Rotation]. Collimator is rotated.
SM-1201R9 193
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
[SERVO MEASURES]
Check and consult [Servo Measures] data:
Illustration 3-61
[Servo Measures] Interface
 Click to upload the current Ceiling Suspension data in the selected axis.
 [Position] the current position f the Ceiling Suspension in the selected

Axis.
 [Velocity] the current selected velocity for the automatic motion along
this axis.
 [Raw DAQ]. Not required for common service tasks.
 [Snapshot] Records DAQ Sampling. Not required for common service

tasks.
 Ceiling Suspension axes Detent Status Indicators. Indicators colors

change depending on the position of the Ceiling Suspension in the axis
with respect to the Detent Point.
GREEN Indicates that it is not on a Detent Point

YELLOW Indicates that it is on the Detent Puller Area
RED Indicates that it is blocked on a Detent Point
Each indicator corresponds to one Suspension Axis:
1. [OTC-Vertical] Axis
2. [OTC-Longitudinal] Axis
3. [OTC-Transversal] Axis
4. [OTC-Angular] or Alpha Axis
5 [OTC-Rotation] or Beta Axis
194 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
AXES CALIBRATION FUNCTIONAL CHECK
Use [Servo Driver] tools to test the Axes calibration:
Illustration 3-62
StandAlone Servo Driver Tab
1. Select a new position demand in [Position-Ref], the Ceiling Suspension

must displace to this position, even it is out from the calibrated range.
Move the cursor or just write the it to configure the position demand.
2. Select a new velocity demand in [Velocity-Ref] to be executed during the

test. Move the cursor or just write the it.
It is possible to demand a position or velocity out from the

previously configured range in this axis. So ensure not to
configure a too high velocity when testing that if the position
is out of range.
3. Press on [WorkStation Select] to select the workstation (Direct, Table,

Wall Stand or Tomography).
4. Press [Start] to get ON the motor. The Ceiling Suspension will move to
the requested position at the requested velocity.
5. Press ALWAYS [Stop] to finish the test. The motor will stop.
6. Use if required the [Brake Button] to activate the brake in the selected
axis instead of using the Control Console pushbuttons.
IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO PRESS [STOP] TO GET

THE MOTOR STOPPED. IF NOT, THE MOTOR IS ALREADY
WORKING ON AND IT MAY GET DAMAGED.
SM-1201R9 195
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
7. Please check different times with different positions and velocities.

Check in [Servo Measures] that the position is the correct, and also that
velocity changes and the movement is completed properly.
Axes calibration functional checking is completed. However there are some

calibration and service tools provided in the [StandAlone Mode] that could be
required for some Service tasks or advanced configuration, as the configuration
of the Brake distance.
 Check in [Motor-Tune] to calibrate the distance of the Brake in mm. The

tool appears just after check in.
 Check in [Closed-Loop] to get the Servo Management Software active,

so it controls the motor. So once the testing movement is completed the
motor gets OFF. It is mandatory to use it during the Brake distance
configuration.
Illustration 3-63
StandAlone Servo Driver Tab
IT IS ABSOLUTELY RECOMMENDED TO USE THE FACTORY

CONFIGURATION OF THE BRAKE DISTANCE. USE THE
[MOTOR-TUNE] TOOL JUST WHEN REQUIRED AND UNDER
THE SURVEILLANCE OF THE MANUFACTURER TECHNICAL
SERVICE.
196 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
SYSTEM ALIGNMENT AND ACCURACY
[System Data] allows to check the alignment and calibration accuracy of the
X-ray beam with respect of the selected WorkStation. This checking procedure
must be completed after finishing the whole system installation and calibration.
Illustration 3-64
StandAlone Display
1. Click to upload the current data of the selected Workstation in the

selected axis. These data are:
G Wall Stand Detector Tilting in mdeg
G Wall Stand Detector Center Height in mm
G Table Detector Center Height in mm
Note . For complete details refer to Section 2. System Installation.
SM-1201R9 197
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.7 ROOM LAYOUT
Proceed to configure the Room Layout of the System. In all System models and
configurations it is required to configure the positions of:
a. Ceiling Suspension
b. Vertical Receptor
c. Horizontal Receptor. In Single Panel Systems it is required to

configure the position of the Receptor when Tilted at 90o .
1. Press on [System Configuration].
Illustration 3-65
[System Configuration] Display
2. Press [Layout Procedure]. The Layout Wizard will be displayed

indicating all the steps to complete properly the Room Layout. Please
complete the procedure exactly as indicated by this wizard.
3. Press [Help.XX] for language change. Available languages are English

(EN) and Spanish (ES). Remember that OTC means Ceiling Suspension
when indicated in Service Tool Software.
198 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.7.1 CEILING SUSPENSION POSITION CONFIGURATION
1. Place the Suspension just in the middle of the Room.
2. Make sure that there is not any object or obstacle for the correct
displacement of the Ceiling Suspension along any axis. Specifically in
Angular and Rotation for this stage.
3. Press[Homing]
4. Automatic Ceiling Suspensions X-ray tube gets exactly at 0o of

angulation and rotation.
In case of Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspensions both axes are not
motorized. Get manually the X-ray tube at 0o of angulation and rotation.
5. With the collimator tape place the X-ray Tube at 1500 mm (59”).
6. Press [Validate] to complete the procedure.
7. Press [Skip Stage] to go directly to the next step without completing the
[OTC Site Calibration].
8. Press [Previous Stage] to go back to the previous stage.
Illustration 3-66
Ceiling Suspension Site Calibration Procedure
Depending on the System Model Automatic or Auto-tracking the Positioners

configuration procedure has some differences.
G For Automatic Systems refer to Section 3.7.2 Automatic

Positioner Configuration.
G For Auto-tracking Systems refer to Section 3.7.3 Auto-tracking

Positioner Configuration.
SM-1201R9 199
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.7.2 AUTOMATIC POSITIONER CONFIGURATION
3.7.2.1 AUTOMATIC WALL STAND
1. Avoid step 1 of the Wall Stand Configuration wizard, it is not valid for
current Wall Stand.
2. Make sure that the Receptor is at 0o.
3. Press [ Homing]
4. Align manually the X-ray Tube with the center of the Receptor. Use the
Control Console brake buttons to move the Ceiling Suspension, except
the Omnidirectional Brake buttons.
Illustration 3-67
Align the Collimator Light with the Center of the Receptor
5. Get the Ceiling Suspension at 1000 mm (39.37”) of Receptor. USe the

Collimator Tape to make sure that the distance is the correct one.
6. Use the [Left] and/or [Right] buttons to rotate the X-ray Tube, if
necessary to adjust exactly the X-ray beam.
7. Use the [Inverted Mode] option to invert the direction of the movement
of the X-ray Tube just to the contrary of the default direction. This option
is just required in very specific Room Configurations, select it just if
indicated by the Manufacturer Technical Service.
8. Use the [OTC-Console Mirror] option to invert the position of the X-ray
beam when pointing to the Receptor. This option is just required in very
specific Room Configurations, select it just if indicated by the
Manufacturer Technical Service.
200 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 3-68
Automatic Wall Stand Configuration
3.7.2.2 AUTOMATIC TABLE
THIS STAGE MUST BE COMPLETED ALSO IN SINGLE

PANEL SYSTEMS. IN THIS CASE GET THE WALL STAND
RECEPTOR TILTED AT 90O AND PROCEED AS INDICATED.
REFER TO SECTION 3.7.4 SINGLE PANEL HORIZONTAL
POSITIONER CONFIGURATION.
1. Press [ Homing]
2. Get the X-ray tube in the initial position, at 0o of angulation and rotation. In
the Automatic Ceiling suspensions it gets automatically at this position.
3. Get the Receptor centered on its travel.
4. Align the Ceiling Suspension with the center of the Receptor.
5. The X-ray tube must at 1000 mm (39.37”) of the Receptor surface.
SM-1201R9 201
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
6. In case of portable Receptors. It must be indicated [Extension] when

configuring the Horizontal positioner in Room Configuration (refer to
Section 3.3.1.2 Positioners Devices Configuration). Get the Receptor
extended.
Illustration 3-69
Align Ceiling Suspension with Receptor
7. Use the [Left] and/or [Right] buttons to rotate the X-ray Tube, if
necessary to adjust exactly the X-ray beam.
Illustration 3-70
Table Configuration
202 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.7.3 AUTO-TRACKING SYSTEM POSITIONERS CONFIGURATION
3.7.3.1 AUTO-TRACKING WALL STAND
1. Click on the the position icons of the Wall Stand in the Room.
Illustration 3-71
Wall Stand Position Buttons
Front Operator Position
Right Left
Back
2. Avoid step 1 of the Wall Stand Configuration wizard. It is not valid for
current Wall Stand Configurations.
3. Make sure that the Receptor is at 0o.
4. Align manually the X-ray Tube with the center of the Receptor. Use the
Control Console brake buttons to move the Ceiling Suspension, except
the Omnidirectional Brake buttons.
Illustration 3-72
Align the Collimator Light with the Center of the Receptor
5. Get the Ceiling Suspension at 1000 mm (39.37”) of Receptor. USe the

Collimator Tape to make sure that the distance is the correct one.
6. Use the [OTC-Console Mirror] option to invert the position of the X-ray
beam when pointing to the Receptor. This option is just required in very
specific Room Configurations, select it just if indicated by the
Manufacturer Technical Service.
SM-1201R9 203
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
[Wall Stand Configuration].
Illustration 3-73
Auto-tracking Wall Stand Configuration
3.7.3.2 AUTO-TRACKING TABLE
THIS STAGE MUST BE COMPLETED ALSO IN SINGLE

PANEL SYSTEMS. IN THIS CASE GET THE WALL STAND
RECEPTOR TILTED AT 90O AND PROCEED AS INDICATED.
REFER TO SECTION 3.7.4 SINGLE PANEL HORIZONTAL
POSITIONER CONFIGURATION.
1. Click on the the position icons of the Table in the Room.
Illustration 3-74
Wall Stand Position Buttons
Front
Operator Position
Left Right
Back
204 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
2. Get the Receptor centered on its travel.
3. Align manually the X-ray Tube with the center of the receptor of the Table.
4. The X-ray tube must at 1000 mm (39.37”) of the Receptor surface.
5. In case of portable Receptors. It must be indicated [Extension] when

configuring the Horizontal positioner in Room Configuration (refer to
Section 3.3.1.2 Positioners Devices Configuration). Get the Receptor
extended.
Illustration 3-75
Align Ceiling Suspension with Receptor
Illustration 3-76
Auto-tracking Table configuration Wizard
SM-1201R9 205
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.7.4 SINGLE PANEL HORIZONTAL POSITIONER CONFIGURATION
In case of Single Panels Systems when configuring the Horizontal Positioner

proceed as indicated for the Table but with the Wall Stand Receptor in horizontal
position, at 90o. It is also important to complete the procedure with the Ceiling
Suspension rotated in up to the operating position.
Illustration 3-77
Ceiling Suspension at +90o
206 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.7.5 ROOM LAYOUT DATA
The Room Layout Data display appears where it can be seen the [Room
Drawing] in order to get a graphic idea of the result of the room layout
procedure and the [Room Layout Offsets].
 Press [Save] to save all the current Room Layout Data.
 In case it is necessary to modify any data use the [Room Layout

Offsets] to modify the Room Layout.
 If required further modifications press [Previous] to go back to the

Layout procedure.
Illustration 3-78
Room Layout Data Display
Table
Wall Stand Longitudinal Rails
Transversal Rails
Note . Remember to click on <INTRO> if any Offset is modified directly

in the value box. If not, the value will not be modified.
SM-1201R9 207
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Room Layout Offsets appear too. These offsets are:
 [OTC Offset Z] Ceiling Suspension offset in [OTC-Vertical] Axis
 [WS Offset X] Wall Stand offset in [OTC-Transversal] Axis
 [WS Offset Y] Wall Stand offset in [OTC-Longitudinal] Axis
 [WS Offset Z] Wall Stand offset in [WS-Vertical] Axis
 [Table Offset X] Table offset in [OTC-Transversal] Axis)
 [Table Offset Y] Table offset in [OTC-Longitudinal] Axis
 [Table Offset Z] Table offset in [Table-Vertical] Axis
 [WS Angle] position of the Wall Stand in the Room in mdeg
 [Table Angle] position of the Table in the Room in mdeg
Illustration 3-79
Room Layout Offsets
Offset X
2700
Room Angle
0 1800
900
Offset Y
Note . All initial points are the same used for the Position Calibration.
OFFSETS MODIFICATION PROCEDURE
1. Type the new value in mm or mdeg in the Offset field.
2. Click on <INTRO> in the keyboard. If not, new value will not be

recorded.
3. All modifications are immediately displayed in the [Room Drawing].

Check that it is correct.
4. Press [SAVE].
208 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.8 WORKSTATIONS CONFIGURATION
The Workstation Configuration allows custom configuration of specific

functions for all available Workstations. These Workstation are four :
Direct Workstation, identified by software as [WS1] in configuration and

calibration files.
Table Workstation, identified by software as [WS2].
Wall Stand Workstation, identified by software as [WS3].
Tomography Workstation, identified by software as [WS4]. It is optional.
The functions to be configured are:
 Detents Configuration. Not required. Just to be configured when Detents

are not Floating/Intelligent.
 Operational Velocities Configuration
 Units Setup
 Operation Tones Configuration
Note . In case of the Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension it is just possible

to configure the Units Setup and the Operation Tones.
SM-1201R9 209
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.8.1 ACCESSING TO WORKSTATION CONFIGURATION
1. Select the [Workstation Config] in Calibration Tasks List.
2. Select the [Worskstation] in System Area.
3. Highlight the four available configuration tools.
Illustration 3-80
Workstation Configuration
DEFAULT WORKSTATION CONFIGURATION
MANUAL DETENTS CONFIGURATION
210 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.8.2 MANUAL DETENT POINTS CONFIGURATION
Note . It is not required to configure the Detents Points as it is configured

in factory.
By default the detents configuration is set as floating/intelligent in the

nova-core.ini configuration file. It means that they are configured in the
[Autoposition Configuration], so the X-ray tube will locate in the exact point,
SID, etc., defined in each Auto-position.
To disable the floating detents refer to the nova-core.ini configuration file.

If disabled proceed as indicated to configure manual Detent Points. Refer to
Section 3.14.2.
Note . Remember that for the Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspensions there

are available the mechanical Detent Point Kits. Refer to Section
1.22.
1. Access to [Workstation Configuration] and open [Detent

Configuration] tab.
2. Select the Axis.
3. Select the Workstation.
4. Select in the [Detent Configuration] tab the detent ID# to be configured.

for each Axis there are up to 4 different detent points to be configured.
5. Check in Detent box to activate the Detent. If not, it will not be

programmed.
6. Check, if desired, [DAQ-Coupled] to read continuously the Suspension

position in the Axis, indicated in the [Position Bar].
Illustration 3-81
Manual Detents Configuration
Download Parameters to CORE
Position Bar
SM-1201R9 211
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
7. Position the Ceiling Suspension exactly in the desired position for the
Detent. New value must be displayed in the Position Bar.

Illustration 3-82
Download Parameters to CORE
Save New Configuration
Last Logged Status
9. If required, change axis and X-ray Tube position to complete the detents
configuration.
10. Configure all required Detents for all workstation. Select a new
Workstation and proceed as indicated in previous steps.
Note . Remember that when the Workstation is changed and there is a

previous detent configuration for this ID#, it is indicated in [Last
Logged Status] the configuration and if it is programmed or not.
11. Press always [Save New Configuration] to save Detents configuration.
Note . For information about detents velocities configuration, refer to

Section 3.8.3.
212 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.8.3 OPERATIONAL VELOCITIES
Main operational velocities for the auto-positioning has been completed during
the [Velocity Calibration].
Use [Operational Velocities] tool to configure complementary operational

velocities:
 [Detent Puller]. Velocity of attraction of the Detent Point once the

Suspension is inside the attraction area.
 [Detent Skipper]. Required minimum velocity to avoid manually all

detent points. Below this velocity the Detent is active and equipment gets
blocked.
 [SlaveTracker] or the Slave equipment velocity during the Auto-tracking

movement. It must be always lower than the Master equipment velocity.
Illustration 3-83
Operational Velocities
Use [Axis Speed] to modify the axis velocity calibration.
 [Low] or minimum velocity in the axis used during approximation

movements to receptor or when it is required by software safety policy.
 [Default] default velocity, used in most of the movements and when the
software safety policy allows it.
 [High] maximum reachable velocity used just during longer

displacements and when the software safety policy allows it.
Note . Remember that the [Low] and [High] velocity values must be
inside the automatically calibrated velocity range during the
[Velocity Calibration] procedure. Refer to Section 3.5.
SM-1201R9 213
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1. Access to [Workstation Configuration] and open [Operational

Velocities] tab.
2. Check [All Workstations] if the operational velocities are the same for
all Workstations.
3. If the operational velocities configuration is different for each

Workstation, select the workstation to be configured.
4. Select the Axis to be configured.
5. For Detent Velocities select the Detent ID# in [Detent Configuration].
6. Use [Velocity Tab] cursor to set the velocity value.
Illustration 3-84
Operational Velocities Configuration

214 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
8. A Warning message display appears indicating the velocity modification

to be completed.
a. Press [Save] to confirm new velocity configuration.
b. Press [Cancel] to abort the modification.
Illustration 3-85
New Operational Velocity Configuration Warning Message
SM-1201R9 215
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.8.4 OPERATION TONES CONFIGURATION
There are six different actions or state that are associated to a tone or beep in
order to get the operator noticed that this action is in progress or that the Ceiling
Suspension has reached a certain state. These actions/states are:
 [ERROR] alerts of an error state. Check in the Control Console or

generator the error message, description and action.
 [AUTOMOVEMENT] alerts that the Ceiling Suspension is progress of an

automatic movement. It is associated to all automatic movements (PP,
Parking or Auto-position, Stitching,....), except during auto-tracking and
tomography movements.
 [READY] alerts that the equipment is ready to make an exposure after

an automatic and/or auto-tracking movement.
 [DETENT_LOCKED] alerts that the Ceiling suspension is on a Detent

Point and locked.
 [DETENT_RELEASED] alerts that the Ceiling Suspension is released

and leaves the Detent Point.
 [DETENT_ATRACTED] alerts that the Ceiling Suspension is on the

Detent attraction area and Detent Puller is active.
1. Access to [Workstation Configuration] and open [Operation Tones]

tab.
Illustration 3-86
Operation Tones Configuration
216 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
2. Select the Action/state to be configured:
Illustration 3-87
Select the Action/state
3. Adjust :
G [Period]. Indicate the wave period in milliseconds (ms).
G [Duty]. Indicate the duty cycle.
G [Pulse].Indicate the number of pulses.
4. Press [Test] to check the tone configuration.


SM-1201R9 217
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.9 AUTO-POSITION CALIBRATION
Note . Procedure not to be completed for Auto-tracking Ceiling

Suspensions. Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension is motorized just
in the Vertical Axis, so it is not possible to configure automatic
movements in all axes except in vertical one.
Complete this procedure for Automatic Ceiling Suspensions.
The Ceiling Suspension allows to pre-configure different types of auto-positions

or automatically reachable positions. There are:
 Auto-positions or Parking Positions. They are just up to 16. They are

displayed in the [Position] tab of the Control Console. Suitable just for
Parking Positions and not to be used to complete exposures. To be
configured in basic Autoposition Configuration.
 PP or Programmed Positions. They are up to 10000. They are

displayed in the [PP] tab of the Control Console. They are suitable for the
most complete Auto-positions and automatic operation and to complete
exposures. To be configured in the extended Autoposition Configuration.
Illustration 3-88
Position and PP Displays in Control Console
218 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
1. Select [Autoposition Config] in the [Calibration Task List].
2. [Autoposition Config] display appears.
Illustration 3-89
Autoposition Configuration Display
ID#
Axes
Download Parameters Upload Current Axis Tester

to CORE Location Values
Workstation Selector
SM-1201R9 219
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.9.1 AUTO-POSITIONS/PARKING POSITIONS CONFIGURATION
1. The basic Autoposition Configuration is completed in the [Autoposition

Config] main display.
Note . When entering for the first time in a session [Description] and
[ID#] fields are in blank. Once it selected any [ID#] the Service Tool
will populate with the correct information.
2. Select the [ID#] not in use. Select from 0 to 15.
Note . Remember that in control console it is displayed from 1 to 16. So

if configured ID# is 0 in Control Console it is displayed as #1.
3. Introduce a short description for the auto-position.
4. Check in axes checking box to select the required axes. Just motorized
axes are available, if the axis is not motorized the selection is skipped.
Check messages in [Last Logged State] Bar.
Illustration 3-90
Last Logged State Bar
5. Select the Workstation in the Auto-positioning [Workstation Selector].
6. Position the Ceiling Suspension to the desired location and with the
X-ray Tube already centered and aligned with the Receptor center.
Check it with the collimator light.
Note . The Ceiling Suspension must be exactly in the same position as

it will be used during normal operation.
220 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
7. Press [Upload Current Axis Location Value]. Automatically axes get

the position value.
Illustration 3-91
Values are displayed on each Axis Bar
8. Change Ceiling suspension location and press [Tester] to check if the

auto-position is correct.
THIS EQUIPMENT CAN BE MOVED IN DIFFERENT AXES.

PLEASE TAKE CARE THAT NEITHER THE PATIENT NOR
OPERATOR ARE IN THE MOVEMENT AREA OF THE
EQUIPMENT. ALWAYS WATCH WHERE YOU STANDING.
REMOVE ALL OBJECTS FROM THE COLLISION AREA.
IN THE EVENT OF AN EMERGENCY, TURN OFF THE CEILING

SUSPENSION PRESSING FORCIBLY THE EMERGENCY OFF
SWITCH (RED MUSHROOM SHAPED SWITCH) ON THE
X-RAY TUBE SUPPORT, AUTOMATIC MOVEMENTS
CONTROL CONSOLE OR AT THE ROOM ELECTRICAL
CABINET.
9. Configure all the desired auto-positions.

11. Press [Save New Configuration] to save.
SM-1201R9 221
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.9.2 PROGRAMMED POSITION CONFIGURATION (PP). EXTENDED MODE
1. Access to [Autoposition Config] as indicated in Section 3.9.1

Auto-positions /Parking Positions configuration.
2. Check in [Extended Mode] to open the PP configuration display.
Illustration 3-92
Extended Mode Auto-positions Configuration (PP)
PP Index
Axes Search
Download Parameters Upload Current Axis Tester

to CORE Location Values
Delete Index Workstation Selector
3. Select in [PP Index] the already saved PP. This # corresponds to the
position where the PP was recorded.
4. Type in [ID#] the # which will identify the PP. They can be configured up
to 10000 different PP. This identification number can be different to the
position it was recorded.
5. Click on [Search] to search the ID with the typed [ID#].
6. Introduce a short description for the PP.
7. Select the Workstation in the Auto-positioning [Workstation Selector].
222 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
8. Activate the available functions for PP:
G [Tracker Activator]. Configure the auto-position with the

Auto-tracking function active.
Note . Remember that during normal operation after reaching to the

auto-position the Auto-tracking Function remains ON.
G [U-translator]. It is recommendable to check it due to safety

reasons. When selected the telescopic column will be retracted to
travel position and then will descend to the new location when the
SID travel is >300 mm (11.8”). When the SID travel is shorter, the
ceiling suspension will move directly.
G [SID]. The X-ray Tube get at the indicated SID. Values are in mm.
G [Angulation]. Indicate the angulation of the X-ray Tube.
G [Rotation]. Indicate the rotation of the X-ray Tube.
9. Check in the axes checking box to select the axes to be heeded during
configuration. In case [Angulation] and/or [Rotation] were selected
Ceiling Suspension Axes are not available, select just Wall Stand and
Table axes.
Note . Remember that in case of configuring [Table-vertical] and

[WS-tilting] axes, which are not motorized, they must be manually
positioned before executing the PP. If not, an error message will
be displayed.
Illustration 3-93
Select the Axes to heed for the Auto-position Configuration
SM-1201R9 223
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
10. Press [Upload Current Axis Location Value]. Automatically axes get
the position value.
11. Select the [PP Mode]. The four different modes are:
G [Latch Mode]. The programmed position is saved and available.
Note . Select always [Latch Mode] for the normal operation.
G [Motion]. The position is activated and available for normal

operation.
G [Kinetic Evaluation]. For the auto-position testing. The position

is saved.
G [No-Guard Motion]. To try if the position is correct but it is no

saved.
12. Change Ceiling suspension location and press [Tester] to check if the PP
is correct.
THIS EQUIPMENT CAN BE MOVED IN DIFFERENT AXES.

PLEASE TAKE CARE THAT NEITHER THE PATIENT NOR
OPERATOR ARE IN THE MOVEMENT AREA OF THE
EQUIPMENT. ALWAYS WATCH WHERE YOU STANDING.
REMOVE ALL OBJECTS FROM THE COLLISION AREA.
IN THE EVENT OF AN EMERGENCY, TURN OFF THE CEILING

SUSPENSION PRESSING FORCIBLY THE EMERGENCY OFF
SWITCH (RED MUSHROOM SHAPED SWITCH) ON THE
X-RAY TUBE SUPPORT, AUTOMATIC MOVEMENTS
CONTROL CONSOLE OR AT THE ROOM ELECTRICAL
CABINET.
13. Configure all the desired PP.

15. Press [Save New Configuration] to save.
detents are not available yet.
224 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.10 RALCO R225 AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR CALIBRATION
3.10.1 [CAN-BUS INTERFACE]
Note . The automatic collimator calibration and configuration is already

completed on factory. Refer to the next instructions just when
required for advanced service tasks and under the surveillance of
the manufacturer technical service.
1. Select [NOVA-Software] option in the [Calibration Tasks List].
2. The [NOVA-Software] display appears.
3. Open [CAN-Bus Interface].
Illustration 3-94
NOVA-Software Display
Description ID
4. Switch OFF the Collimator.
5. Press and hold the <FILTER> Pushbutton of the Collimator.
6. Switch ON the Collimator.
7. The message [Wait Command...] appears. It is necessary to introduce

the command in the Ceiling Suspension Service Tool.
SM-1201R9 225
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
8. Type the [Description ID] of the collimator configuration command in the

first field.
Note . Refer to the operation manual of the collimator for the detailed list
of collimator configuration commands.
9. Select the [Payload] value to enable the required fields to type the DLC.
Select 8 to enable all fields.
Illustration 3-95
Automatic Collimator Configuration Interface
10. Type the command.
11. Press [Transfer Frame]. Data are sent to Collimator.
12. Restart the Collimator.
HOW TO CHANGE FROM CM TO INCHES
Use the command [0x600/0x8/0x03/0x02], as indicated below.
Illustration 3-96
Collimator Configuration in Inches Command
226 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.10.2 COLLIMATOR CALIBRATION
1. Select [Collimation] option in the [Calibration Tasks List].
2. Collimation connection checking interface appears.
3. Check in [ENTER] option to activate the calibration procedure.
Illustration 3-97
[Collimation] Calibration Interface
4. Check in [Operation Interface]:
G if collimator blades open/close when modified by the Service Tool,
G Collimator light switches ON and
G the position of the filters are modified.
5. Set up the Timeout of the collimator light in seconds. Use the scroll bar
of [Light ON State].
6. Press [Transfer Frame]. Data are sent to Collimator.
SM-1201R9 227
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.11 DAP CONTROL
The control of the DAP Device by the Ceiling Suspension is automatic if it has
been selected the DAP device in [System Configuration Area]. Refer to
Section 3.3.1.
If desired to deactivate this control click on the [Activator] Icon.
Illustration 3-98
[DAP Configuration] Interface
228 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.12 SYSTEM REBOOT AND POSITIONER RESET
3. Open [Compact-Flash Manager] Tab.
Illustration 3-99
Positioner Reset Display
4. Press [Emergency Switch] to reboot the Service Tool only without

reboot the SBC and the whole system. Just the Service Tool software
switches OFF.
5. Check in [SBC Reboot] and press [Emergency Switch] to reboot the

whole system. Service tool and equipment are switch OFF.
Illustration 3-100
Reset whole System
SM-1201R9 229
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.13 TFT SCREEN CALIBRATION
It is necessary to calibrate the TFT Screen of the Control Console:
 During the installation of the Ceiling Suspension.
 After TFT Screen replacement procedure.
 if in doubt of the proper operation of the TFT Screen (errors in calibration

files, etc...)
This procedure is almost automatic and ensure to read and complete the
procedure as indicated in the TFT Screen and in steps below.
3. Open [Application Scheduler] Tab.
Illustration 3-101
Application Scheduler Display for Touch Screen Calibration
Touch Screen Calibration
4. Press [Touch Screen Calibration].
5. Press [OK] to initiate the calibration procedure.
Illustration 3-102
230 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Next steps must be completed in the TFT Control Console.
6. The calibration screen appears in the screen, where three different

crosses and a blinking circle appear in each angle of the display.
Illustration 3-103
TFT Screen Calibration Display
7. Press and hold for 5 seconds the left and top blinking circle until beeps
or stops blinking.
8. Right and top cross is replaced by a blinking circle. Repeat the same
procedure with it and the rest of circles.
Note . Read always the instructions given by the TFT Screen to complete
the calibration procedure successfully.
SM-1201R9 231
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.14 CONFIGURATION AND CALIBRATION FILES MANAGEMENT
3.14.1 ACCESSING TO THE CONFIGURATION MANAGER
3. Open [Application Scheduler] Tab.
Illustration 3-104
Application Scheduler Display
Configuration Manager
4. Press [Configuration Manager] to open the Configuration Manager.
Illustration 3-105
Configuration Manager
5. Press [Open Folder] to access to the System Explorer.
Illustration 3-106
System Explorer
232 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
6. Double click to display configuration, calibration and backups in /Config

folder
Illustration 3-107
Config Folder Display
 Select file and press [Open] to open it.
 Press [Cancel] to leave the filesystem explorer.
3.14.2 CONFIGURATION AND CALIBRATION FILES
The files recorded in the config folders are:
 Configuration Folders Backup. Config Folder contains the Default,

Master and the current configurations files backup.
When loading from Compact Flash the backup configuration, it is

possible to reload the Master Configuration, saved by operator after
completing the system installation successfully, or the Default
Reload CF Configuration configuration, saved in factory.
Save Master
 Documentation Folder. This folder contains documentation resources

useful and required during installation as GEO_TUBES.PDF and
POSITIONS.PDF files. They are contained too the software releases
notes.
SM-1201R9 233
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 3-108
Config Folder Contents
custom.config default.config documentation Documentation Folder
acceleration.ini calibration.data Calibration Data Files

Master Configuration master.config Configuration options DATA File
2KB 7KB
Files Backup cassette.dbf collimator.ini
Open Office Calc Configuration options dbiew
2KB 2KB
dbiew.hst dbiew.ini dbiew.lst
HST File Configuration options LST File
0KB 0KB 1KB
dmt.ini dx600.ini errors.dbf

Configuration options Configuration options Open Office Calc Software Resources
1KB 3KB 53KB
gen.ini gen.iniμ hardware_map.ini
Configuration options INIμ File Configuration options
Configuration Files
11KB 11KB 1KB
interlock.ini languages.dbf markup.ini
Configuration options Open Office Calc Configuration options
2KB 1,126KB 18KB
nova_anticollision.ini nova_core.ini nova_tones.ini
Configuration options Configuration options Configuration options
4KB 7KB 6KB
nova-descriptor.dat nova-manufacturing.dat operation.ini
DAT File DAT File Configuration options
1KB 1KB 1KB
positions.dbf pot_encoder.ini rom-devices.ini
Open Office Calc Configuration options Configuration options
25KB 1KB 5KB
sensing.ini tomo_config.dat
Configuration options DAT File
1KB 2KB
 Configuration Files:
FILE NAME DESCRIPTION
acceleration.ini Acceleration configuration on each axis of the system
Collimator.ini Automatic collimation configuration file
dbview.ini
dx600.ini Detector and grid configuration file
gen.ini X-ray system configuration file. Configured during the System Configuration procedure. Required to
enable or disable functions as stitching, tomography, Control Console interface, etc. To be modified
directly just for very specific configuration as User Interface in control Console, Stitching, etc.)
hardware_map.ini Ceiling Suspension model configuration file
interlock.ini X-ray interlocks configuration file
markup.ini
nova_anticollision.ini System anticollision switches configuration file.
nova_core.ini Configuration data which control the Ceiling Suspension functions. It is the only configuration file that
may be required to modify to configure definitely the Ceiling Suspension. Refer to Section 3.14.3
nova_tones.ini Functions tones configuration file
operation.ini
pot_encoder.ini
room_devices.ini System Positioners and devices available configuration file
sensing.ini
234 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
 Calibration Data Files:
FILE NAME DESCRIPTION
Calibration.datai calibration data configured during the Position, Velocity Calibration and Room Layout and
Configuration.
tomo_config.data Tomography function configuration data.
 Software resource files. These files are .dbf format and used by software
to complete different tasks, as display error messages, language
configuration, etc.
THE CONFIGURATION FILES ARE CONFIGURED OR

MODIFIED DURING THE PREVIOUSLY DETAILED
CALIBRATION PROCEDURE AUTOMATICALLY. JUST IN
VERY SPECIFIC CASES, IT IS REQUIRED TO CHECK AND
MODIFY THEM AFTER THE CALIBRATION AND
CONFIGURATION PROCEDURE. EVEN NOT ALL OF THEM
ARE ACCESSIBLE USING THE CONFIGURATION
MANAGER.
EXTREME CAUTION MUST BE TAKEN WHEN CHANGING

ANY PARAMETER IN ANY CONFIGURATION FILE. JUST
EXPERT AND FULLY TRAINED PERSONNEL CAN MODIFY
THE CONFIGURATION FILES AND ALWAYS UNDER THE
TECHNICAL SURVEILLANCE OF THE MANUFACTURER
TECHNICAL SERVICE.
THE MANUFACTURER DOES NOT ACCEPT ANY

RESPONSIBILITY ABOUT ANY MODIFICATION ON
CONFIGURATION AND CALIBRATION FILES THAT HAVE
BEEN COMPLETED WITHOUT THE SURVEILLANCE AND
APPROBATION OF ITS TECHNICAL SERVICE.
SM-1201R9 235
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.14.3 NOVA_CORE.INI
The NOVA_Core.ini file is the only configuration file to be modified in case that
it is required to modify some default configuration provided by manufacturer.
This file is accessible and writable using the same Configuration Manager.
NOVA_CORE.INI FILES IS CONFIGURED DURING

CALIBRATION PROCEDURE MODIFY IT JUST WHEN
INDICATED BY MANUFACTURER TECHNICAL SERVICE
AND UNDER ITS DIRECT SURVEILLANCE.
1. Select and double click nova_core.ini file .
2. Config Manager interface appears.
Illustration 3-109
NOVA_CORE.INI IS CONFIGURED DIRECTLY IN THE

CONFIGURATION MANAGER. ENSURE THAT YOU ARE
FULLY KNOWLEDGEABLE AND TRAINED IN THE
FUNCTIONALITY OF THE PARAMETERS TO BE CHANGED.
3. Interface displays the [Selection List]. Click any of the Function list tab
to display all parameters related to this function.
236 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
CANBUS
 Enable/disable the CANBus communication with the Automatic

Collimator. Configure also:
G [Physical Media]. Select the connection channel:
S [Ethernet]
S [Internal]
S [Serial]
G [Parameters Selection]. Select [None] by default.
AUTO Movements
 [Generic Dead-man Button]. Enable/disable the Automatic

Movements Control Console for the Auto-center and Parking positioning.
 [Centered Operation] controls the exposure interlock area around the

center detent to the Wall Stand and Table Receptor. This area is smaller
and more restrictive when enabled.
 [Table Compesator] or [Wall Stand Compesator]. These parameters

are used for equipments provided with rotating receptors where the
rotation center and receptor center is not the same. Indicate the distance
from both centers, usually it is 40 mm. (Radax Detectors.)
 [OTC-Vertical Compressor]. Maximum compression in millimeters of

the Telescopic Column during the automatic movements.
 [OTC-Floating Detents]. Enable/disable the floating Detent Points. If

disabled proceed to the manual Detent Points Configuration. Refer to
Section 3.8.2.
 [OTC- Angular Tracker]. Enable Auto-tracking function with the X-ray

tube tilted.
 [Tracker Hold]. When enabled, the Auto-tracking function is enabled

and possible to get active even though the X-ray tube is not centered with
the receptor.
SM-1201R9 237
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
WALLSTAND/FLEXIDT
Configuration parameters required for Single Panel Systems.
 [FlexiDT Height Position]. Default height of the mobile table. With fixed
tables value must be 700? mm.
 [FlexiDT Up Velocity]. Upwards velocity of the elevating mobile table.
 [FlexiDT Down Velocity]. Downwards velocity of the elevating mobile

table.
 [WallStand Foot Velocity]. Configure the velocity of the Footswitch

Pedals.
 [Flexi Toes Position].
 [Flexi Angular Tolerance].
SAFETY SCHEME
Automatic movements safety policy configuration. Refer to Section 5.6.5.
 [Manual Velocity Monitor].Must be ALWAYS indicated [NO]
 [OTC-Vertical Watchdog]. When enabled, as corrective action

Telescopic Column gets contracted when any safety risk is present.
 [Servo Collision]. Anti-collision policy gets active.
 [Table Volumetrics] and [WallStand Volumetrics]. Enable or disable

the volumetric protection area around the receptors.
 [OTC-XY Minimum Trigger]. Any travel of the indicated distance or

longer must be completed with the Telescopic Column contracted.
OTC-OMNI FUNCTION
 [OTC-Vertical]. When enabled, Vertical brake of the Ceiling suspension

is released when the Omni-directional Brake Button is pressed.
 [OTC-Angulation]. When enabled, Angulation brake of the Ceiling

suspension is released when the Omni-directional Brake Button is
pressed.
 [Detent Skipper]. When enabled, Detent Skipper is active when the

Omni-directional Brake Button is pressed.
238 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
OEM
 [Private Name]. Indicate OEM Private Name.
 [Public Name]. Indicate OEM Public Name. It appears as official name

in the Ceiling Suspension user interface.
CALIBRATION
 [Calibration Provided]. Check always the checking box to get valid all
the modifications in calibration and/or configuration tasks. Once it is
unchecked the completed calibration tasks are not saved in the Compact
Flash.
Note . Useful parameter to avoid any intervention of personnel not in

charge directly of the configuration or/and configuration task of the
equipment.
 System File]. It indicates the path of the Calibration.data file.
DO NOT CHANGE NEVER THE INDICATED PATH AND NAME

OF THE CALIBRATION.DATA FILE. IF NOT, THE
CALIBRATION FILE WILL NOT BE AVAILABLE AND THE
EQUIPMENT WILL NOT OPERATE.
STITCHING MODE
 [Move Button]
 [Xray Handler]
 [StandAlone]
 [Angulation Tolerance]
SM-1201R9 239
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
[TOMOGRAPHY]
 [Xray Handler Centering]
 [Cut Plane Warning]
 [Xray Request Positive Polarity]
3.14.4 GEN.INI
X-ray system configuration file. It is configured during the System Configuration

procedure. Required to enable or disable functions as stitching, tomography,
Control Console interface, etc. To be modified directly just for very specific
configuration as User Interface in control Console, Stitching, etc.)
Once it is opened in the Configuration Manager , it is displayed in .txt format.

So to modify it, write directly on the file.
GEN.INI FILE IS CONFIGURED DURING CALIBRATION

PROCEDURE. MODIFY IT JUST WHEN INDICATED BY
MANUFACTURER TECHNICAL SERVICE AND UNDER ITS
DIRECT SURVEILLANCE.
GEN.INI IS CONFIGURED DIRECTLY IN THE

Illustration 3-110
Gen.ini File
240 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
The file is divided in several tabs which different parameters for the
configuration of different functionalities and tasks. All tabs are identified with
square brackets. The tabs are:
Note . All Values explanation are at the end of the files named with the
tab name plus [-help] suffix.
 [Changes Control]. It indicates the revision control of the gen.ini file.
 [error_setup]
 [modules]. Select the required libraries. NOT to be modified, unless

requested by manufacturer technical service.
 [sedecal], [shf] and [shf_console]. configuration of the the serial ports.

NOT to be modified, unless requested by manufacturer technical service.
 [units]. Indicate the selected units (Refer to Section 3.3.2):

0 centimeters
1 inches
 [generator]. Indicate generator model (Refer to Section 3.3.1.1):

0 No generator provided. Not to be chosen
1 HERCULES generator
2 SHF Generator
 [disp] . Configure the User interface in the Control Console. there are
different parameters to configure:
[Model]. Configure the Exposure Configuration Areas of the Control

Console.
[mouse]
0 Hidden fly of the pointer
1 Shown fly of the pointer
[ws]
0 Workstation interface is controlled by the Ceiling Suspension
1 Worskstation interface is not controlled by the Ceiling Suspension,
otherwise by other software (AGFA NX, Canon CXDI, etc.)
[ws#]
Enable (0) or disable (1) workstations buttons in Control Console
ws0 Direct
ws1 Table
ws2 Wall Stand
ws3 Tomography
SM-1201R9 241
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
[modality]
0 Modality button no displayed
1 Modality button displayed but NOT sensitive
2 Modality button displayed and sensitive
[pp]
0 Enable PP download button
1 Disable PP download button
[pp_ws]
0 Show all PP
1 Show the PP related to the active workstation
[dmt]
0 DMT page displayed
1 DMT page not displayed, just for testing purposes
[detent]
0 Detent Skipper button NOT displayed
1 Detent Skipper button displayed but NOT sensitive
2 Detent Skipper button displayed and sensitive
[patient]
0 Patient Name displayed
1 Patient Name NOT displayed
[parking]
0 Disable Parking button
1 Enable Parking button
[tracker]
0 Disable Auto-tracking activation button
1 Enable Auto-tracking activation button
[guidance]
0 Guidance page not displayed
1 Guidance page displayed
 [move]. Configure the Automatic Movements Control Console or

Deadman Button Console. There are two buttons to configure
<Autocenter> and <Parking>.
0 Auto-center started from Automatic Movements Control Console
1 Auto-center started from Ceiling Control Console (user GUI)
 [autocenter] and [parking]

0 Movement triggered when button is released
1 Movement triggered when button is pressed and stopped when
released
 [stitching]. Configure the Stitching functionality. there are different

parameters to configure.
242 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
[dir_b]
0 Direction button NOT displayed
1 Direction button displayed but NOT sensitive
2 Direction button displayed and sensitive
[mode_b]
0 Mode selection NOT displayed
1 Mode selection displayed but NOT sensitive
2 Mode selection displayed and sensitive
[accept_b]
0 Validation button NOT displayed
1 Validation button displayed but NOT sensitive
2 Validation button displayed and sensitive
[sts#_lbl] Configure the Operator GUI tabs. Get them hidden (0) or
shown (1)
sts0_lbl Image #
sts1_lbl Det-position
sts2_lbl SID
sts3_lbl Angulation or ANG
sts4_lbl State
[fov] Indicate the default FOV
[ws#]
0 Disable WS#
1 Enable WS#
[offset#] Distance between all workstations detector cover and film.
[det_pos_ws#] Detent Point configuration for Table (WS1) and Wall

Stand (WS2)
[sid_ws#] Default SID for Table (WS1) and Wall Stand (WS2)
[length] Default image area length
[plane] Default cut plane area
[overlap] Default overlap area
[image_accepted]
0 Image acceptation controlled by the Ceiling Suspension
1 Image acceptation NOT controlled by the Ceiling Suspension
[fast_stitching]
0 Stitching controlled by the Generator Exposure Handler
1 Stitching NOT controlled by the Generator Exposure Handler
SM-1201R9 243
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
 [sequence]. Configure the Stitching sequence.
[top_max/min] Maximal and minimal top height.
[bot_max/min] Maximal and minimal bottom height.
[pid_max/min] Maximal and minimal PID or the distance between

the Image Plane and the Cut Plane.
[sts#_lbl]. Configure the Operator GUI tabs during the sequence. Refer
to previous page.
[ws#]. Configure the available Workstations. Get them disabled (0) or

enabled (1).
[show_ws]
0 WS button NOT displayed
1 WS button displayed but NOT sensitive
2 WS button displayed and sensitive
[show_page]
0 Page button NOT displayed
1 Page button displayed but NOT sensitive
2 Page button displayed and sensitive
[show_col]
0 Collimator information NOT displayed
1 Collimator information but NOT sensitive
2 Collimator information displayed and sensitive
[timeout_ms]. Configure the sequence timeout.
 [ìo]. Configure the [Workplace Mapping]. Refer to Section 3.3.1.1.

Match [io#] references with the [NOVA#].
[io#] Refers to the Input Map
[NOVA#] Refers to the Output Map.
 [capturer]. Configure the Image Preview Capturer. NOT to be modified,

unless requested by manufacturer technical service.
 [dap]. Configure the DAP Device management.

[nova] DAP management by Ceiling Suspension disabled (0) or enabled
(1). When enabled:
[dose]
0x0001 Sends DAP (Dose Area Product) every second, mGy*cm^2.
0x0002 Sends DAPR (Dose Area Product Rate) every second,
mGy*cm^2/s.
0X0004 Sends DOSE (Dose at Chamber Level), mGy.
0x0008 Sends DOSER (Dose Rate at Chamber Level) every second
mGy/s.
0x0010 Sends AKR (Air Kema Rate at Skin Dose Level) every second,
mGy/s.
0x0020 Sends CAK (Cumulative Air Kerma at Skin Dose Level) every
second, mGy.
0x0040 Sends IRT (Irradiation_Time = Exposure Time) every second,s
244 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
[Timeout_ms] Delay in ms when reading the DAP measures after

exposure.
[patient_offset_cm] Distance in cm between detector and patient.

AKR is indicated with [sid-30-patient_offset_cm].
[herc] Configure the version of HERCULES X-ray Generator, for

current version indicate 1.
Note . Next configuration parameters of the gen.ini file are used

specifically to configure the Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension.
 [Autotracking]
0 Automatic Ceiling Suspension
1 Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension
 [Auto_WS#]. Auto-tracking function configuration with Table (WS1) and

Wall Stand (WS2) workstations. NOT to be modified, unless requested
by manufacturer technical service.
 [sensing]. Configure detectors measures in digital counts

[ax_y] Offset for analog channel for workstation Y
[bx_y] Slope for analog channel X for Workstation Y
[caption] Default values for 430/1024 = 0.42
 [ranges]. Configure the minimum and maximum SID, Angulation (ANG)

and Rotation (ROT).
[sid_min/max] SID units in mm. Default values for both Automatic
and Auto-tracking models are 800 and 3000.
[ang_min/max] Units in ddeg. Default values:

Automatic model -900, 900
Auto-tracking model 0, 0
[rot_min/max] Units in ddeg. Default values:

Automatic model -900, 900
Auto-tracking model 0, 0
 [portable]. Configure the use of Portable Detectors with table (WS1) and
Wall Stand (WS2) workstations.
0 NO portable Detector
1 Portable Detector
 [serial]. Configure the grid and SHF Generator compatibility.

[sh]
0 Old versions of SHF generator. Do NOT send Press and hold
stitching message.
1 New version. Send Press and hold stitching message.
SM-1201R9 245
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
[grid]
0 Do NOT send grid state
1 Send grid state. Configure next parameters. Select the parameter
required for Table and Wall Stand.
t_grid0 0 (Table: no-grid communications value)

t_grid4 4 (Table: partial_in communications value)
t_grid5 5 (Table: grid100 communications value)
w_grid0 0 (WStand: no-grid communications value)

w_grid4 4 (WStand: partial_in communications value)
w_grid5 5 (WStand: grid100 communications value)
To modify any parameter of the file proceed as indicated;
1. Press [Adjust Display] to adjust the display of the Configuration

Manager to the TFT of the Control Console.
2. Use the pointer to place the cursor in the line to be modified.
3. Click [Virtual Keyboard] to display the virtual keyboard to write.
4. To disable any parameters line just write the symbol # at the beginning
of the line.
5. Click [Cancel] to leave without saving all modifications.
6. Click [Save] JUST ONCE to save all modifications and leave.
PLEASE CLICK JUST ONCE IN [SAVE] BUTTON AND WAIT.

IF CLICKED TWICE TOO QUICKLY THE .INI FILES CAN BE
CLEANED AND CAUSE THE EQUIPMENT NOT TO OPERATE.
7. Reboot the system to get the new configuration operative. Refer to Section
3.12.
246 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.14.5 CALIBRATION.DATA
This file is configured automatically during the whole calibration and

configuration procedure of the Ceiling Suspension. It is not required to modify
it directly, but as due to its relevance for the correct operation of the equipment
read and understand the next explanations.
CALIBRATION.DATA FILE IS CONFIGURED DURING

CALIBRATION PROCEDURE. MODIFY IT JUST WHEN
INDICATED BY MANUFACTURER TECHNICAL SERVICE
AND UNDER ITS DIRECT SURVEILLANCE.
CALIBRATION.DATA IS CONFIGURED DIRECTLY IN THE

Once it is opened in the Configuration Manager , it is displayed in .txt format.

So to modify it, write directly on the file.
Illustration 3-111
Calibration.data File
The file is divided in several tabs which different parameters for the
configuration of different functionalities and tasks. All tabs are identified with
square brackets. All explanations about parameters are at the beginning of
each tab.
SM-1201R9 247
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
The Calibration.data tabs are:
 [file_revision-1.1]. It is indicated the software revision and release data.
 [Analog]. In this tab it is indicated the [Position Calibration] data in all

axes. They are indicated at the end of each axis line the range of the
travel along this axis, the maximum and the minimum distance of the
travel. To be modified using the [Position Calibration] tool.
 [Braking Distance]. It is configured the braking and acceleration

distance. NOT to be modified, unless requested by manufacturer
technical service.
 [AutoPos]. It is indicated just the Parking positions or Auto-position

configuration, but not the PP.
 [Detents] and [AutoPos]. Detent Points and Auto-position velocity

configuration.
 [System Identification Tables]. X-ray System configuration

equipments and elements.
 [Layout]. All Offsets configuration of the Room Layout.
248 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.15 COMPACT FLASH BACKUP AND RESTORATION
3.15.1 ACCESSING TO NOVA-SOFTWARE
3. Open [Compact-Flash Manager] Tab.
Illustration 3-112
Compact Flash Manager Display
Backup Log/Config Data
Firmware Synchronizer
4. Open the Carriage front cover.
Illustration 3-113
SM-1201R9 249
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.15.2 BACKUP PROCEDURE
Proceed as indicated to create a Back Up of the configuration and calibration

files.
1. Connect the USB Device in one of the USB connector ports of the
Carriage box.
Note . When systems configured with HERCULES X-ray generator, it is

possible too to connect the USB device to the USB connector of
the generator console.
2. Press [Backup Log/config Data].
3. The Backup procedure is almost automatic. Just proceed as indicated

by software.
4. Press [OK] to start the backup procedure
Illustration 3-114
5. Software proceeds to record in .../tmp/backup compact flash folder a

copy of the locks
Illustration 3-115
250 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
6. Software proceed to copy configuration files and logs in the USB device.
Illustration 3-116
7. In case that the USB device is not inserted or unavailable, a message

error appears after step 4. Press [OK] to exit and abort the backup
procedure.
Illustration 3-117
8. Press [OK] in the back up log display.
Illustration 3-118
9. Backup procedure is completed. Check that in the USB device there are
two folders recorded: one for the configuration and calibration data and
the other for all log files.
SM-1201R9 251
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.15.3 BACK UP RESTORATION PROCEDURE
The restoration procedure of an equipment backup must be completed with

their own configuration and calibration files and with the same software revision.
Note . In case it is required to restore configuration data that were

recorded with a different version, please proceed always under
the surveillance of the manufacturer technical service.
1. Access to [NOVA-Software] as indicated in Section 3.15.1.
Note . To restore calibration data it is required to have this information in

a Compact Flash. It is not possible to restore it from an USB
device.
2. Connect a CF card Reader Kingston FCR-HS26/1 or equivalent, with the

CF inserted.
3. Press [Firmware Synchronizer ].
4. Press [OK] to confirm the OEM and Serial Number of the equipment.
Restoration is automatically completed.
Illustration 3-119
5. Press [OK] to finish the restoration procedure.
Illustration 3-120
6. Restart the whole system reload new configuration or calibration data.
252 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
3.16 SOFTWARE UPGRADE. CALIBRATION AND CONFIGURATION MIXER
The Calibration and Configuration Mixer Tool allows to upgrade the software
release of the Ceiling Suspension to a newer release without losing the previous
configuration and calibration parameters.
The old configuration files will be mixed with the new configuration files provided
by the new software release. All data not compatible with the new release is lost
and replaced by the data recorded in new files. The configuration files affected
by this upgrade procedure are contained in:
S Gen.ini
S Calibration.data
S Positions.dbf
Note . Remember that not all configuration data are recovered. After
finishing the software upgrade procedure it is mandatory to check
the Room Configuration. Refer to Section 3.3.1.
1. First of all, proceed to make a back up of the Ceiling Suspension

configuration and calibration. Refer to Section 3.15.2.
Note . In case that it is not desired to recover the old data, remove from
the Back up folders any of these configuration and calibration files.
It will be replaced by the new release file with the new data.
2. Replace the old Compact Flash. Refer to JOB CARD 1.6.
3. Connect the USB Device with the back up of the previous configuration
in one of the USB plugs of the Carriage box.
4. Open [NOVA-Software] the Application Scheduler interface. Click on

[USB.Wizard]. The icon must be highlighted in blue.
Illustration 3-121
[USB.Wizard]
USB.Wizard
SM-1201R9 253
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
5. A message appears indicating that the USB with the Back Up is ready.
Accept and continue.
Illustration 3-122
USB Ready Message
6. Press on [System Configuration].
7. Click on [Config.Mixer] .
Illustration 3-123
System Configuration Display
254 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
8. Open [Pendrive] folder in \\nova-bin\.
Illustration 3-124
Select and open [Pendrive]
9. Select the folder where the configuration files are saved.
10. Click in [Open]. The data recovering and mixing procedure starts
automatically.
Illustration 3-125
Select and Open Configuration Folder
SM-1201R9 255
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
11. Wait until the procedure is completed . The [Mix Process Record] is
displayed at the end.
12. Check the results in the [Mix Process Record] where it is indicated if
each file has been mixed and configured correctly.
Illustration 3-126
[Mix Process Record]
G [Restored] indicates that the process has been completed

successfully.
G [not found] indicates that the file was not found in the [pendrive]
folder, it may have been removed or name modified.
13. Check the Room configuration again. Some of the parameters must be
configured as not all the parameters are recovered by the
[Config.mixer]. Refer to Section 3.3.1.
256 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
SECTION 4 FUNCTIONAL CHECKS
Checks should be performed as the final task of installation procedure, for

further details refer to Section 1 Installation.
Longitudinal lock OFF. Moving effort, measured at a velocity of 25 mm/s, at the

Console Handle.
1. Bridge positioned at right end of Longitudinal travel, moving to left.
2. Bridge positioned at left end of Longitudinal travel, moving to right.
3. Bridge positioned at right end of Longitudinal travel, moving to left, and

with longitudinal cable concealment.
Bridge positioned at left end of Longitudinal travel, moving to right, and with
longitudinal cable concealment.
Table 4-1
Checking procedure list
FUNCTION CONDITIONS PERFORMANCE
Longitudinal lock OFF. Moving effort, measured at a velocity of

25 mm/s, at the Console Handle.
4 kg. maximum required to
1. Bridge positioned at right end of Longitudinal travel, move longitudinally the
moving to left. Suspension.
2. Bridge positioned at left end of Longitudinal travel,

LONGITUDINAL MOTION
moving to right
right.
3. Bridge positioned at right end of Longitudinal travel,

moving to left, and with longitudinal cable concealment. Longitudinal movement is
correct along the entire travel.
Bridge positioned at left end of Longitudinal travel, moving to
right, and with longitudinal cable concealment.
Longitudinal lock ON. Holding force to be measured at the 20 kg. minimum are necessary
Console handle. to move longitudinally the
Suspension with lock ON.
LONGITUDINAL LOCK 1. Bridge positioned 300 mm or ¦1ft. from right end of
longitudinal travel.
2. Bridge positioned in center of longitudinal travel.

There are not Mechanical
3. Bridge positioned 300 mm or ¦1ft. from left end of Frictions.
longitudinal travel.
SM-1201R9 257
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Table 4-1 (cont.)

4 kg. maximum required to

move transversally the
Transversal lock OFF. Moving effort, measured at a velocity of
SUSPENSION.
TRANSVERSAL MOTION 25 mm./s, the focal spot shall stop over the centerline of the
table when moving front to rear, and rear to front within.
Transversal movement is
correct during entire travel.
Transversal lock ON. Holding force to be measured at the

20 kg. minimum are necessary
console handle.
to move longitudinally the
Suspension with lock ON.
1. g positioned 150 mm from rear bumpers.
Carriage
2. Carriage in the center of the Bridge.

TRANSVERSAL LOCKS Frictions.
3. Carriage positioned 150 mm from front Bumpers.
Transversal lock ON. Light-beam Centering Device ON. The

focal sport aligned with center lines in Wall Stand and
Alignment is retained.
Horizontal Table. Jerk the tube assembly around the vertical
axis by applying force to the console handle.
Vertical travel of focal spot must be the indicated in Equipment Refer to Section 1.3
Specifications.
Vertical locks OFF. Moving effort, measured at a velocity of 25

VERTICAL ASSISTED MOTION mm/s, at the console handle.
1. Tube up -- Moving down. Frictions.
2. Tube down -- Moving up.
30 kg. minimum are

Vertical lock ON. Holding force to be measured at the console
VERTICAL LOCK necessary to move vertically
handle. Tube at 100 mm. from SID.
the Suspension with lock ON.
Vertical locks OFF. Moving effort, measured at a velocity of 25

mm/s, at the console handle.
Impact Security Stop activates
1. Get any box or obstacle over the tabletop. correctly. The Suspension
IMPACT SECURITY STOP
must lift automatically once it
2. Tube up over the Table -- Moving down. finds the obstacle.
3. Run into the tabletop obstacle.
258 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Table 4-1 (cont.)

Detents kits are provided to automatically apply lock on the

AUTOMATIC LOCK Detent Point if the Ceiling Suspension movement is under the
DETENT POINTS configured SKIPPER velocity, when the tube is positioned at
specific SID. Refer to Section 5.3.6. Velocity Calibration.
Tube Angulation lock OFF. The tube & collimator assembly shall
rotate freely when grasped at console handle.
Detents shall position the X-ray beam at 0o (Port Down) and at
TUBE ANGULATION MOTION ¦90o within. Or at the previously configured degrees. Refer to ¦1o
Section 5.3.9.1. Detents Configuration Procedure.
When the brake is released there will not be any detecting action
at any angular position of the tube.
Tube Angulation lock ON. The tube & collimator assembly will
TUBE ANGULATION LOCK be held at any desired rotational angle.
The rotational detent will position the tube about the vertical
TUBE ROTATION MOTION centerline of the telescopic column at 0o, ¦90o and ¦180o
within.
Proceed to move the Suspension in Transversal, Vertical and 4 kg. maximum required to
OMNI-DIRECTIONAL MOTION Longitudinal motion with Omni-directional Lock ON. Moving move omni-directionally the
effort, measured at a velocity if 25 mm/s. Suspension.
COMPATIBILITY WITH RAD Check that the value displayed by the SID display is the same
TABLES* as the one manually measured.
COMPATIBILITY WITH WALL Check that the value displayed by the SID display is the same
STANDS as the one manually measured.
* These are delivered as options, check just in case that you are provided of them.
SM-1201R9 259
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
260 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
SECTION 5 THEORY OF OPERATION
5.1 EQUIPMENT OVERVIEW
5.1.1 PURPOSE
This equipment is a heavy-duty X-ray Overhead Tube Support equipment

characterized by its simple and functional design. With its new light weight
design, it guarantees highly precise positioning for an optimal radiographic
result. Thanks to its vertical and horizontal displacements, it can cover almost
all volume of the room where it is installed.
Illustration 5-1
Suspension movements and axes
Up
Vertical Axis (Z)
¦135o
Down
in Alpha Axis
¦180o
in Beta Axis
SM-1201R9 261
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
5.1.2 SUSPENSION BASIC CONCEPTS. MOVEMENTS
The Ceiling suspension can be moved along its longitudinal, transversal and
vertical axis. Motors, brakes, clutches, etc., are responsible of these
movements. These movements are called Longitudinal movement,
Transversal movement and Vertical movement (refer to Illustration 5-1 for
graphical information about the axes movements). But there are another two
movements called BETA, or Rotation, and ALPHA, or Angulation.
Illustration 5-2
Tube Support extreme Positions when Angulation or ALPHA Movements
--135o 0o +135o
Illustration 5-3
Tube Support extreme Positions when Rotation or BETA Movements
+90o 0o 0o 0o --90o
262 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
5.2 MOVEMENT COMPONENTS
5.2.1 AUTOMATIC CEILING SUSPENSION
The Automatic Suspension can be moved manually or software controlled in

all axes.
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPONENTS
The Electromagnetic components are the same in every axis but the vertical
one, which is motorized. These components are:
 Motor
 Tachometer
 Potentiometer
 Clutch
 Brake
ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS
All five axes have the same electronic modules, with the difference of some
values of the components. The functions are the same to all.
 Control board
 Power board or servo board
 Gage (only for the vertical axis)
MECHANICAL COMPONENTS
Movements in Longitudinal and Transversal Axes are possible by means of:
 Longitudinal and Transversal rails
 Longitudinal and Transversal Bearing Sets
The Vertical Movements of the telescopic column are possible by means of:
 The telescopic column with the central pulley and cable
 Carriage gas springs
 Linear guides
SM-1201R9 263
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
The Rotation movement is possible due to:
 Gears
 Axis with conic bearings
The Angulation movement is possible due to:
 Gears
 Axis with plain bearings
5.2.2 AUTO-TRACKING CEILING SUSPENSION
ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPONENTS
The Electromagnetic components are the same in every axis but the vertical
one, which is motorized. These components are:
 Motor
 Tachometer
 Potentiometer
A potentiometer set is provided but just on the Transversal or on the

Longitudinal Axis, depending on the room configuration.
ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS
All five axes have the same electronic modules, with the difference of some
values of the components. The functions are the same to all.
 Control board
 Power board or servo board
 Gage (only for the vertical axis)
MECHANICAL COMPONENTS
Movements in Longitudinal and Transversal Axes are possible by means of:
 Longitudinal and Transversal rails
 Longitudinal and Transversal Bearing Sets
264 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
The Vertical movements of the telescopic column are possible by means of:
 The telescopic column with the central pulley and cable
 Carriage gas springs
 Linear guides
The Rotation movement is possible due to:
 Gears
 Axis with conic bearings
 A mechanical Detent Point Assembly
The Angulation movement is possible due to:
 Gears
 Axis with plain bearings
SM-1201R9 265
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
5.3 AUTOMATIC CEILING SUSPENSION ELECTRONIC SYSTEM OVERVIEW
The system is based on a Single Board Computer (SBC), connected via PC104
bus to a PLC. The PLC gets the information from the SBC and sends the data
to each device (Wall Stand, Table, Suspension, Console and Key Pad) via four
I2C busses (DB9 connectors).
Each device has to be connected to the power supply.
Illustration 5-4
System Power Distribution
Power Switch Red Button 1
Transversal axis Vertical axis Longitudinal axis Alpha axis Beta axis
Power supply 1 24V

Suspension
Motor Emergency
Switch
Alpha axis Beta axis
Power supply 2 24V

Wall Stand & Table
PC Board or SBC VGA Display
Power Switch Power supply 3

Red Button 1 5/12/15V
A Motor Emergency Switch on the Power Supply that goes to the Suspension,
Wall Stand and the Table is used to cut the Power Supply to each device in case
of emergency. It shuts the power of the motors of all equipments down.
266 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 5-5
Electronic System Connection
Suspension
Collimator
Display Console
VGA TCP/IP J4 CAN Converter

BUS PC 104 BUS PC 104
PC104
SBC
Bus Connector PLC
EPM7064
INT_SUSPENSION
INT_HANDLE
INT_DEVICE
CS_DEVICE
INT_PCF_DEVICE
Wall Stand J5-2

SDA PCF8584
Table J5-1
I2C Bus
DB9 Connector to SCL I2C BUS
Controller
Servos
CS_HANDLE
Console J11-1
SDA PCF8584
WS Extender J11-2 INT_PCF_HANDLE
SCL I2C BUS
I2C Bus
DB9 Connector to
Controller
Servos
CS_SUSPENSION 1
Vertical J10
Transversal J7 SDA PCF8584
INT_PCF_SUSPENSION1
Alpha/Beta J1-1 I2C Bus
SCL I2C BUS
DB9 Connector to Controller
Servos
CS_SUSPENSION 2
Suspension2 SDA
PCF8584
Longitudinal J1-2 INT_PCF_SUSPENSION2
SCL I2C BUS I2C Bus
DB9 Connector to
Controller
Servos
DB 0 to 7
I2C Control
PCB104. BUS I2C CONNECTION TO SERVOS
SM-1201R9 267
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
5.4 AUTOMATIC CEILING SUSPENSION SOFTWARE OVERVIEW
5.4.1 ARCHITECTURE
The system Architecture is based on Linux. The program is loaded into a

Compact Flash Card, located in a slot on the SBC Board inside the Suspension
Carriage. It has different partitions:
 Operating System
 Applications
 Calibrations
 Log Files
5.4.1.1 SOFTWARE UPDATE
The software update is made making a Compact Flash replacement or by an

USB connector and changing the old files by the new ones.
5.4.1.2 COMMUNICATION INTERFACES
TCP/IP INTERFACE
The TCP/IP is used to communicate between the Single Board Computer and
Service Console.
The Single Board Computer exchanges following information with the console:
 What Devices are in the system (Wall Stand, Table, etc.)
 Position of every device in the system
 Configuration of every servo of each device
 Calibration of position, speed and detents.
CAN INTERFACE
The can Interface is used to exchange time critical information between the
Single Board Computer and SCU and for general communication between SCU
and collimator.
268 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
5.4.2 THEORY OF MOTOR CONTROL
The System Board Controller communicates with each motor by means of the
Bus I2C to the Power & Control Board.
I.e., let’s see a positioning of OTC when the fixed table is selected:
 Position where OTC must go is defined at SBC (Longitudinal,

Transversal and Vertical) at calibration and recorded at SBC (this is
named the Demanded Position or DEMPOS).
 Speed is software defined at every axis and recorded at SBC (Signal

Named DEMVEL).
 First of all, the SBC sends to the vertical axis the upper position.
 Then SBC sends the information to move the longitudinal and

transversal axis to the required position.
THEORY OF MOTION TO A SPECIFIC AXIS
1. Software sends position/speed (DEMPOS/DEMVEL) data to the I2C bus

(in a 12 bits format) to the digital to analog converter. Speed is software
controlled as shown in Illustration 5-10.
2. Converter transforms digital position/speed values into analog voltage.

The output signal is in a range of Compact Flash10 to +10 volts (signals
DEMPOS/DEMVEL).
3. One comparator sets the difference between signals:
G POS (real position analog signal given by the potentiometer).
G DEMPOS (analog signal given by the D/A converter). The result is

the analog signal named ERR. Signal ERR is amplified with value
named G in Illustration 5-5. The result is the signal ERRPOS.
4. Second comparator sets the difference between signals:
G TACO (real speed analog signal given by the tachometer).
G DEMVEL.
5. Signals ERRPOS is multiplied (a multiplier circuit with saturation ¦10v)

by the SPEED and the result divided in a 10 factor and the calculated
value is the input value for the PID controller.
ERRPOSxSPEED
10
SM-1201R9 269
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
6. PID (a generic ”proportional, integral an derivative” control) calculates

the value of the correct signal to be sent to the PWM (the multiplier and
the PID control is the cartola function that will be replaced and inserted
in the control board).
7. The PWM circuit (Pulse Width Modulation) calculates the PWM signal
to be applied to the H-Bridge.
8. H-Bridge polarizes the motor to work in two way movement.
9. The motor moves and sends the information of speed (signal TACO) and
position (signal POS) to the SBC. The comparison at steps 3. and 4. is
revised, and this process is always running (loop).
10. When the signal ERRPOS has a 0 value, the system activates the brake,
so the desired position is reached.
11. The SBC reads the value of position and speed for checking all the
process.
270 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 5-6
Motor Control Board General View
System Board
Control
I2C to System Board Control
Clutch out
Brake
Digital Inputs &
Outputs
Brake out
Clutch
I2C
(Digital Signals that
System Board Control

Limit Switch 1
send to/receive from
the Servos) Limit Switch 2
DEMPOS
POS
+ G ERRPOS
--
Digital to Analog DEMPOS
ERRPOSxSPEED
Motor
I2C (Digital Output 10
DEMVEL DEMVEL
X PID PWM Driver
information from the
+ (H-Bridge)
System Board Control
to the Servos)
EMERGENCY
-- SPEED
--
TACHO
Tachometer Motor
POS
Potentiometer
POS Signal from Potentiometer

Analog to Digital
ERRPOS Signal from Adder
I2C
(Input information from
the Servos to System Tacho Signal from Tachometer
Board Control)
Emergency Switch
SM-1201R9 271
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
5.5 CEILING SUSPENSION MANUAL MOTION
5.5.1 CONTROL CONSOLE
The Suspension can be moved manually by pressing the brake buttons. When
a button is pressed, the brake of the corresponding axis is released and the
Suspension can be moved along this axis. The brake will activate, blocking the
movement, when either the button is released or the Suspension is at a detent
point. To go on with the movement, the user has to press the Brake Button
again.
The Maximum and Minimum Calibration Points, defined during the Calibration
procedure, detect the limit of movement and the system control sets off the
brakes and stops the movement. When pressing a brake release the axis
moves until the next detent. This are software detents and are only
implemented at any axis and positions defined during the installation
procedure, refer to Chapter of Calibration and Configuration.
Illustration 5-7
Control Console and Brake Buttons
Alpha Axis Brake. Angle of the X-ray Tube. Longitudinal Axis Brake. Right & Left.
Omni-directional Brake. Transversal and

Transversal Axis Brake. Back & Front. Longitudinal. Other Axes could be also
activated according to the configuration during
installation.
Vertical Axis Brake. Up & Down. Beta Axis Brake. Rotation of the X-ray Tube.
Wheel Omni-directional Brake. Transversal and Longitudinal. Other Axes could be also activated according to the configuration
during installation.
272 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
ASSISTANCE FOR VERTICAL MOTION
There is a gage that assists the vertical manual movement like the power
steering of a car. When the gage detects an upper movement, its function helps
making this movement.
5.5.2 DETENT POINTS
Detent Points are defined work positions where locks are activated once the
Ceiling Suspension reaches at one of these positions. When stopped at one of
these Detent Points, in order to continue with the movement, just released the
brake by pushing its corresponding button and move manually or perform
another auto-position.
These Points for the equipment are specified by Service Engineer according
to useful positions in normal radiographic studies. So:
 On the Longitudinal and Transversal Axes they are configured for a good
alignment with the Receptor according to the direction in which the X-ray
Tube is pointing, or at some specific positions defined by the user.
 On the Vertical Axis defined according to the defined SID Distance.
 On the Alpha and Beta Axes factory set at each 45o. But just in case of
the Automatic System, they can be modified by the Service Engineer. In
the Semi-automatic System, these Detent Points are fixed at each 45o,
they can not be modified.
Illustration 5-8
Alpha and Beta Detent Points
Alpha Axis Detents Beta Axis Detents
±135o ±180o
(X-ray Tube Rotation)
(X-ray Tube Angulation)
180o
Focal Spot
-135o 135o
-135o 135o
-90o 90o
-90o 90o
-45o
Focal Spot
-45o 45o
-45o 45o
0o
0o
SM-1201R9 273
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
There are different kind of Detents Points:
 Floating and Electronic Detent Points. Both systems are provided

with floating Detent Points by default. These points are defined by
software in every final position of a PP or Auto-position.
 Software defined Detent Points during manual motion. In some

cases it is possible to configure up to 4 different detent positions during
for each axis and workstation. This option is available just if
configuration is changed by customer technical service. At these
Detent Points, the equipment will activate the brakes, whenever the
manual movement is made smoothly, when the movement is faster than
configured then Detent Point is skipped.
 Mechanical Detents for Semi-automatic Ceiling Suspension. It is

optionally provided with mechanical Detent Points in Longitudinal,
Transversal, Alpha and Beta Axes. Install these mechanical detent kit
when it is required to improve the Auto-tracking detent points
performance.
There are some audible signals that alert when:
 The equipment enters/exits into the Detent Point influence area.
 The Detent Point is activated.
To avoid that the Ceiling Suspension stops at these Detent Points, just move
faster the Ceiling Suspension to avoid the detent points or press on the Detent
Skipper Button to deactivate all Detent Points.
Illustration 5-9
Detent Skipper
Activated Released
Detents Detents
By default there is one Detent Point configured in the center of both Receptor
(Table and Wall Stand). If the Auto-tracking is activated this Detent is
auto-configured in this initial point, if the Receptor is moved to a new position
and the Auto-tracking is activated again, the new position will be configured
automatically as the new Detent Point.
274 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
5.6 AUTOMATIC MOTION
Note . The Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension is motorized only in Vertical

Axis. So, all automatic movements are available only in the
Vertical Axis.
The automatic motion consist of automatic movement of one device of the

system with a specific target:
 Auto-positioning
 Auto-center
 Auto-tracking
When the Automatic Ceiling Suspension moves automatically, it goes to the

higher position on the vertical axis and then, all the other axes move
simultaneously until the desired position is reached. Finally, the Telescopic
Column becomes extended to the required height. When the position to reach
is close to the present position, this vertical axis movement is not made.
Before any movement is made, software checks if it is possible to reach the

desired position:
 The coordinates are inside the room (Auto-position).
 The auto-centre can be reached.
 The auto-centering is done before auto-tracking.
Note . During Automatic movements, pressing any Touchscreen

Console button will stop the motion.
If not, a blinking icon will appear on the Control Console Screen
The speed is software controlled as shown below.
Illustration 5-10
Speed/Time
SPEED
Reached Position
SM-1201R9 275
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
5.6.1 AUTO-CENTER
The Ceiling Suspension gets aligned the X-ray Tube with the center of the
Bucky/Detector of the Table or Wall Stand, it is not active with the Direct
Workstation.
DUE TO SAFETY REASONS FOR AUTO-CENTER FUNCTION

THE MINIMUM SID IS HELD AT 700 mm (27.5”) FROM THE
RECEPTOR.
Note . Automatic Collimators should change to Manual mode if the

Ceiling Suspension and the Receptor are not at 2o of the
orthogonality.
Note . Auto-center movement is initiated by the Automatic Movements

Control Console. For safety reasons, press and hold the
Auto-center button to maintain the motion, once it is released the
motion stops.
Note . Auto-center is paused as soon as the brake of the selected

Receptor is pressed. Once released the Receptor brake button
the auto-centering movement continues.
Auto-center is aborted as soon as the brake of the non selected
Receptor is pressed. In this case it is necessary to restart
auto-center.
Note . If the selected Receptor position is changed during the

auto-center movement, this will be recalculated after Receptor
brake is released and movement is restarted automatically to its
new final centering stop.
To complete the Auto-center function:
1. Select the Workstation.
2. Configure in POSITION the desired SID.
3. Press on the Touchscreen Console the AUTO-CENTER Control to

activate the function.
276 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
4. In case of the Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension, if the Ceiling

Suspension is not in the correct position in Longitudinal, Transversal,
Alpha or Beta Axes a message will be displayed explaining the corrective
action to be completed. It is indicated first the Current Position and the
Final Position too. Place manually the Auto-tracking Suspension in the
correct position.
Illustration 5-11
Position Message for Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension
Corrective Movement Direction
Final Position
Current Position
5. Press and hold Auto-center button of the Automatic Movements Control

Console to complete the movement.
Note . Remember that the X-ray tube reaches to the last determined SID,
even though the Workstation has been changed. To modify the
SID change APR.
6. The Collimator Lamp gets lighted to indicate the current position of the
X-ray Tube.
7. Once the X-ray Tube is properly aligned and centered the Auto-center
Indicator gets lighted.
Illustration 5-12
Ceiling Suspension and Table Receptor Centered
SM-1201R9 277
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
5.6.2 AUTO-TRACKING
This function allows that the X-ray Tube to follow the Receptor when it changes
its position or at reverse. By default, in most of the cases the SID is constant,
except in some cases when the X-ray Tube is the master equipment and moves
in Alpha Axis.
Master refers to the equipment which initiates the movement and Slave to the
equipment which tracks the Master movement.
For safety reasons the displacement speed of the Slave

equipment is always slower than the Master speed.
Auto-tracking function activation:
 Manually, press the Auto-tracking Control in the Control Console. The

SID is set up to the current distance.
 When the Programmed Position (PP) is configured to have activated

the Auto-tracking function. It will remain ON automatically after reaching
the demanded Programmed Position.
Note . In the case that the last PP was configured with the Auto-tracking
On, it remains ON until it is deactivated, manually or selecting
other PP configured with the Auto-tracking OFF.
Illustration 5-13
Auto-tracking Function Control
278 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
To activate the Auto-tracking function the SID must be between 800 mm (31.5”)
and 4000 mm (137.5”), if Room configuration and rails dimensions allow it.
Once the Auto-tracking function is activated the current SID is the default one
during the automatic movement.
Configure a new SID before activating the Auto-tracking function or move

manually the X-ray Tube up to the new distance, and then press the
AUTO-TRACKING Control.
For safety reasons the Auto-tracking function remains active

just for 5 minutes after Ceiling Suspension is inactive. After
this time activate again the Auto-tracking function.
It is not necessary to get the X-ray Tube centered with the Receptor. But the
X-ray tube must be pointing the Receptor. The Slave equipment will reach to
the new position up to the X-ray beam is pointing to the initial point of the
Receptor.
Illustration 5-14
Allowed Alignment
Centered Not Centered Centered Not Centered
Note . There are two different buzzing alarms, one to indicate when the
Auto-tracking movement is running and a second one to indicate
when it is finished.
There are different Auto-tracking movement policy depending on the Ceiling

Suspension Model and the Receptor support, if it is a Table or Wall Stand.
SM-1201R9 279
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
5.6.2.1 AUTOMATIC CEILING SUSPENSION WITH TABLE
Depending on the Axis:
G Horizontal Auto-tracking. Both equipments can operate as

Master or Slave.
G Vertical Auto-tracking. The RAD Table is always the Master

element and the Ceiling Suspension the Slave.
Proceed as indicated for manually operated Auto-tracking:
1. Press the AUTO-TRACKING control of the Console to activate the

function.
2. Move manually the Master equipment, (refer to Illustration 5-15):
a. Ceiling Suspension is the Master and it is moved longitudinally.

Press and hold the Longitudinal brake Button of the Control
Console and move to right/left. The Receptor tracks its movement
in the same direction. The SID remains constant.
b. RAD Table is the Master and it is moved longitudinally. Press and

hold the Receptor brake button and move to right/left. The Ceiling
Suspension tracks its movement in the same direction. The SID
remains constant.
c. Ceiling Suspension is the Master and moved along its Alpha Axis.
Press and hold the Alpha Brake button of the Control Console and
angle the X-ray Tube. The Receptor tracks longitudinally its
movement. The SID is modified.
d. RAD Table is the Master and moved longitudinally, Ceiling

Suspension is angled. Press and hold the Receptor brake button
and move to right/left. The Ceiling Suspension tracks the
movement of the Receptor and moves longitudinally. The SID
remains constant.
e. The RAD Table is the Master in Vertical Axis. Step and hold the
RAISE or LOWER Control Pedals to move UP/DOWN the
Receptor. The Ceiling Suspension tracks vertically its movement
in all cases. The SID remains constant.
3. Hold pressed/stepped brake or pedal until the Slave equipment arrives

to the final position and is aligned with the Master Equipment.
4. In the case that the brake button is released before finishing the
Auto-tracking movement, it gets aborted. Once the brake button or pedal
is pressed again the Ceiling Suspension moves and gets aligned with the
Receptor and at the default SID.
280 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 5-15
Auto-tracking Movement Policy for Automatic Suspension with RAD Table
A B
Master Slave
Slave Master
C D
Slave Slave
Master Master
Slave Slave Master Master
E
Slave
Master
Raise Lower
Slave Slave
Master Master
SM-1201R9 281
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
5.6.2.2 AUTOMATIC CEILING SUSPENSION WITH WALL STAND
Depending if the Receptor tilting angle:
G The Receptor can be the Master in all cases, even when it is tilted.
The Suspension can move UP/DOWN or in Alpha Axis to get the
X-ray tube aligned.
G The Ceiling Suspension is the Master just when the Receptor is

at 0o or at 90o. If it is in a different angle, the Ceiling Suspension
can be just the Slave. The Wall Stand is the Slave and it can just
move UP/DOWN.

function.
2. Move manually the Master equipment (refer to Illustration 5-16):
a. The Ceiling Suspension is the Master and moved vertically. Press

and hold the Vertical Brake button of the Control Console and
move UP/DOWN the X-ray Tube. The Receptor tracks its
movement in the same direction. The SID remains constant.
b. The Ceiling Suspension is the Master and moved along the Alpha
Axis. Press and hold the Alpha Brake Button and angle the X-ray
Tube. The Receptor tracks its movement vertically. The SID is
modified.
c. The Wall Stand is the Master and moved vertically. The Receptor
can be tilted at any angle or vertical at 0o. Press and hold the
Vertical Lock or RAISE/LOWER Pedal of the Footswitch. The
Ceiling Suspension tracks its movement in the same direction in
all cases. The SID remains constant.
d. The Wall Stand is the Master and changes its tilting angle. The
Ceiling Suspension tracks its movement vertically. The SID
remains constant, the X-ray Tube tracks the Receptor vertically
but also changes the angle to get aligned with it.

is pressed again the Ceiling Suspension gets aligned with the Receptor
and at the default SID.
282 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 5-16
Auto-tracking Movement Policy for Automatic Suspension with Wall Stand
A A B
Master
Master Master
Slave Slave
Slave
C C D
Slave Slave
Slave
Master
Master Master
SM-1201R9 283
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
5.6.2.3 AUTO-TRACKING CEILING SUSPENSION WITH TABLE
In Auto-tracking Systems is just available the Vertical Auto-tracking. The

RAD Table is always the Master element and the Ceiling Suspension the Slave.
Note . The Receptor of the Auto-tracking Ceiling suspension is not

motorized, it is not controlled and tracked longitudinally by the
Ceiling Suspension.

function.
2. Move manually the Table, Master equipment (refer to Illustration 5-17).

Step and hold the RAISE/LOWER Control Pedals to move UP/DOWN
the Receptor. Ceiling Suspension tracks vertically its movement in all
cases. The SID remains constant in all cases.
3. Hold stepped the pedal until the Slave equipment arrives to the final
position and is aligned with the Master Equipment.
is pressed again the Ceiling Suspension gets aligned with the Receptor
and at the default SID.
284 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 5-17
Auto-tracking Movement Policy for Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension with RAD Table
Slave
Master
Raise Lower
Slave Slave
Master Master
SM-1201R9 285
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
5.6.2.4 AUTO-TRACKING CEILING SUSPENSION WITH WALL STAND
The Receptor is the Master in all cases, even when it is tilted.

function.
2. Move manually the Master equipment (refer to Illustration 5-18).
a. The Wall Stand is the Master and moved vertically. The Receptor
can be tilted or vertical at 0o. Press and hold the Vertical Lock or
RAISE/LOWER Pedal of the Footswitch. The Ceiling Suspension
tracks its movement in the same direction in all cases. The SID
remains constant.
b. The Ceiling Suspension is the Master and moved vertically. The

DR Detector can be tilted or vertical at 0o. Press and hold the
Vertical Brake Button of the Control Console. The Receptor tracks
its movement in the same direction in all cases. The SID remains
constant.
Note . Option B is possible when the Wall Stand is provided with a vertical
motor.

4. In case the brake button is released before finishing the Auto-tracking

movement, it gets aborted. Once the brake button or pedal is pressed
again the salve equipment gets aligned with the Master equipment and
at the default SID.
286 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 5-18
Auto-tracking Movement Policy for Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension with Wall Stand
Slave Slave
Slave
Master
Master Master
Master Master
Master
Slave
Slave Slave
SM-1201R9 287
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
5.6.3 AUTO-POSITIONING
Auto-positioning is an optional feature, which requires full motorization of all the

position elements and a software license. This feature enables the operator to
command the Suspension and the Table or Wall Stand to move simultaneously
to a previously defined location.
Two different Auto-positioning features are available, the Auto-positions and

the Programmed Positions.
AUTO-POSITIONS
Configure directly in the Control Console the X-ray Tube position manually or
use any Auto-position. Up to 16 Auto-positions can be programmed in the field,
each one refers to parking positions or to configured positions of the X-ray Tube
(SID, ANG & ROT), but also to the position of the Table Receptor on longitudinal
travel and Wall Stand Receptor on vertical travel. With the Auto-position the
Tube position is not referenced to any specific Workstation.
The Operator must select the Workstation on the Console, then an

Auto-position and press the Validate Auto-position button to activate it and,
finally, press and hold the PARKING button located at the Automatic
Movements Control Console until the system gets to the target position (refer
to the Operator Manual).
Once the new position is reached, the PARKING POSITION Indicator lights up.
Note . Auto-positions are intended to be used as parking positions or to

work with Direct Workstation. For a complete positioning of the
Ceiling Suspension, use the Programmed Positions.
PROGRAMMED POSITIONS (PP)
Up to 10000 Programmed Positions can be programmed in the field, each one

refers to a position of the X-ray Tube (SID, ANG & ROT), but also to the
Receptor position of the Table on vertical and longitudinal travels, and to the
Receptor of the Wall Stand on vertical travel and on tilting angle. It can be
configured also to have the Auto-tracking movement active.
With the Programmed Positions the Tube position is referenced to a

Workstation configured also in the PP.
The Operator must select the Programmed Position on the Console, then press
the Validate PP button to activate it and, finally, press and hold the
AUTO-CENTER button located at the Automatic Movements Control Console
until the system gets to the target position (refer to the Operator Manual).
Once the new position is reached, the AUTO-CENTER Indicator lights up. The
Ceiling Suspension keeps different positions. Refer to Operator Manual
288 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
5.6.4 AUTOMATIC POSITIONING CONTROL BOX
The Automatic Movements Control Console allows the remote control of the
Auto-center and Auto-positioning or Parking movements.
Pressing and holding the PARKING, for Auto-positioning movements, and

AUTO-CENTER, for Auto-center and Programmed Positions (PP), buttons
enables the positioner automatic motion.
 When button is released during the motion, all movement stops.
 When button is reactivated, motion will resume from where it stopped.
Illustration 5-19
Automatic Positioning Control Box
5.6.5 AUTOMATIC MOVEMENTS SAFETY POLICY
When the operation of the equipment is manually controlled by the Operator,

the risk of collision with other equipments, parts of the Room and specially with
the other Operators or Patients is very low and totally controllable by the
Operator.
But when the System is Automatic or Auto-tracking, it is provided with

several anti-crushing or auto-movement safety rules.
 The speed of automatic movements is optimized for safety and

productivity.
 The Operator will be required to press and hold any of the Automatic
Positioning Control Box buttons to get all brakes released and start the
motion. Once the button is released the equipment stops.
SM-1201R9 289
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
 Volumetric protection areas are activated around both Receptors. A

virtual safety area has to be configured around a patient lied down on the
RAD Table or positioned at the Wall Stand.
Illustration 5-20
Patient Virtual Safety Areas
100 mm (4”)
305 mm (12”)
 The equipment speed will be limited to one-half and audible signal will be
activated when the equipment is within 305 mm (12”) of the patient
Tabletop or within 100 mm (4”) of the RAD Table side.
 Manual movements are free inside these protection areas, but automatic
movements are forbidden from outside to any place inside this area.
Automatic movement within the virtual safety area is allowed to
escape from this area, but at a reduced speed.
 In these areas, the motion will not continue more than 13 mm (0.5”) more
after the Operator has activated the stop or motion reverse control.
 Minimum SID for automatic movements >800 mm (31.5”)
 Maximum SID for automatic movements <4000 mm (137.5”), if Room

configuration and rails dimensions allow it.
 In case of collision the pressure is limited to 178.6 kg/m (10 lbs/inch)

maximum and 178 Newtons (40 lbs.)
 If the Operator changes Receptor position during the Auto-centering

movement, the Ceiling Suspension stops this movement and goes back
to the initial position.
 It will be not possible to complete any automatic movement when the

Input Interlock Signal is active.
290 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
5.6.6 X-RAY INTERLOCK
The X-ray INTERLOCK Indicator appears at the bottom of the Console on the
Ceiling Suspension Status Area. Once the interlock is activated it is not possible
to make any exposure, press on the Indicator to get information about the
causes of the Interlock.
Causes of the Interlock activation are displayed in the Control Console, or press
the Interlock Indicator to get them displayed again.
Illustration 5-21
X-ray Interlock status
Interlock Indicator
The causes can be different ones at the same time, not just one, get all of them
corrected to deactivate the X-ray Interlock:
MESSAGE DESCRIPTION
I.MANUAL-MOTION The Ceiling Suspension is moving manually.
I.AUTO-MOTION The Ceiling Suspension is moving automatically (Auto-positioning, Auto-tracking, Auto- center, etc.).
I.NO-DETECTOR The Receptor is not inserted.
I.NO-SID No SID available. The Ceiling Suspension is not pointing to the Receptor, or too far from it.
I.GEOMETRY No SID available. The Ceiling Suspension is not pointing to the Bucky/Detector.
I.COLLIMATOR Collimator is in BUSY Mode.
I.GRID-SID Current SID out of configured range for the Grid.
I.MODALITY Selected Study (Stitching, Tomography, etc.) not available.
I.DETECTOR-MISMATCH Different Workstations selection on Ceiling Suspension and Generator
I.STITCHING The Ceiling Suspension is carrying on a Stitching procedure.
I.NO-TRAY Tray is out from the Bucky/Detector.
SM-1201R9 291
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
292 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
SECTION 6 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE
A guide for a quick solution of main typical problems in the use of this equipment
follows. It is recommended to keep this troubleshooting guide with you when
operating with the equipment.
6.1 BASIC PROBLEMS
PROBLEM CHECK IF ACTION
Emergency Stop Switch is activated. Deactivate Emergency Stop Switch.
CEILING SUSPENSION CAN NOT BE Check that the Line Power is provided to the
SWITCHED ON Ceiling Suspension from the Room Electrical
There is not power enough.
Cabinet. If it is correct but it can not be turned
ON, contact Service.
CEILING SUSPENSION ON, Check Control Console Cables

Contact Service.
CONTROL CONSOLE OFF connections.
WRONG DISPLAY MEASURES Wrong calibration. Contact Service.
SM-1201R9 293
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
6.2 SOFTWARE ERROR MESSAGES
6.2.1 ERRORS DISPLAY
The ERROR MESSAGE is displayed in the Control Console.
1. Error Message.
2. Cause of the Error.
3. Action to be completed to avoid the Error. This last Level is not displayed
with all errors.
4. Press the Error Button to close Error Message Display.
There are two different display configuration.
Illustration 6-1
Error Display
1 1
2 2
4 4
First Configuration Second Configuration
In case that it is necessary to check the last error code once the Error Message
is closed, press the Status indicator to recover it.
294 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
6.2.2 ERRORS LIST
Following tables list all defined error codes:
 Error Code.
 User Error Message. Displayed error message.
 Error Description: Explains the error and reasons.
 Action: Suggests the action to be completed in order to correct the error.
These errors are divided into eight different categories:
1 System/Miscellaneous 0 to 11099
2 Ceiling Suspension Motor Controller Boards 11100 to 11199
3 Wall Stand Motor Controller Boards 11200 to 11299
4 Table Motor Controller Boards 11300 to 11399
5 Positioning 11500 to 11599
6 Tomography (Automatic Ceiling Suspension only) 11600 to 11699
7 Auto-positioning 11700 to 11799
8 Auto-centering 11800 to 11899
9 Auto-tracking 11900 to 11999
Table 6-1
System / Miscellaneous
CODE USER ERROR MESSAGE ERROR DESCRIPTION ACTION
Click on Collimator Information

9 Collimator cause
to know the reason
Check if Interlock is activated. Click on

10 Interlock cause
Interlock icon to know the reason
Click on Collimator Information

11 Collimator Mode
to know the reason
12 Collimator Error Check SID/aperture relation
13 Stitching Cause
15 Dosimeter not communicating DAP NOT communicating: Test
16 Dosimeter not communicating DAP NOT communicating: Initialization
17 Dosimeter not communicating DAP NOT communicating: Heartbeat
18 Dosimeter not communicating DAP NOT communicating: Measure
19 Collimator not communicating Collimator NOT communicating
SM-1201R9 295
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Table 6-1 (cont.)

System / Miscellaneous
20 Initial position unreachable Sequence Initial position unreachable
Invalid parameter range: Unreachable Sequence Invalid parameter range:

21
positions Unreachable positions
22 FLFS Sequence Aborted Stitching Error
23 FLFS Sequence Completed Stitching Error
24 FLFS: Collimator Key in Manual Mode Stitching error
25 FLFS: Detector NOT in Portrait Mode Stitching Error
FLFS: Incorrect Parameters: Check

26 Stitching Error Check Grid, Top and Bottom
Grid, Top and Bottom
27 FLFS: Calculating Geometry Stitching Error
28 Stitching: Calculating Geometry Stitching Error
Stitching: Detector NOT in Portrait

29 Stitching Error
Mode
File not present or opened

11001 Read Error in Calibration File Try again
by other application
11002 Write Error in Calibration File File not present or locked Try again
Not possible to reach to the configured

11003 Position Demand Error Modify position configuration
position
11004 Workstation not available Invalid Workstation Configure correct Workstation
Tomography: Parameters not

11005 Tomography not configured yet Configure Tomography parameters
Configured
Emergency OFF Switch pressed:

Release Emergency OFF Switch after
11006 Synchronizing Positioner software Emergency OFF Switch pressed
the emergency cause disappears
resources: Please wait
Safety issue:
11007 Safety Error Do not operate. Call Service
Keep OUT: Do not operate
CS/Wall Stand: Safety area around

For automatic movements, move out
11008 the Wall Stand Bucky/Detector
of the safety area manually
crossed
CS/Table: Safety area around For automatic movements, move out

11009
the Table Bucky/Detector is crossed of the safety area manually
Operative Rejected: The

Auto-movement interlock is activated:
11010
Please, release signal state to
proceed
296 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Table 6-2
Ceiling Suspension Motor Controller Boards
Motor Controller Board not connected Check the Motor Controller I/F
11100 Control Board Error: CS-Longitudinal
or I2C communication problems Connection
11101 Control Board Error: CS-Transversal
11102 Control Board Error: CS-Vertical
11103 Control Board Error: CS-Angular
11104 Control Board Error: CS-Rotational
Invalid Calibration Data: Axis not calibrated, Calibrate once again

11105
CS-Longitudinal calibration file corrupted If message persists change SBC/CF
Invalid Calibration Data: Axis not calibrated, Calibrate once again

11106
CS-Transversal calibration file corrupted If message persists change SBC/CF
Axis not calibrated, Calibrate once again

11107 Invalid Calibration Data: CS-Vertical
alibration file corrupted If message persists change SBC/CF
Axis not calibrated, Calibrate once again.

11108 Invalid Calibration Data: CS-Angular
calibration file corrupted If message persists change SBC/CF
Axis not calibrated, Calibrate once again

11109 Invalid Calibration Data: CS-Rotational
calibration file corrupted If message persists change SBC/CF
Axis moved out of

defined range manually.
Operative rejected: CS-Longitudinal
Axis not calibrated.
position out of calibrated range: Check position feedback
11110 Potentiometer misaligned.
Right there, only MANUAL Connect with the Service Tool
Potentiometer or Potentiometer
movement allowed
Circuitry defective.
A/D converter problem
No motor power or
motor/driver defective.
11111 Board failure: CS-Longitudinal Potentiometer/Tachometer or Change board
circuitry defective.
Coupling did not engage
Axis moved out of

Axis not calibrated. Check End Switch Limit position,
11112 End-switch limit: CS-Longitudinal Potentiometer misaligned. activation, operation.
Potentiometer or Potentiometer Check End Switch Limit range
SM-1201R9 297
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Table 6-2 (cont.)

Axis moved out of

Operative rejected: CS-Transversal
movement allowed
No motor power or
11114 Board failure: CS-Transversal Potentiometer/Tachometer or Change board.
Axis moved out of

End-Switch Limit:
11116 Potentiometer misaligned. activation, operation.
CS-Transversal
Axis moved out of

Operative rejected: CS-Vertical
position out of calibrated range: Check position feedback.
Right there, only MANUAL Connect with the Service Tool.
movement allowed
No motor power or
11118 Board Failure: CS-Vertical Potentiometer/Tachometer or Change board.
Axis moved out of

11119 End-Switch Limit: CS-Vertical Potentiometer misaligned. activation, operation.
Axis moved out of

Operative rejected: CS-Angular
movement allowed
298 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Table 6-2 (cont.)

No motor power or
11121 Board Failure: CS-Angular Potentiometer/Tachometer or Change board
Axis moved out of

11122 End-Switch Limit: CS-Angular Potentiometer misaligned. activation, operation.
Potentiometer or Potentiometer Check End Switch Limit range.
Axis moved out of

Operative rejected: CS-Rotational
position out of calibrated range: Check position feedback.
Right there, only MANUAL Connect with the Service Tool.
movement allowed
No motor power or
11124 Board Failure: CS-Rotational Potentiometer/Tachometer or Change board
Axis moved out of

11125 End-Switch Limit: CS-Rotational Potentiometer misaligned. activation, operation
11126 Control Board Error: CS-Interface Change board
SM-1201R9 299
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Table 6-3
Wall Stand Motor Controller Boards
No motor power or
Control Board Error:
11201 Potentiometer/Tachometer or Replace the Control Driver Board
Wall Stand-Vertical
No motor power or
Wall Stand-Tilting
Invalid calibration data:

11204 Check Vertical Axis calibration
Wall Stand-Vertical
Invalid calibration data:

11205 Check Calibration
Wall Stand-Tilting
Axis moved out of

Position out of range:
11210 Potentiometer misaligned. Check Vertical Axis calibration
Wall Stand-Vertical
No motor power or
Wall Stand-Vertical
300 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Table 6--3 (cont.)

Wall Stand Motor Controller Boards
Axis moved out of

End-switch limit:
11212 Potentiometer misaligned. activation, operation.
Wall Stand-Vertical
Potentiometer or Potentiometer Check End Switch Limit range.
Axis moved out of

Position out of range:
11213 Potentiometer misaligned. Check Axis calibration
Wall Stand-Tilting
No motor power or
11214 Control Board Error: Wall Stand-Tilting Potentiometer/Tachometer or Replace Control Driver Board
Axis moved out of

11215 End-switch limit: Wall Stand-Tilting Potentiometer misaligned. activation, operation.
SM-1201R9 301
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Table 6-4
RAD Table Motor Controller Boards
11300 Control Board Error: Table
Invalid Calibration Data:

11301 Check Longitudinal Axis calibration
Table-Longitudinal
Check the Table’s Vertical Axis

11302 Invalid Calibration Data: Table-Vertical
calibration
Axis moved out of

Operative rejected: Table-Longitudinal
position out of calibrated range:
11310 Potentiometer misaligned. Check Longitudinal Axis calibration
Right there, only MANUAL
movement allowed
No motor power or
Table-Longitudinal
Axis moved out of

11312 End-Switch Limit: Table-Longitudinal Potentiometer misaligned. activation, operation.
Axis moved out of

11313 Position Out of Range: Table-Vertical Potentiometer misaligned. Check Axis calibration
Axis moved out of

11314 Control Board Error: Table-Vertical Potentiometer misaligned. Replace the Control Driver Board
302 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Table 6-5
Positioning
Invalid Demand: system in Manual Not possible to complete

1500 Check system status
Mode Auto-positioning function
Not possible to complete Auto-center

1501 Autocenter Forbidden
function
Not possible to complete Auto-tracking

1502 Tracker Forbidden
function
Not possible to complete

1503 Parking Forbidden
Auto-positioning function
1504 Demand Mismatch Error in Position configuration
Operative rejected: SID is out of limits

SID is out of limits
11505 80 cm, 400 cm / 31.5”, 157.5”: Please, Check SID parameters in POSITION
80 cm, 400 cm / 31.5”, 157.5”
check POSITION parameters
Operative rejected: Invalid ANG

Invalid Tube angulation (ANG)
11506 demand: Please, check POSITION Check ANG parameters in POSITION
demand
parameters
Operative rejected: Invalid ROT

11507 demand: Please, check POSITION Invalid Tube rotation (ROT) demand Check ROT parameters in POSITION
parameters
Operative rejected: Invalid Positioner:

Invalid Auto-position/position
11508 Please, check Configuration data and Check POSITION parameters
configuration
POSITION parameters
Operative rejected: Invalid Receptor:

11509 Please, check Configuration data and Invalid Receptor configuration Check DR Detector Demand
POSITION parameters
Operative rejected: Please, fix the

11510 Wall Stand-Tilting geometry state to Invalid Wall Stand tilting geometry Get aligned the DR Detector
proceed
Detector GRID Rotation: Please, get

11511 DR Detector and Tube not aligned Get aligned the DR Detector
the Detector aligned
Operative rejected: Please, fix the

11512 Invalid Table height configuration Get the Table at the correct height
Table-height geometry state
Operative rejected: Table Safety The Table Safety distance is crossed:

11513 distance is crossed: Auto-movement Auto-movement Safety Policy Check SID parameters in POSITION
Safety Policy activated activated
Operative rejected: Wall Stand Safety The Wall Stand Safety distance is
11514 distance is crossed: Auto-movement crossed: Auto-movement Safety Check SID parameters in POSITION
Safety Policy activated Policy activated
Detector safety distance is crossed.

Tracker HOLD: Detector safety
11515 Auto-movement Safety Policy Check SID parameters in POSITION
distance is crossed
activated
11518 Invalid APR demand Invalid APR configuration Check APR configuration
SM-1201R9 303
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Table 6-5 (cont.)

Positioning
Operative rejected: SID is out of limits

SID is out of limits
11519 80 cm, 40 0cm / 31.5”, 157.5”: Please, Check SID parameters in POSITION
80 cm, 400 cm / 31.5”, 157.5”
Operative rejected: Auto-center not

Auto-center function is not available
allowed for DIRECT workstation:
11520 when DIRECT Workstation is Change WORKSTATION
Please, check WORKSTATION
configured
selection
Operative rejected: System Wait until synchronizing procedure

11521 System synchronizing
synchronizing, please wait and try again finishes
Operative rejected: System

11522 System synchronizing Wait for system stop
synchronizing, please wait and try again
Operative rejected: Please, release Press any Control Console brake

11523 All brakes activated
the MANUAL activators to proceed button
Auto-center SKIPPED: Positioner is

11524 Positioner is already centered
already centered
Operative rejected: Tracker not allowed Auto-tracking function is not available

11525 for DIRECT workstation: Please, check when DIRECT Workstation is Change WORKSTATION
WORKSTATION selection configured
Auto-tracking forbidden: System Wait until synchronizing procedure

Auto-tracking forbidden: System in

11527 System in motion Wait for system stop
motion, please wait and try again

Operative rejected: The Detector and

The Detector and the Tube are
11529 the Tube-crane are misaligned: Align X-ray Tube and DR Detector
misaligned
Please, get/set a valid SID
Auto-tracking skipped: Auto-tracking function already

11530
Function already activated activated
Operative rejected: System Wait until synchronizing procedure

Operative rejected: System

11532 System synchronizing Wait for system stop
synchronizing, please wait and try again

Stitching PileUp:
Wait until the Positioner stops and try
11534 Positioner synchronizing, please wait Stitching PileUp: Positioner in motion
again
and try again
Auto-movement Failure:
11535 Positioner out of the auto-centering
zone: Please, try the operative again
304 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Table 6-6
Tomography (Automatic Ceiling Suspension only)
Tomography: Auto--positioning
11601 movement timeout: Please, check Auto-positioning movement timeout Please, check positioning parameters
positioning parameters
Tomography aborted: The Positioner is

The Positioner is out of the allowed
11602 out of the allowed tolerance: Please, Calibrate Table Receptor movements
tolerance
try again
11603 Tomography: Illegal rotation axis Rotation angle not allowed
Tomography: The Generator interface

The Generator interface board is not
11604 board is not synchronizing: Please, Check configuration
synchronizing
check the equipment state
Tomography: The Table is too high to

Place the table height for enable Tomo
11605 get the SID: Please, lower the The Table is too high to get the SID
SID
equipment to for CS Auto--positioning
Tomography: Action has been aborted

11606 Action has been aborted by user Try again
by user: Please, try again
Tomography: The cut plane must be

11607 The cut plane must be refreshed Change cut plane
refreshed
Tomography: The CS--Longitudinal

The CS--Longitudinal (pre--tomo)
11608 (pre--tomo) target out of specifications: Please, adjust site parameters
target out of specifications
Please, adjust site parameters
Operative aborted: Velocity upper--limit Velocity upper--limit detected on In Manual motion, move smoothly. In
11610
detected on CS-Longitudinal Suspension Longitudinal axis automatic motion calibrate the speed
11611
detected on CS-Transversal Suspension Transversal axis automatic motion calibrate the speed
11612
detected on CS-Vertical Suspension Vertical axis automatic motion calibrate the speed
11613
detected on CS-Angular Suspension Angular axis automatic motion calibrate the speed
11614
detected on CS-Rotation Suspension Rotation axis automatic motion calibrate the speed
Operative aborted: Velocity upper--limit Velocity upper--limit detected on Table In Manual motion, move smoothly. In
11615
detected on Table-Longitudinal Longitudinal axis automatic motion calibrate the speed
Operative aborted: Velocity upper--limit Velocity upper--limit detected on Wall In Manual motion, move smoothly. In
11616
detected on WallStand-Vertical Stand Vertical axis automatic motion calibrate the speed
SM-1201R9 305
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Table 6-7
Auto-positioning
Manual mode aborted: Wall Auto-position not completed,

11713 Stand-Vertical timeout: Please, try movement on RAD Wall Stand Vertical Try again
again Axis timed out
Parking not present in Configuration

11720 Parking not configured Configure POSITION
File
Parking rejected: CS-Longitudinal Can occur when axis location

11721 target out of specifications: Please, calibration is re-run after Parking was Configure POSITION
check POSITION parameters originally defined
Can occur when axis Location

Auto-movement aborted:
11722 calibration is run again after Parking Configure POSITION
CS-Longitudinal target
was defined
Manual mode aborted: Auto-position not completed,

11723 CS-Longitudinal timeout: Please, try movement on Ceiling Suspension Try again
again Longitudinal Axis timed out
Parking rejected: CS-Transversal

11731 target out of specifications: Please, Configure POSITION
11732 Configure POSITION
CS-Transversal target

11733 CS-Transversal timeout: Please, try movement on Ceiling Suspension Try again
again Transversal Axis timed out
Parking rejected: CS-Vertical target

11741 out of specifications: Please, check Configure POSITION
POSITION parameters
Auto-movement aborted: CS-Vertical

target
Auto-position not completed,

Manual mode aborted: CS-Vertical
11743 movement on Ceiling Suspension Try again
timeout: Please, try again
Vertical Axis timed out
Parking rejected: CS-Angular target

POSITION parameters
CS-Angular target
Auto-position not completed,

Manual mode aborted:
11753 movement on Ceiling Suspension Try again
CS-Angular timeout: Please, try again
Alpha Axis timed out
Parking rejected: CS-Rotational target

POSITION parameters
306 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Table 6-6 (cont.)

Auto-positioning
CS-Rotation target

11763 CS-Rotational timeout: Please, try movement on Ceiling Suspension Try again
again Beta Axis timed out
Parking rejected: Wall Stand-Vertical

Parking rejected: Wall Stand Rail

Parking rejected: Table-Longitudinal

Table-Longitudinal target
Manual movement aborted: Auto-position not completed,

11793 Table-Longitudinal timeout: Please, try movement on RAD Table Longitudinal Try again
again Axis timed out
SM-1201R9 307
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Table 6-8
Auto-centering
Auto-centering is cancelled because

11801 Auto-movement aborted: CS moved Try again
Ceiling Suspension was moved
Auto-movement aborted: Wall Stand Auto-centering is cancelled because

11802 Try again
moved RAD Wall Stand was moved
Auto-centering is cancelled because

11803 Auto-movement aborted: Table moved Try again
RAD Table was moved
Auto-movement aborted: Detector Auto-centering is cancelled because

11804 Try again
changed current DR Detector was changed
Auto-movement aborted: No Detector Auto-centering does not start because

11815 Select DR Detector and try again
selected NO DR Detector is selected
Auto-centering does not start because

Operative rejected: CS-Longitudinal
final position for the Ceiling
11821 Target is out of calibrated range: Move DR Detector and try again
Suspension (slave) is out of range on
Please, check POSITION parameters
Longitudinal Axis

11822 The CS-Longitudinal axis is blocked: Try again
Suspension (slave) Longitudinal Axis
Please, try again
timed out

Operative rejected: CS-Transversal
11831 Target is out of calibrated range: Move DR Detector and try again
Please, check POSITION parameters
Transversal Axis

11832 The CS-Transversal axis is blocked: Try again
Suspension (slave) Transversal Axis
Please, try again
timed out

Operative rejected: CS-Vertical Target
11841 is out of calibrated range: Please, Move DR Detector and try again
Vertical Axis

11842 The CS-Vertical axis is blocked: Try again
Suspension (slave) Vertical Axis timed
Please, try again
out
308 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Table 6-8 (cont.)

Auto-centering
Operative rejected: Auto-centering does not start because

CS-Angular Target greater than 46o final position for the Ceiling
11851 Move DR Detector and try again
limit: Please, check POSITION Suspension is out of range on Alpha
parameters Axis, greater than 46o
Auto-movement aborted: Auto-centering does not start because

11852 The CS-Angular axis is blocked: final position for the Ceiling Try again
Please, try again Suspension Alpha Axis timed out

Operative rejected: CS-Rotation
11861 Target greater than 30o limit: Please, Move DR Detector and try again
Suspension is out of range on Beta
Axis, greater than 30o

11862 The CS-Rotation axis is blocked: Try again
Suspension (slave) Beta Axis timed
Please, try again
out.
Operative rejected: Wall Stand-Vertical

Wall Stand-Vertical Target out of
11871 Target out of calibrated range: Please, Move DR Detector and try again
calibrated range

Operative rejected: Wall Stand-Tilting initial position for RAD Wall Stand
11881 Target out of calibrated range: Please, Tilting is out of specifications. Move DR Detector and try again
check POSITION parameters Applied to single panel usage, where
tilt must be at 90o
Operative rejected: Table-Longitudinal Auto-centering does not start because

11891 Target out of calibrated range: Please, final position for the RAD Table (slave) Move DR Detector and try again
check POSITION parameters is out of range on Longitudinal Axis
11892 The Table-Longitudinal axis is blocked: The Table-Longitudinal axis is blocked Try again
Please, try again
The Wall Stand-Vertical axis is The Wall Stand-Vertical axis is
11893 Try again
blocked: blocked
Please, try again
SM-1201R9 309
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Table 6-9
Auto-tracking
Tracking aborted: No Detector

11903 No Detector selected Select DR Detector and try again
selected
Operative rejected:
Detector and X-ray Tube are
11906 Detector and Tube-crane are Please get the X-ray Tube aligned
misaligned
misaligned: Please, get a valid SID
System geometry: Positioner out of Please Place SID: between 70 and

11907 Positioner out of limits
limits 300 cm
Auto-tracking aborted:
11913 Target Detector changed position Try again
Detector changed
Ceiling Suspension moved manually

11914 Auto-tracking aborted: CS moved Activate Tracking function
and misaligned
Auto-tracking aborted: RAD Wall Stand moved manually and

11915 Activate Tracking function
Wall Stand moved misaligned
RAD Table moved manually and

11916 Auto-tracking aborted: Table moved Activate Tracking function
misaligned
Target position out of calibrated limits

Auto-tracking aborted: Calibrate the Ceiling Suspension
11921 on Longitudinal axis of the Ceiling
CS-Longitudinal limit longitudinal axis
Suspension
Target position out of limits on

Auto-tracking paused:
11922 Longitudinal Axis of the Ceiling Do not exceed the longitudinal limit
CS-Longitudinal limit
Suspension

11931 on Transversal axis of the Ceiling
CS-Transversal limit transversal axis
Suspension
Target position out of limits on

Auto-tracking paused:
11932 Transversal axis of the Ceiling Do not exceed the transversal limit
CS-Transversal limit
suspension

11941 on Vertical Axis of the Ceiling
CS-Vertical limit vertical axis
Suspension
Auto-tracking paused: Target position out of limits on Vertical

11942 Do not exceed the vertical limit
CS-Vertical limit Axis of the Ceiling suspension
Auto-tracking aborted: Target position out of limits on Vertical Calibrate the Ceiling Suspension
11981
Wall Stand-Vertical limit Axis of the RAD Wall Stand vertical axis
Auto-tracking aborted: Target position out of calibrated limits

11991 Calibrate the RAD Table
Table-Longitudinal limit on Longitudinal Axis of the RAD Table
Auto-tracking paused: Target position out of limits on

11992 Do not exceed the RAD Table limits
Table-Longitudinal limit Longitudinal Axis of the RAD Table
310 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
SECTION 7 MAINTENANCE
7.1 MAINTENANCE INFORMATION
For a secure and continuous operation of the X-ray equipment, a periodical

maintenance program has to be established. It is the owner’s responsibility to
carry out and to keep this maintenance. Once the installation is finished, the
Suspension X-ray Ceiling Suspension needs a maintenance every 12 months.
NEVER ATTEMPT TO CLEAN ANY PART OF THE

EQUIPMENT WHEN THE EQUIPMENT IS POWERED ON.
SWITCH OFF THE LINE POWER SUPPLY BEFORE
CLEANING.
ONLY SERVICE PERSONNEL SPECIFICALLY TRAINED ON

MEDICAL X-RAY EQUIPMENT SHOULD WORK ON OR
MAINTAIN THIS EQUIPMENT. ALL MAINTENANCE MUST BE
DONE BY THE APPROPRIATE MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL,
QUALIFIED FOR THE MAINTENANCE OF THIS EQUIPMENT
AND AWARE OF THE POTENTIAL DANGERS ASSOCIATED
WITH THIS EQUIPMENT.
Do not use cleaners or solvents of any kind as they may dull

the finish or blur the lettering. Polish with clean water or
paste wax. Do not use a wax containing a cleaning
substance.
Note . Maintenance frequency can depend on determinate legal

requirements of the country or state in which the equipment is
installed. Always check the legislation and local normative when
determining the maintenance calendar.
SM-1201R9 311
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
7.2 CLEANING ADVICES
 Do not use anything but water and soft soap to clean the plastic surfaces.
Other cleaning products may damage the plastic cover.
 Never use detergents, corrosive polishers, solvents or abrasives.
 Be sure that neither water nor other liquids can penetrate the equipment.
This caution avoids short-circuits and corrosive formation in
components.
 Disinfectant methods in use have to conform to legal regulations as well

as any directives for disinfectants and protection against explosions.
 If disinfectants which may form explosive gas mixtures are in use, these
gases must be dissipated before the equipment is switched on again.
 Aspersion decontamination is not recommended because the

disinfectant may penetrate in the X-ray equipment.
 If the room decontamination is carried out with an atomizer, it is

recommended to SWITCH OFF the equipment, to let it cool, and to cover
it with a plastic bag. When the disinfectant cloud has disappeared, the
plastic bag can be removed and the equipment can be disinfected just
with a cloth.
 Use only a soft cloth, fluff free, and non-ammonia glass cleaners to clean
the screen. Always damp the cloth before cleaning the screen. Be sure
to pulverize the liquid on the cloth, not on the screen, to prevent drops
from filtrating into the screen or dirty the frame. Avoid abrasive cloths.
312 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
7.3 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE
THE MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES SHOWN IN THE

FOLLOWING TABLE HAVE TO BE CARRIED OUT BY
AUTHORIZED MAINTENANCE PERSONNEL ONLY.
HOWEVER, THE OWNER OR THE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR,
HAS TO PROGRAM THE SUGGESTED MAINTENANCE
ACTIVITIES, WHEN NECESSARY, CONTACTING THE
TECHNICAL SERVICE OF THE MANUFACTURER.
FREQUENCY REQUIRED
MAINTENANCE TASKS PROCEDURE
(Months) TIME (min.)
GENERAL
Visual inspection 12 20’ Search for evidences that indicate wrong operation.
Cleaning and general painting When necessary 60’ Refer to Section 7.2 Cleaning Advices.
Functional verifying 12 10’ Carry out the tasks described in Chapter 6. Functional Checks
Check the Cables state.
Electrical Cables 12 10’ Check if they are not rubbed nor damaged.
Change them every 10 years.
LONGITUDINAL RAILS
Fixing points 12 15’ Check if the screws are tightened to the ceiling anchorage.
Levelling 12 10’ Check if the rail leveling and readjust, if necessary.
Greasing 12 15’ Clean the rail interior and lubricate it.
Belt 12 5’ Check the belt state and if it is tightened.
Track Ends 12 5’ Check the Track End state.
TRANSVERSAL RAIL BRIDGE
Fixing points 12 10’ Check if the bridge screws are tightened.
Leveling 12 10’ Check if the rail leveling and readjust, if necessary.
Greasing 12 15’ Clean the bridge rail interior and lubricate it.
Track Ends 12 5’ Check if the Track End state.
SM-1201R9 313
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
FREQUENCY REQUIRED
MAINTENANCE TASKS PROCEDURE
(Months) TIME (min.)
MAIN CARRIAGE
Fixing Points 12 10’ Check the screw fixing points tightening of the gas springs.
Wagon Guide of the Gas Check the guide and the skate state. Clean and grease them
12 20’
Springs with light machine oil, if necessary.
Check their state, that rubbings nor threads appear.

Steel Cables 12 5’
Change them every 10 years.
Check their state, that no oil lacks nor piston deformations

Gas Springs 12 5’
appear. Change them every 5 years.
Check their state, that no shavings, wears

Poles 12 10’
nor deformations appear.
TELESCOPIC COLUMN
Check that up and down movements are soft

Movement 12 5’
and without jumps.
TUBE SUPPORT
Movement 12 5’ Check that the rotation movements are soft and without jumps
FOR THE SECURITY OF BOTH THE OPERATOR AND

PATIENT REPLACE ALL STEEL CABLES EVERY TEN
YEARS, AS WELL AS ACCOMPLISHING WITH
MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE.
 Laser alignment tool.
 Torque wrench 10--100 Nm.
 Hexagonal (Allen) tool bits.
 Stepladders.
 Soft cloth.
 Soft soap.
 Light machine oil.
314 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
7.3.2 PMS LABEL
In order to control the periodic maintenance inspections there is available a

PMS label stick in the telescopic column, where it must be indicated the date
and technician in charge of each PMS.
The Service Representative is required to ensure this label is completed after

each PMS.
Illustration 7-1
Preventive Maintenance Label
SM-1201R9 315
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
7.4 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
 Loctite 243.
7.4.2 VISUAL CHECKING
1. Disconnect and do LOCKOUT of the main power.
2. Check the Suspension for indications of abnormal operation:
G Metal Shavings.
G Excessive dust.
3. Use mild soap to clean the exterior areas of the Suspension.
G Carriage.
G Telescopic Column.
G X-ray tube.
G Collimator.
G Console.
4. Use mild Soap to clean the bearings, longitudinal rails and the Bridge,
both interior and exterior surfaces.
5. Check that all the mounting bolts holding longitudinal rails are tightened
to the correct torque of 70 Nm.
Illustration 7-2
Check Tightening Bolts
316 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
7.4.3 CHECK AND ADJUSTMENT OF THE LONGITUDINAL BELT
Each Suspension must have three pairs of End-stop bumpers, one at each of
the longitudinal rails and just one at the transversal rails.
1. Check the End-Stop Bumpers for damage or tightness of screws.
2. Check the Belts for damage or excessive wear. In case of damage

replace them.
Illustration 7-3
Check and adjust Longitudinal Belt Tensors
3. Place the Suspension at the center of the Transversal and Longitudinal

Rails
4. Locate the Belt Tensor for the Belt.
5. Loosen the Jam Nut.
Illustration 7-4
Belt Tensor
Jam Nut
Clamping Block
Tensioning Screw
6. Rotate the Tensioning Screw counter-clockwise until the Tensioning

Screw is out of the Clamping Block.
7. Rotate the Tensioning Screw into the Clamping Block one rotation.
SM-1201R9 317
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
8. At the other end of the rail, loosen the 4 screws.
9. Put the Belt tight.
10. Tighten the 4 screws back.
11. Rotate the tensioning screw clockwise to set the maximum tension of the
belt.
12. Tighten the locking nut.
7.4.4 CHECKING AND TIGHTENING THE SCREWS
1. Check that all screws and bolts are tight for:
G Longitudinal rails
G End-stop bumpers
G Longitudinal belt
G Bridge End caps
G Bridge Safety brackets
G Telescopic Column
Illustration 7-5
Check all screws and bolts
2. Tighten them in case that they are loosen.
Note . For better fixing of the screws and bolts it can be applied Loctite
243 before tightening.
318 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
7.4.5 CLEANING AND CHECKING THE STEEL CABLES
1. Locate the steel cables at the top of the Suspension.
2. Hold a soft cloth over the Steel Cables.
3. Move up and down the Suspension to allow the steel cable to move
through the soft cloth.
4. When the steel cable moves through the soft cloth, check for damaged
or frayed wires.
5. In case of the steel cables are damaged, proceed to replace old steel
cables.
7.5 STEEL CABLES BREAKDOWN SAFETY SWITCH, SW10
The SW10 is located on the Carriage together with the whole Cable Breaking
Detector Assembly.
In normal conditions the Micro-detector is in touch with the Sensor. Once the
Cables get loosen or broken the Sensor and the Micro-detector split up, the
Safety Switch gets the Suspension turn Off completely. It is impossible to
operate with the Suspension.
Illustration 7-6
SW10 location
Cable Breaking
Detector Assembly SW10 normal conditions
SW10
Steel Cables
SM-1201R9 319
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
7.6 GAS SPRINGS WEAR DETECTION
This procedure describes the steps for the checking of the state of the Gas
Springs.
1. Open the Carriage box.
2. Lower completely the Telescopic Column.
3. Disconnect the Vertical Motor cable, connected to J2 of the Z Brake

Motor &Steel Cable Broken Detector PWA.
Illustration 7-7
Vertical Motor Disconnection
4. Disconnect the Power Supply Cable of the Ceiling Suspension.
5. Lift manually the Telescopic column to the top position. Stop every 10 cm.
and check that the Telescopic Column does not lower.
6. If it lowers:
a. Remove L-Block Covers.
b. Remove all counterweights.
7. Repeat the Step 5. If the problem persists replace the Gas Springs.
320 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
SECTION 8 DISASSEMBLE/REASSEMBLE
8.1 JOB CARDS LIST
This chapter covers service procedures which provides information for making
adjustments to the Ceiling Suspension after installation on field. It also provides
service and repair so that the equipment functions properly and meets the
functional check specifications.
If the Ceiling Suspension fails to meet any of these Functional checks, refer to
specific chapter, then the specific reference to this direction should be followed,
and the service adjustment made, to correct the “out of specification” condition.
The Job Cards of this direction are intended to be guides to the most common
problems that arise, but not all of them, and to give the instructions for replacing
the spare parts included in Section 9. Renewal Parts.
JOB CARD LIST
JOB CARD DESCRIPTION

CARRIAGE
1.1 Vertical Motor (Z) Replacement Procedure
1.2 Steel Cable Replacement Procedure
1.3 Central Pole Replacement Procedure
1.4 Gas Springs Set Replacement Procedure
1.5 Vertical Potentiometer Replacement Procedure
1.6 Compact Flash Replacement Procedure
COLUMN & L-BLOCK
2.1 Alpha/Beta Assembly Replacement Procedure
2.2 Telescopic Column Replacement Procedure
2.3 Alpha/Beta Mechanical Detents Replacement Procedure
2.4 Alpha/Beta Potentiometers Replacement Procedure
2.5 Gage Replacement Procedure
2.6 Beta Axis Framework Replacement Procedure
RAILS SYSTEM
3.1 Transversal Brake Replacement Procedure
3.2 Nylon Wheel Replacement Procedure
HOSE & CABLES
4.1 Power Supply Cable Replacement Procedure
SM-1201R9 321
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
8.2 MANDATORY RECOMMENDATIONS
It is mandatory to follow the security procedures before any mechanical or

electrical intervention.
 Electrical Safety Procedures. To isolate all the electrical sources:
1. Open the cover of the carriage, disconnect the Power Supply

Cable.
2. If provided put the lock of electrical consignation.
 Mechanical Safety Procedures. It is mandatory when required in job

cards, and realized thanks to the Steel Blocking Rope (steel wire cable
blocking the Gas Spring Set and thus the Telescopic Column.)
ALWAYS PROCEED TO ACCOMPLISH THESE

PROCEDURES WITH THE CEILING SUSPENSION
SWITCHED OFF. IF IT IS REQUIRED TO TURN IT ON, USE
ALWAYS SAFE ELECTRICAL PRACTICES TO SAFEGUARD
FROM THE UNEXPECTED ENERGIZATION OR START UP OF
THE EQUIPMENT, OR THE RELEASE OF HAZARDOUS
ENERGY DURING SERVICE OR MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES.
PERSONAL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT IS A REQUIREMENT

WHEN PROCEEDING TO ACCOMPLISH ALL THESE
PROCEDURES.
After accomplishing all these procedure, proceed to check

the Ceiling Suspension correct operation, for further
information please refer to Section 4. Functional Checks.
322 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Note . Most of these Service Maintenance procedures can be carried out

without lifting down the Ceiling Suspension, except in those cases
where the opposite is mentioned with a DANGER note (Nylon
wheel, etc.).
Note . It is highly recommended to work with the Ceiling Suspension

located in the center of both longitudinal and transversal axes,
without rotation and angulation, except in those cases where the
opposite is mentioned.
Illustration 8-1
The Ceiling Suspension Located in the center of every Axis
Right Longitudinal Rail & Belt

Back Longitudinal Rail & Belt
Front Longitudinal Rail & Brake

Left Longitudinal Rail & Brake
SM-1201R9 323
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
8.3 CARRIAGE SERVICE PROCEDURES
Indicated below with each Job Card number the location of each Spare to
replace.
Illustration 8-2
Carriage Job Cards
Job Card 1.3
Job Card 1.4
Job Card 1.1
Job Card 1.4

Job Card 1.2
Job Card 1.4
Job Card 1.6
Job Card 1.5
324 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
JOB CARD 1.1: VERTICAL MOTOR (Z) REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
SUBASSEMBLY: CARRIAGE
MODEL: Automatic and Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension
TOOLS: Wrench Set

Stepladder
Telescopic Column Fixing Pin
PERSONNEL : One Service Engineer
PROCEDURE
1. Switch the Ceiling Suspension OFF.
2. Remove upper covers, loosen the four central fixing screws of the Carriage
Covers.
3. Put the Ceiling Suspension in its higher position and block it with the Pin.
Fixing Pin
4. Disconnect the Vertical Motor from the Power Board.

5. Remove all the cable ties fixed to the Telescopic Column.
SM-1201R9 325
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
6. Disconnect the Vertical Motor.

7. Loosen the three fixing bolts which fix the Vertical Motor to the carriage.
Bolts
8. Remove the Vertical Motor.

9. For assembling, proceed in the opposite way as shown in previous steps.
10. Try not to tighten the bolts too much (apply 2.5 Newtons), the rubbers must
fit to the carriage and half turn more is enough.
11. Proceed to functional checking as indicated in Section 4. Functional
Checks.
326 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
JOB CARD 1.2: STEEL CABLE REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
TOOLS: Wrench Set

Stepladder
Steel Blocking Rope
Table or any other supporting element
PERSONNEL : Two Service Engineers
PROCEDURE
Steel Cables

2. Remove Carriage Covers.
3. Get the Telescopic Column down to its lower position and with the L-Block
supported by a table or any other supporting element.
SM-1201R9 327
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
4. Install the Steel Blocking Rope in the Carriage. The Telescopic Column
must be completely extended to install easily the Steel Blocking Rope,
which must not be completely stretched.
Steel Rope
5. Move the Column upwards and slightly until the Steel Rope gets completely
stretched and the Telescopic Column gets blocked.
6. To identify the cable to be replaced first, put a stuck of crepe paper on each
track of the cable which is not removed already.
MECHANICAL CONSIGNATION WITH THE STEEL

BLOCKING ROPE IS MANDATORY.
7. Disconnect all the Hoses from the Ceiling Suspension. refer to Section 1.18
External Hose Installation to check the installation procedure.
8. Disassemble the Ceiling Suspension Console, Collimator and X-ray Tube

Support and place them in a secure place.
 Disassemble the Ceiling Suspension Console. Refer to Section 1.17.
 Disassemble the Collimator. Refer to Section 1.16.
 Disassemble the X-ray tube Support. Refer to Section 1.15.5.
328 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
9. Loosen completely the Telescopic Column bottom screws, which fix the
Column Covers to the L-Block.
10. Raise the column covers and block them in their higher position with the
Fixing Pin.
Fixing Pin
SM-1201R9 329
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
PROCEED TO REMOVE AND REPLACE FIRST ONE STEEL

CABLE AND THEN THE LAST ONE, SO IT WILL BE EASIER
NOT TO MIX THEIR POSITIONS. IT IS VERY IMPORTANT TO
PLACE BOTH CABLES IN THEIR CORRECT POSITION.
11. Loosen completely both cables fasteners and pulleys.
12. Then remove the Steel Rope Fixing Pin from the gage.
330 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
13. Proceed in the opposite way to install the new Steel Cable. Make sure that
both cables are installed properly and not mixed in their positions.
14. Proceed to functional checking as indicated in Section 4 Functional

Checks.
First cable
Second cable
SM-1201R9 331
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
JOB CARD 1.3: CENTRAL POLE REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
TOOLS: Wrench Set

Stepladder
Steel Blocking Rope
Table or any other supporting element
PROCEDURE
1. Proceed to remove the Steel Cables (Refer to JOB CARD 1.2).
Steel Rope

332 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
2. Once the Steel Cable has been removed, proceed to loosen completely and
to remove the old Central Pole.
Central Pole
3. Remove the Central Pole.
4. Install the new Central Pole.
5. Install the Steel cable (Refer to JOB CARD 1.2).

Checks.
SM-1201R9 333
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
JOB CARD 1.4: GAS SPRINGS SET REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
TOOLS: Stepladder
Nylon cap hammer
Wrench Set
PROCEDURE
The procedure explained below aims to show all the steps required for
dismounting an old Gas Spring and replace it with a new one.
Gas Springs
INJURY HAZARD! AT LEAST TWO SERVICE ENGINEERS

ARE REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THIS PROCEDURE. DUE TO
THE SUSPENSION AND RAILS HEAVY WEIGHT, THEY CAN
FALL DOWN, WHAT COULD CAUSE SERIOUS DAMAGES TO
EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL.
DURING THE WHOLE PROCEDURE TAKE CARE OF THE

CEILING SUSPENSION MOVEMENTS AS IT IS SWITCH OFF
AND SO, IT CAN MOVES FREELY, WHAT COULD CAUSE
SERIOUS DAMAGES TO THE PERSONNEL.
334 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
DO NOT REMOVE ALL GAS SPRING AT THE SAME TIME,

REMOVE AND REPLACE THEM ONE BY ONE OR JUST BY
PAIRS.
Note . All these Service Maintenance procedures can be carried out

without lifting down the Ceiling Suspension, except in those cases
that will be notified when necessary.

Covers.
3. Block the Telescopic Column in its higher position with the Fixing Pin, so
Gas Springs get totally opened.
Fixing Pin
4. If desired, put some stick tape in the Central Pole to fix the steel cable in
its correct position.
5. Loosen the fasteners of the pulleys steel cable just enough to release the
stress in the gas springs, 2 or 3 turns will be enough.
Loosen Fasteners
SM-1201R9 335
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
6. Loosen slightly the six nuts of the plate that supports the bottle end of the
gas springs to get enough gap to move the spring in later steps.
Loosen the Nuts
Loosen Fasteners
7. Loosen without removing the four nuts of the T-shaped piece that supports
the rod end of the gas springs. Get a small gap to allow removing the gas
spring.
8. Remove both gas spring holding nuts.
336 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
9. Hit slightly upwards the T-shaped piece and the Gas spring holding plate,
use a nylon cap hammer.
10. Push the rod of the Gas spring forwards so the rod goes ahead and below the
T-shaped piece in order to release the other end of the spring. Please, look
out not to scratch the surface of the rod with the border of the T-shaped piece.
Rod of the Gas Spring

passing down the T-Piece
Movement Direction
11. Finally remove the Gas springs end upwards and release the rod end by
moving the spring in the direction of the plate.
First move upwards
Release the Gas Spring
12. To mount a new Gas spring just follow this instructions in the opposite way.
In the mounting process look out when performing steps 3 and 4 not to
tighten too much the bolts (the pulleys must not be blocked).
13. Proceed to functional checking as indicated in Section 4. Functional Checks.
SM-1201R9 337
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
JOB CARD 1.5: VERTICAL POTENTIOMETER REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
TOOLS: Allen Set Keys

Scissors
Stepladder
PROCEDURE
Covers.
3. Disconnect the potentiometer cable, P/N S004142.
Potentiometer Steel Wire
Potentiometer Cable
4. Loosen both fixing screws.
338 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
5. Cut the cable which connects the Vertical Potentiometer to the bridge and
remove it.
6. Remove completely the Vertical Potentiometer assembly.

7. For mounting proceed in the opposite way as indicated in previous steps.
8. Pay attention that the Steel wire is always parallel to the Carriage Base
Plate, fix it with the screw and after turning the Bridge plate.

Checks.
SM-1201R9 339
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
JOB CARD 1.6: COMPACT FLASH REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
TOOLS: Allen Set Keys

Stepladder
PROCEDURE
Complete this instructions when required to change the Compact Flash that
contains the Ceiling Suspension software. This Compact Flash is mounted in
the SBC Wafer 9375, P/N S0024373.
1. Switch OFF the Ceiling Suspension.

Covers.
Illustration 8-3
PC Connectors and Compact Flash Position in Wafer PWA
Compact Flash
3. Disconnect all the cables of the Hose connected to the connectors of the
Ceiling Suspension PC.
4. Loosen and remove the screws that fix the PC to the Carriage.
340 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
5. Take out slightly the Connectors plate and both boards of the PC until it the
Compact Flash is accessible easily.
Illustration 8-4
Compact Flash
Compact Flash
Please be careful when getting out both boards of the PC, do

not get damaged any component or disconnected internally
both boards.
6. Replace the old Compact Flash.

7. Get back both boards and tix the connectors plate to the Carriage.
8. Connect all cables.
9. Switch ON the Ceiling Suspension.
Checks.
SM-1201R9 341
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
8.4 COLUMN & L-BLOCK SERVICE PROCEDURES
Indicated below with Job Card number the location of each Spare to be replace.
Illustration 8-5
Automatic Ceiling Suspension’s Column & L-Block Job Cards
Job Card 2.2
Job Card 2.5
Job Card 2.4
Job Card 2.6
Job Card 2.1
342 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Illustration 8-6
Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension’s Column & L-Block Job Cards
Job Card 2.2
Job Card 2.4

Job Card 2.4
Job Card 2.5
Job Card 2.3
Job Card 2.1
SM-1201R9 343
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
JOB CARD 2.1: ALPHA/BETA ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
SUBASSEMBLY: TELESCOPIC COLUMN & L-BLOCK
TOOLS: Stepladders
Nylon cap hammer
Wrench Set
Steel Blocking Rope
Optional Lifting Tool or threaded rods
PROCEDURE
2. Totally remove the Carriage Covers.
3. Remove L-Block Covers.
4. Get the Telescopic Column down to its lower position, as it is necessary to
remove the L-Block with the Console, tube and collimator safely.

must be extended to install easily the Steel Blocking Rope, which must not
be completely stretched.
Steel Rope
344 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
7. To identify properly the position of each cable, put a stuck of crepe paper
on each track of the cable which is not removed already.
PROCEED TO IDENTIFY CORRECTLY THE POSITION OF

THE STEEL CABLES, AS IT IS TOTALLY OBLIGATORY TO
KEEP INSTALLED EACH CABLE IN THEIR CORRECT
TRACKS, SO THEIR POSITIONS DO NOT GET MIXED.
8. Disconnect all the Hoses from the Ceiling Suspension Console and
L-Block. refer to Section 4.4 External Hose Installation to check the
9. Disassemble the Ceiling Suspension Console, Collimator, DAP Device and
X-ray Tube Support and place them in a secure place. Refer to Section 4.
Installation and next sections:
 Disassemble the Ceiling Suspension Console. Refer to Section 4.3.15.
Console Installation.
 Disassemble the DAP Device in case that it is installed. Refer to Section
4.3.14 DAP Device Installation.
 Disassemble the Collimator. Refer to Section 4.3.13 Collimator Installation.
 Disassemble the X-ray tube Support. Refer to Section 4.3.12 Tube Support
& X-ray Tube Installation.
Fixing Pin.
Fixing Pin
SM-1201R9 345
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
12. Remove the Gage Pin to free the Steel Rope.
13. Remove the L-Block.

14. Proceed in the opposite way to install the new L-Block.
Checks.
346 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
JOB CARD 2.2: TELESCOPIC COLUMN REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
TOOLS: Stepladders
Nylon cap hammer
Wrench Set
Steel Blocking Rope
PROCEDURE
1. Remove the L-Block (refer to JOB CARD 2.1).
2. Remove all the sticks and cables from the Column.
3. Dismount the telescopic column:
 Loosen the top bolts that fix the column to the Carriage.
Remove all the bolts
Remove all the cables
G Remove the Column with care due to the heavy weight. A lifting
tool can be optionally used.
G If desired, use threaded rods to get the Telescopic column down

safely.
4. Proceed in the opposite way to install the new column.

Checks.
SM-1201R9 347
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
JOB CARD 2.3: ALPHA/BETA MECHANICAL DETENTS REPLACEMENT

PROCEDURE
MODEL: Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension
TOOLS: Allen Keys set

PROCEDURE
Alpha Detent Beta Detent
1. The Ceiling Suspension must be switched ON.

2. Place the Ceiling Suspension Console at 0o in both axes, Beta and Alpha.
IT IS MANDATORY TO GET THE CEILING SUSPENSION AT

0O IN BOTH AXES, ALPHA AND BETA, SO ONCE THE NEW
DETENTS ARE INSTALLED, IT WILL NOT BE NECESSARY
TO ADJUST THEM. THEY ARE INSTALLED AT 0O POSITION.
3. Remove the Detent Covers. In case of the Alpha Detent, it will be necessary
to remove the Alpha Covers.
4. Remove first all the sheets of the Detent, so loosen completely both fixing
screws and remove the Rails.
5. Loosen and remove the bottom Washer of the Eccentric Detent.
Loosen and remove first

Loosen and remove
348 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
6. Loosen and remove the upper screw, which fixes the Eccentric Detent.
BETA
Loosen the screw
ALPHA
7. Remove the Eccentric Detent.

8. Install the new Detent.
ALPHA BETA
9. First install the Eccentric detent. Check that the Rolling Guide fits into the
housing.
10. Tighten the upper screw.

11. Tighten the Bottom washer Once the position is the correct one, tighten
totally the washer.
SM-1201R9 349
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
JOB CARD 2.4: ALPHA/BETA POTENTIOMETERS REPLACEMENT

PROCEDURE

PROCEDURE
2. Before proceeding with the Potentiometer Gear disassembly, it is
recommendable to locate the Ceiling Suspension in its very center of every
axis, but specially mandatory with the Angulation. Check the previously
configured travels.
3. Get the Alpha/Beta Covers out.
4. Remove the Potentiometer Pinion from the Potentiometer Gear. It is
recommendable not to get it damaged when the Gear is disassembled.
5. Loosen the four screws which fix the Potentiometer Gear to the Brake.
350 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
6. Disconnect the Potentiometer.
7. Loosen the Head Shoulder Screw with an Allen #5.
8. Remove the Potentiometer Support from its housing and, with it, the
Potentiometer. Install the new Potentiometer, just fit it into the housing and
tighten the Head Shoulder Screw.
SM-1201R9 351
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
9. Remember that it is necessary to adjust the new potentiometer, so set it to

5 turns of 10.
10. Install the new Potentiometer’s Gear, fit it with the Pinion of the
Potentiometer.
11. Install the Covers.

Checks.
352 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
JOB CARD 2.5: GAGE REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE

Steel Blocking Rope, provided with this spare part
PROCEDURE
2. Totally remove the Carriage Covers.
4. Get the Telescopic Column down to its lower position.
Steel Rope

SM-1201R9 353
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
7. Disconnect all the Hoses from the Ceiling Suspension.

X-ray Tube Support and place them in a secure place. Refer to next
sections:
G Disassemble the Ceiling Suspension Control Console. Refer to
Section 1.17.
G Disassemble the Collimator. Refer to Section 1.16.
G Disassemble the X-ray tube Support. Refer to Section

Section1.15.5.
Fixing Pin.
Fixing Pin

TRACK, SO THEIR POSITIONS DO NOT GET MIXED.
354 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
12. Disconnect the Gage.
13. Remove the Connector.

14. Remove the old Gage Cable.
SM-1201R9 355
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
15. Remove the old Gage.

16. Install the new Gage.
17. Introduce the Gage Cable through the Beta Gear. Take care the cable does
not get damaged.
18. Install the new connector .

Checks.
356 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
JOB CARD 2.6: BETA AXIS FRAMEWORK REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
MODEL: Automatic & Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension
TOOLS: Stepladders
Nylon cap hammer
Wrench Set
Steel Blocking Rope
PROCEDURE
2. Remove Totally the Carriage Covers.
4. Get the Telescopic Column down to its lower position, as it is necessary to
remove the L-Block together with the Console, Tube and Collimator safely.

Steel Rope
SM-1201R9 357
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
7. To identify properly the position of each cable, put a stuck of crepe paper
on each track of the cable which is not removed already.

TRACKS, SO THEIR POSITIONS DO NOT GET MIXED.
8. Disconnect all the Hoses from the Ceiling Suspension Console and
L-Block. Refer to Section 1.18 External Hose Installation to check the
X--ray Tube Support and place them in a secure place. Refer to Section 1.
Installation.
-- Disassemble the Ceiling Suspension Console. Refer to Section
1.17 Control Console Installation.
-- Disassemble the Collimator. Refer to Section 1.16 Collimator
Installation.
-- Disassemble the X-ray Tube Support. Refer to Section
1.15.5 X-ray Tube Installation.
Fixing Pin.
Fixing Pin
358 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual

13. Remove the L-Block.
14. With the complete L-Block dismounted, the Beta movement assembly has
to be disconnected from the Alpha --4 screws-- having two different parts.
Any electrical connection between the two blocks must be disconnected.
ANY ELECTRICAL CONNECTION MUST BE

DISCONNECTED.
15. The motor assembly and the PCB’s have to be removed from the old Beta
axis assembly.
Motor
Mechanical End-stop
Belt
SM-1201R9 359
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
16. The motor assembly has to be mounted in the new Beta movement
assembly by adjusting the screws and the belt has to be correctly tightened.
17. The eccentric wheel for the belt and the mechanical end--stop have to be
mounted in the new Beta movement assembly.
18. The PCB’s have to be mounted in the new L-Block and any additional extra
weight sheet that it might be (whether exists).
19. By going in the opposite way everything must be assembled (L-Block, tube,
collimator, hose, covers...)
20. Proceed in the opposite way to install the new L-- Block.
Checks.
360 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
8.5 RAILS SYSTEM PROCEDURES
Illustration 8-7
Rails System Job Cards
Job Card 3.1
Job Card 3.2
SM-1201R9 361
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
JOB CARD 3.1: TRANSVERSAL BRAKE REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
SUBASSEMBLY: RAILS SYSTEM

Stepladders
PROCEDURE
Note . Refer to Section 1.14 for the replacement of the Longitudinal Brake.

2. Disconnect the Transversal Brake cable.
3. Loosen completely both fixing screws from the bridge.
4. Remove carefully the old Transversal Brake.
5. Follow the previous instructions backwards to install the new Brake.

362 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
JOB CARD 3.2: NYLON WHEEL REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
SUBASSEMBLY: RAILS SYSTEM
TOOLS: Optional Elevation Kit or any other Lifting tool

PROCEDURE
2. Disconnect the Longitudinal Potentiometer, Brake and all Ceiling
Suspension’s Cables.
3. Dismount all Hose brackets and remove the Hose from the suspension.
4. Dismount the Collimator. Refer to Section 1.16.
5. Dismount the X-ray Tube Support as indicated in Section 1.15.5. Proceed
in the opposite way as indicated in this section.
6. Dismount the Cover of the Longitudinal Poles Set and the Pole Set.
7. Loosen completely the Transversal Rails Fixations.
8. Lift the Ceiling Suspension down totally. The optional Elevation Kit can be
used. Refer to Section 1.10.
9. Place the Ceiling Suspension in a supporting structure to maintain it save
from any damage.
DUE TO SECURITY REASONS IT IS ABSOLUTELY

NECESSARY TO LOWER THE SUSPENSION TO AVOID ANY
RISK FOR SERVICEMEN AND EQUIPMENT.
10. Remove the Transversal Rails from the Carriage.

11. Once it has been lifted down, proceed to loosen the Wheel axis from the
bearing.
12. Completely remove the wheel.

13. Follow the previous instruction backwards to install the new wheel.
SM-1201R9 363
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
8.6 HOSE & CABLES PROCEDURES
JOB CARD 4.1: AC POWER SUPPLY CABLE REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE
SUBASSEMBLY: HOSE & CABLES
MODEL: Standard and Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension
TOOLS: Stepladder
Mask Tape
Tie Wraps
PERSONNEL : 1 Service Engineer required
PROCEDURE
The Ceiling Suspension is power supplied in the Room Electrical Cabinet by the
AC Power Supply Cable P/N S0021454, which is routed within the Hose.
1. Open Carriage Covers

2. Disconnect the Power Line from the Fuse Holder.
3. Disconnect the AC Power Supply Cable from the Room Electrical Cabinet.
364 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
4. Open Wall Support.

5. Remove the old AC Power Supply Cable from the Cable Duct up to the Wall
Support.
6. To remove the old AC Power Supply Cable and route the new one, open
all the Hose fixation brackets to Transversal Rails, to Carriage. It is not
necessary to remove them from the Ceiling Suspension.
7. Loosen both fixation screws of the Bracket covers and remove it.
SM-1201R9 365
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
8. Cut all Tie Wraps that fix all the Cables of the Hose in the brackets.
When replacing any Cable of the Hose, it is very important to

fix them properly and especially to respect the mandatory
distances between the Fixation Brackets. But also to not
blend them. Replace the Cable as carefully as possible.
TUBULAR HOSE
Hose Fixation Hose Fixation Hose Fixation Hose Fixation
to Transversal Rails to Carriage to L-block to Tube
8000 mm 2600 mm * 1260 mm
Wall 500 mm 49.6”
314.9” 102.3”
Support
19.6”
Hose Fixation
Springs
VELCRO HOSE
Hose Fixation Hose Fixation
to Transversal Rails Hose Fixation
to Carriage to Tube
Hose Fixation
8000 mm 2600 mm * 2150 mm * 600 mm
to L-block
Wall 84.6” 23.6”
314.9” 102.3”
Support
Note . Remember that it is not required to remove the complete Hose

from the Ceiling Suspension to replace just one Cable. Use the old
cable as a guide to route the new one.
9. Fix the new cable plug end to the external connectors of the old one, use
a mask tape.
10. Carefully pull out the old cable from the Hose Fixation to Transversal Rails,
at the same time the new AC Power Supply cable is routed replacing the
old one. Try to route it in the same position of the replaced cable.
11. Pull the old cable from the Hose Fixation to Carriage until the new cable is
completely routed and old one removed.
12. Check the distance from the Fixation to Carriage to Fuse, it must be 700
mm (27.56”) . Refer to Section 1.20 Electrical Connections and Routing.
13. Fix the cables with new tie wraps.
14. Connect the new Power Line Cable. Check if the Suspension powers ON.
366 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
SECTION 9 RENEWAL PARTS
This document contains the list of Renewal Parts concerning all the Ceiling
Suspension models. These Renewal Parts are grouped in five main areas:
A. Rails System and Longitudinal/Transversal Movement
B. Carriage
C. Telescopic Column & L-block
D. Console & Collimator
E. Cables & Hoses
E
A
B
The following table identifies and explains the different elements that constitute
the renewal Parts tables found in the following Sections:
ITEM Each renewal Part number in the illustrations.
DESCRIPTION Name or brief description of the item.
P/N Product’s identification number.
QTY. Quantity per system.
REMARKS Notes related to the item.
SM-1201R9 367
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
A. RAILS SYSTEM & LONGITUDINAL/TRANSVERSAL MOVEMENT
ITEM DESCRIPTION P/N QTY

QTY. REMARKS
A1 SHIMS SET A527002-01 1
A2 KIT MECHANICAL DETENT FOR NOVA A527005-01 1
A3 LONGITUDINAL DETENT (X) RS0007636 1 Only for Auto-tracking
A4 TRANSVERSAL DETENT (Y) RS0007642 1 Only for Auto-tracking
A5 DETENT MARKER RS0013552 1 Only for Auto-tracking
A6 CENTER & SID MARKS ASSY RS0016137 1 Only for Auto-tracking
LONGITUDINAL BELT RS0020135 1

A7*
TRANSVERSAL BELT RS0022488 1
A8 CABLE RAIL SET FOR TUBULAR HOSE RS0022010 1 Hose Fixation Kit
A9 CARRIAGE FOR CABLE RAIL RS0022015 3
A10 CABLE RAIL RS0022413 1
LONGITUDINAL RAILS 6000 mm RS0019675 1
A11 LONGITUDINAL RAILS 4679 mm RS0019678 1
TRANSVERSAL RAILS 3500 mm RS0018234 1

A12
A13 END STOP RAILS ASSEMBLY RS0023358 1
A14 TRANSVERSAL HOSE CLAMP SLIDE ASSEMBLY SAT--A11138--01 1 Optional
368 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Automatic Ceiling Suspension

A1 A13
A7
A12
A24
A13
A7 A11
Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension

A1
A13
A3
A7
A6
A5
A4
A12
A13
A11
A7
A3 A4
A2
A6
A5
A10
A8 A14
A9
SM-1201R9 369
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
ITEM DESCRIPTION P/N QTY

QTY. REMARKS
A15 BEARING SET RS0004000 1
A16 FIX BEARING GUIDE ASSY RS0009431 4
A17 ADJUST. BEARING GUIDE ASSY RS0009434 4
A18 LONGITUDINAL BRAKE EXTENSION CABLE RS0012539 1
A19 SPARE BELT KIT RS0014895 1
A20 LONGITUDINAL BRAKE RS0016937 1
A21 TRANSVERSAL BRAKE RS0016938 1
A22 NYLON WHEEL RS0017508 8
A23 LONGITUDINAL/TRANSVERSAL POWER CONTROL PWA RS0021686 1 Only for Automatic
A24 X&Y POTENTIOMETER ASSEMBLY RS0019993 2 Only for Automatic
A25 NOVA X&Y DRIVE RS0020124 1 Only for Automatic
A26 X&Y CLUTCH RS0020136 1 Only for Automatic
A27 X&Y TACHOMETER RS0020138 2 Only for Automatic
A28 LONG MOTOR COVER (X) RS0022507 1 Only for Automatic
A29 LONGITUDINAL POTENTIOMETER X RS0023450 1 Only for Auto-tracking
A30 TRANSVERSAL POTENTIOMETER (Y) MANUAL RS0023478 1 Only for Auto-tracking
A31 LONGITUDINAL POTENTIOMETER CABLE FOR NOVA RS0004242 1 Only for Auto-tracking
A32 TRANSVERSAL (Y) MOTOR CABLE RS0012515 1 Automatic System
370 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Automatic Longitudinal & Transversal Movement
A22 A22
A17
A21 A16
A22
A17
A15 A22
A22 A15 A16
A17
A20 A22
A15 A16
A22
A22 A16
A17 A25
A19
A28
A25
A27
A24
A24
Auto-tracking Longitudinal & Transversal Movement

A22
A22
A17 A16
A21
A22
A17 A29
A22
A15
A16
A15
A22
A17
A22
A16
A20
A15
A22
A22 A16
A30
A17
SM-1201R9 371
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
A15
A16
A17
A20
A21
A22
A23
372 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
A24 A25
A26 A27
A28
A29
A30
SM-1201R9 373
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
B. CARRIAGE
ITEM DESCRIPTION P/N QTY. REMARKS
B1 FAN-SBC RS0003091 1
B2 RELAY-600 V DC, 25 AMP RS0003597 1/2
B3 MEDICAL POWER 40W RS0005175 1/2
B4 VERTICAL MOTOR (Z) RS0004355 1
B5 DETECTOR STEEL CABLE BROKEN RS0005577 1
B6 GAS SPRING LINEAR GUIDE & BLOCK RS0006218 1
B7 CABLE BRAKE DETECTOR ASSEMBLY RS0007064 1
B8 UPPER COVER STANDARD RS0008310 1
B9 INPUT FILTER RS0009894 1
B10 WAFER CABLE PS RS0012509 1
B11 VERTICAL (Z) TACHOMETER RS0014489 1
B12 VERTICAL POTENTIOMETER (Z) RS0014490 1
B13 SPARE BELT KIT RS0014895 1 Refer to A15 Renewal Part
B14 METALLIC BOX CABLES SET RS0016038 1
B15 COMPACT FLASH WITH SOFTWARE RS0017685 1
B16 CENTRAL PULLEY RS0018784 1
B17 STEEL ROPE BLOCK RS0020777 1
This Renewal Part includes

B18 Z-BRAKE MOTOR KIT RS0023530 1
the S0023459 PWA.
B19 EMERGENCY SWITCH LINK FOR WS & TABLE RS0023733 1
B20 PWA PC104 TO I2C W CAN RS0023928 1 Electronic Board.
GAS SPRING 1200/1300N SET A527001-01 1
GAS SPRING 1100N SET RS0024148 1 Each Gas Springs Set

consists
i t off four
f units.
it It iis
B21 GAS SPRING 1200N SET RS0024160 1 mandatory y to replace
p all the
units
it for
f a correctt operation
ti off
GAS SPRING 1100/1200N SET RS0024161 1 the equipment
q p
GAS SPRING 1300N SET RS0025368 1
B22 SBC WAFER 9375 PLUS PC104 TO I2C W CAN RS0024159 1
B23 GAS SPRING COVER RS0024238 1
B24 SBC WAFER 9375 RS0024373 1
B25 ADAPTER POWER SUPPLY WAFER NOVA PWA RS0025611 1 Electronic Board.
B26 STEEL CABLE WITH TENSOR RS0025341 1
374 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
B27 CABLE I2C LONGITUDINAL (X) RS0012160 1 Only for Automatic
B28 CABLE POWER LONGITUDINAL (X) RS0012258 1 Only for Automatic
Electronic Board.
B29 AUTOM. VERTICAL POWER CONTROL RS0016026 1
Only for Automatic
Electronic Board.
B30 PBA OTC INTERFACE RS0025185 1
Only for Auto-tracking
Electronic Board.
B31 BUZZER PWA RS0025193 1
Only for Auto-tracking
POWER SUPPLY 600W/24V SAT-53418038 1
B32 It includes also the Power

POWER SUPPLY 600W/24V RS0003905 1 Supply Support and Steel
Cable Broken Detector Cable
B33 STEEL CABLE POLE SET MOBILE A527028-01 1
B34 PS WAFER SUPPLY CABLE A15071-01 1
B35 PC104 SUPPLY CABLE (EXTERNAL PS) A15072-01 1
SM-1201R9 375
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
B23
B7
B5
B16 B21
B26
B21
B33
B6
B12 B11 B4
B33 B13
B32
B1
B8
376 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
B9
B18
B3
B32
B2 B1
B29
B3 B1 B2 B1
B32
B29
B30
B24 B9
B20
B15
B24
B20
SM-1201R9 377
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
B1 B2 B3
B4 B5 B6
B7 B9 B10
B11 B12 B13
B30
B15 B16 B17
378 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
B18 B20
B21
B22 B24 B25
B26 B29 B30
B31 B32
B33
SM-1201R9 379
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
C. TELESCOPIC COLUMN & L-BLOCK
C1 LOAD CELL 300 KG (GAGE) RS0003913 1
C2 GAGE PWA RS0017517 1 Electronic Board
C3 ALPHA-BETA END STOP ASSEMBLY RS0022801 2
C4 BETA FRAMEWORK A527027--01 1
C5 ALPHA FRAMEWORK RS0023174 1
C6 COUNTERWEIGHTS ASSEMBLY RS0023175 1
ALPHA BRAKE RS0023176 1

C7
BETA BRAKE RS0023228 1
C8 ALPHA-BETA COVERS RS0024151 1
C9 TELESCOPE RS0006100_LB 1 Telescopic Column
C10 ALPHA-BETA MAIN PULLEY RS0021968 2 Only for Automatic
C11 ALPHA-BETA DRIVING PULLEY RS0021969 2 Only for Automatic
C12 ALPHA-BETA BELT RS0021970 2 Only for Automatic
C13 L-BLOCK AUT W/SENSING RS0022701 1 Only for Automatic
C14 ALPHA-BETA BELT TENSOR RS0022800 2 Only for Automatic
ALPHA POTENTIOMETER RS0024367 1 Only for Automatic

C15
BETA POTENTIOMETER RS0024424 1 Only for Automatic
C16 ALPHA MOTOR ASSEMBLY RS0024511 1 Only for Automatic
C17 BETA DETENT RS0023238 1 Only for Auto-tracking
C18 ALPHA DETENT RS0023239 1 Only for Auto-tracking
C19 ALPHA POTENTIOMETER ST/AT RS0024586 1 Only for Auto-tracking
Electronic Board.
C20 ALPHA-BETA CONTROL PWA SAT-A3668-01 1
Only for Automatic
Electronic Board.
C21 ALPHA-BETA POWER PWA SAT-A3668-01 1
Only for Automatic
380 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
Automatic Ceiling Suspension L-Block

C13
C10 C7
C5
C14
C1
C3
C1
C11
C15
C16
C6
C7
C4
C2
C10
C16 C14 C11

C3 C20 C20
C21 C15
C21
Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension L-Block
C13
C7
C5
C1
C1 C3
C19 C18
C17
C6
C4
C7
C7
C3 C2
C19
C19
SM-1201R9 381
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
C1 C2 C3
C4
C5 C6
C7 C8 C9
C10 C11 C12
382 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
C14 C15
C16 C17
C18
C19
C20 C21
SM-1201R9 383
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
D. CONSOLE AND COLLIMATOR
TUBE SUPPORT FOR VARIAN B130 SAT-A11103-01 1
TUBE SUPPORT FOR TOSHIBA E7252 SAT-A11108-01 1

D1
D2 UNIVERSAL TUBE SUPPORT SAT-A11113-01 1 Compatible with no standard tubes
D3 RED BUTTON RS0024860 1 Only for Automatic
D1
D3
D2
384 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
D4 NOVA FA/AT+TFT CONSOLE COMPLETE A527006-01 1
D4.1 CONSOLE WHEEL COLOR A527008-XXX 1
D4.2 NOVA CONSOLE OVERLAY A527009-01 1
D4.3 NOVA FA/AT+TFT CONSOLE CHASSIS A527011-01 1
D4.4 TFT WITH TOUCH PANEL RS0015110 1
D4.5 INTERFACE PWA RS0022644 1
D4
D4.1
D4.1
D4.2
D4.3
D4.5 D4.4 D4.3 D4.2
D4.1 D4.2
D4.4
SM-1201R9 385
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
XX= 35 with DAP

XX= 41 laser and Bus Can
D5 AUTOMATIC COLLIMATOR SAT-6693-XX 1
XX= 42 with laser, Bus Can and Filter
XX= 43 with DAP and motorized Filter
D5.1 LASER A525147-01 1
D5.2 POWER LED A525157-01 1
D5.3 KNOB A525158-01 1
D5.4 FRONT PANEL A525149-01 1 For collimator 6693-35 and 6693-41
D5.5 RSR 008 PCB A525145-01 1
D5.6 RETRACTABLE TAPE A525150-01 1
D5.7 TIMER A525159-01 1
D6 DAP ION CHAMBER HS 120-131 CAN SAT-6695-55 1
DETECTOR OF THE COLLIMATOR

D7 RS0024843 1 Only for Automatic
ROTATION
D7
D5.2
D5.7
D5.6
D5.1 D5.5
D5.4
D5.3
D6
386 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
ITEM DESCRIPTION REFERENCE QTY REMARKS
XX= 04L with LED

XX= 04LUSA with LED (FDA)
D5 MANUAL COLLIMATOR SAT--6693--XX 1
XX= 09LFUSA with Setting Filter & Laser (FDA)
XX= 09LUSA with Laser
D5.8 KNOB A525023--01 1
D5.9 POWER LED A525157--01 1
D5.10 FRONT PANEL A525322--01 1
D5.11 RETRACTABLE TAPE A525320--01 1
D5.12 TIMER A525159--01 1
D5.13 LASER A525147--01 1
D6 DAP ION CHAMBER SAT-6695--55 1 Optional
D5.11
D5.12
D5.9
D5.8
D5.10
D5.13
D6
SM-1201R9 387
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
E. CABLES & HOSES
E1 HOSE WALL SUPPORT RS0004845 1
AUTOMATIC HOSE CABLES SET RS0024165 1 It includes mandatory cables

E2
AUTO-TRACKING HOSE CABLES SET RS0024871 1 It includes mandatory cables
E3 CABLES SUPPORT FOR TUBULAR HOSE RS0024171 1
E4 TUBULAR HOSE W/ROTATION TUNNEL ALPHA RS0024136 1
RS0009504_5 3 5 m Hose Tubular Cover

E5 HOSE CABLE
R225DACS COLL. SYSTEM w/CANBUS CONTROL

E6 A15070-01 1 Automatic Collimation
CABLE
E7 AC POWER SUPPLY CABLE S0021454 1
E3
E1
E5
388 SM-1201R9
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
SECTION 10 SCHEMATICS
This documents contains the schematics for the assemblies that make up the
Ceiling Suspension. Schematics are arranged in alpha-numeric order, but the
General Connections Schematics which are first.
P/N PWA SCH DESCRIPTION
WIRING DIAGRAMS
S0024599 -- L AUTOMATIC WIRING DIAGRAM
S0024600 -- E AUTO-TRACKING WIRING DIAGRAM
DEAD MAN BUTTON WIRING

S0024093 2 2
(or Automatic Positioning Control Box. Automatic Ceiling Suspension)
54302183 -- C AUTOCOLLIMATION RALCO R302/225DACS CAN WITH OTC SYSTEMS
INTERFACE TABLE, WALL STAND, VARIAN 4343 DR &

54303003 -- C
AUTOMATIC/AUTO-TRACKING CEILING SUSPENSION
COMMON PWA
S0017517 1 1 GAGE PWA
S0020515 0 0 OMNI KEYBOARD PWA
S0023459 1 1 BRAKE MOTOR PWA
S0023928 0 0 PC104 4 BUSES I2C & CAN PWA
AUTOMATIC CEILING SUSPENSION
S0016026 B B OTC VERTICAL POWER CONTROL PWA
S0016027 A A OTC LONGITUDINAL/TRANSVERSAL POWER CONTROL PWA
S0021686 C C OTC LONG W/TOMO POWER & CONTROL PWA
S0022644 1 0 CONSOLE INTERFACE PWA
S0023530 1 1 Z BRAKE MOTOR KIT & SAFETY CABLE BROKEN DETECTION
S0025611 B B ADAPTER POWER SUPPLY WAFER NOVA PWA
A3668-01 A A ALPHA/BETA CONTROL PWA
A3669-01 B B ALPHA-BETA POWER PWA
SM-1201R9 389
Ceiling Suspension
Service Manual
P/N PWA SCH DESCRIPTION
SEMI-AUTOMATIC CEILING SUSPENSION
S0025184 C C PBA OTC AT-TFT VERTICAL POWER & CONTROL
S0025185 D D OTC AT-TFT INTERFACE PWA
S0025193 A A BUZZER AT-TFT PWA
390 SM-1201R9
A B C D E
Anode Cable (6680-XX)

AUTOMATIC
Generator TS2
X-RAY
CEILING SUSPENSION
Cathode Cable (6680-XX)
Cabinet TS2 TUBE Power Cable
600W Line (S0021454)
Stator Cable (A7014-XX)
TS2 Power Filter
(or Stator Cable A3052-XX
or Stator Cable A7015-XX for second tube) Supply
4
Collimator 4
Hand Ground Cable

Switch COM2
(S0005341)
PC INTERFACE RS232 Cable COM3
BOX (A6509-40) (S0021936)

Note.- See drawing I/F-213
for signals interconnection.
Handswitch Cable
(A3223-15)
RS232 Adapter RS232 Cable COMPUTER
J2
(S0025620) (S0021936)
Panel interface Interface Box Cable

3
COM1 COM1 3
(A3352-XX)
J5 J1
Interface
J3 Box-Computer Cable (A3363-01)
J1/J2
NOT CONNECTED
WALL STAND
Ground Cable (S0004299)
2 * AEC Cable AEC 230 VAC 2

IC Ground Cable (A6383-02)
chamber Power Cable (S0002176)
J4
AEC Adaptation
Board (A3263-03)
See "Ion Chamber Configuration"
in the Generator Service Manual ELEVATING TABLE
for AEC Cables connections.
JP17
* AEC Cable
IC AEC
chamber MAINS Power Cable (S0002057)
INPUT JP12 230 VAC
Room
Ground Cable (S0008719)
Cabinet
MAINS (Phase + Ground) MAINS (Phase + Ground)

1 1
(Room Configuration)
NAME DATE SHEET / OF
DRAWING S.PEREZ 02/08/11 54303003
MAGONZALEZ 02/08/11
1/5
REVISED C B A REV
C NC 12/0281 Sonia Pérez 02/07/12
* Note: AEC is optional. B NC 12/038 Sonia Pérez 31/01/12
TABLE & WS & Varian AGFA System
A3253-XX cable (-XX depends on available length) A NC 11/275 Sonia Pérez 05/09/11 SEDECAL (W/AUTO SUSPENSION Models)
REV DESCRIPTION ISSUED BY DATE
A B C D E
A B C D E
* Ethernet Cable (S0025659-06)
AUTOMATIC
CEILING
4
SUSPENSION Table Wall Stand 4
RS232 Cable Fixed Detector Fixed Detector

COM3 (S0021936) Detector Detector
Assembly Assembly
COM2 Ethernet Ethernet
RS232 Cable
(S0021936) Varian Interface X-ray Control
Varian Interface X-ray Control
Board (pag 3) Board (pag 3)
DC Power DC Power
Ethernet 2 Ethernet 1
** Slot
**DC power
**DC power Detector Detector
Cable
RS232 Adapter Cable Power Supply Power Supply
(S0025620)
PC INTERFACE BOX DC Power DC Power
COM1 COM1
(A6509-40) 230 VAC & GND 230 VAC & GND
Handswitch
3 Note.- See drawing I/F-213 A8551-01 Cable A8552-01 Cable 3
for signals interconnection. Interface FAN FAN

FAN Module FAN Module
Box-Computer COMPUTER /Docking /Docking
Cable (A3363-01)
J1/J2
Handswitch J3
Not
Cable Connected
(A3223-15) 230 VAC
J2 J1 & GND
MAINS
Interface
X-Ray Generator Box Cable
Cabinet (A3352-XX)
2 2
Interface J5
Panel
Table Interface
Varian Interface * Varian Cable (A7288-07)
J1
Board #1
* Power Supply Cable (A9788-08)

5TS1
Locks Board
24V Table Fan Cable (A8550-06)
TB7
Wstand Interface Varian InterfaceJ1 * Varian Cable (A7288-07)

Board #2

5TS1
1 1
Locks Board FIXED VARIAN DETECTOR ROOM WIRING
24V Wstand Fan Cable (A8586-06)
TB7 (Detector Room Wiring)
DRAWING S.PEREZ 02/08/11 54303003
MAGONZALEZ 02/08/11
2/5
REVISED C B A REV
* Cable lenghts 23 m by default. C NC 12/0281 Sonia Pérez 02/07/12
** Item supplied by Varian B NC 12/038 Sonia Pérez 31/01/12
A NC 11/275 Sonia Pérez 05/09/11 SEDECAL (W/AUTO SUSPENSION Models)
A B C D E
A B C D E
VARIAN INTERFACE BOARD D1 1N4007

GENERATOR CABINET
(A3610-03) 2 U1
TABLE Fixed Detector Assembly Out In 3
C2 Adjust INTERFACE CONTROL BOARD
A3662-01 VARIAN J1
VARIAN Adapter R3 R4 10uF R2 + 24 Vdc delayed
Cable (A7288-07) 510 510 243 1 LM317T
Cable (A8580-XX) Varian Interface Board EXP _REQ_P 25V C1
J5
3 + 24 Vdc
10uF
X-ray 1 DETECTOR HARNESS + 24 Vdc delayed
DETECTOR
EXP_REQ_N R1 50V 2
Control (Optocoupler 4 2K1 (A6343-121)
4 J1 4
Signals) J2 Note: Only for one detector
+ 5 V dc use A6343-120 harness. K3 K3 BU CKY EXP
9
J2
TS1 J4
K1 D2
K1 1 K5
EXP OSE 1-14 7-8 RAD R QST (Bucky Motion)
2 5 11 + 24 Vdc
OK _N
6
PREP ( Ready)
U S E R G ND 6 53 K5
5 EXP (Buc ky drive)
4 4 8 K5
PREP_P
1
BUCKY 1 DR C MD
PREP _N
2
GND
3 2 9
Detector GND
5 6
Power Supply
Power Supply
DC P ower Cable (A9788-08) 0 VAC
J2-9 of the ATP-CONSOLE board
C able 5TS1-1
AC 230 VAC 5TS1-2

3 Power DC IN 3
OUT 5TS1-3
EARTH
24VFan Table
24 VFan Table Cable A8551-01 Cable A8550-06 0VDC
FAN Fan 2 2 TB7-6 Locks Board
+24VDC
MODULE 1 1 TB7-5 Locks Board
Fan
K4
Wall Stand Fixed Detector Assembly (A3610-03) 2 U1
Out In 3
A3662-01 C2 Adjust INTERFACE CONTROL BOARD
VARIAN Adapter VARIAN J1
R3 R4 R2
Cable (A8580-XX) Varian Interface Board Cable (A7288-07) 510 510
10uF
243 1 LM317T
EXP _REQ_P 25V C1
3 + 24 Vdc
10uF
X-ray (Optocoupler
DETECTOR
EXP_REQ_N R1 50V
Control J1 4
Signals) J2 2K1
2 2
+ 5 V dc K3 K3 BU CKY EXP
9
J2
TS1 J4
K1 D2
K1 1 K4
2 12 10 + 24 Vdc
OK _N
6
U S E R G ND 6 K4
4 11 7 K4
PREP_P
1
BUCKY 2 DR C MD
PREP _N
2
GND
3 9 9
Detector GND
5 13
Power Supply
Power Supply
DC P ower Cable (A9788-08) 0 VAC
C able 5TS1-4
AC 230 VAC 5TS1-5

1 Power DC IN 1
OUT
EARTH 5TS1-6
FIXED VARIAN DETECTOR WIRING
(Detector Wiring)
24VFan Table
24 VFan Table Cable A8552-01 Cable A8586-06
FAN Fan 2 2
0VDC TB7-8Locks Board DRAWING S.PEREZ 02/08/11 54303003
MAGONZALEZ 02/08/11
3/5
+24VDC REVISED C B A REV
MODULE 1 1 TB7-7 Locks Board
C NC 12/0281 Sonia Pérez 02/07/12
B NC 12/038 Sonia Pérez 31/01/12
Fan
A B C D E
A B C D E
* Cable lenghts 23 m by default.
AUTOMATIC
CEILING
SUSPENSION Table Wall Stand
4 4
RS232 Cable Portable Detector

COM3 (S0021936) Portable Detector Detector
* Ethernet Cable Detector Assembly
COM2 (S0025659-06) Assembly
RS232 Cable
(S0021936)
Ethernet 2 Ethernet 1
** Detector Cable ** Detector Cable

** Slot
RS232 Adapter
(S0025620) Detector Cable Detector Cable
PC INTERFACE BOX COM1
COM1
(A6509-40) PowerBox PowerBox
Handswitch
Note.- See drawing I/F-213 Ethernet Ethernet
3 for signals interconnection. Interface 3
COMPUTER X-ray Control X-ray Control

Box-Computer
Cable (A3363-01) 230 VAC & GND 230 VAC & GND
J1/J2
Handswitch J3
Not
Cable Connected
(A3223-15) 230 VAC
J2 J1 & GND
MAINS
Interface
X-Ray Generator Box Cable
Cabinet (A3352-XX)
2 2
Interface J5
Panel
Table Interface
Varian Interface * Varian Cable (A7288-07)
J1
Board #1

5TS1
Wstand Interface * Varian Cable (A7288-07)

Varian Interface J1
Board #2
5TS1
1 PORTABLE VARIAN DETECTOR ROOM WIRING 1
(Detector Room Wiring)

DRAWING S.PEREZ 02/08/11 54303003
MAGONZALEZ 02/08/11
4/5
* Cable lenghts 23 m by default. REVISED C B A REV
C NC 12/0281 Sonia Pérez 02/07/12
** Item supplied by Varian
B NC 12/038 Sonia Pérez 31/01/12
A B C D E
A B C D E
K4
BUCKY 2 DR C MD

GENERATOR CABINET
(A3610-03) 2 U1
Out In 3
TABLE Portable Detector Assembly C2 Adjust INTERFACE CONTROL BOARD
J1
VARIAN R3 R4 10uF R2 + 24 Vdc delayed
510 510 243 1 LM317T
Cable (A7288-07) 25V J5
EXP _REQ_P C1
3 + 24 Vdc
10uF
X-ray 1 DETECTOR HARNESS + 24 Vdc delayed
DETECTOR
EXP_REQ_N R1 50V 2
Control 4 2K1 (A6343-121)
4 Note: Only for one detector 4
+ 5 V dc use A6343-120 harness. K3 K3 BU CKY EXP
9
J2
TS1 J4
K1 D2
K1 1 K5
POWER BOX
2 5 11 + 24 Vdc
OK _N
6
PREP ( Ready)
U S E R G ND 6 53 K5
4 4 8 K5
PREP_P
1
BUCKY 1 DR C MD
PREP _N
2
Detector GND
3 2 9
C able GND
Detector 5 6
Cable Power Supply
Cable (A9788-08) 0 VAC
J2-9 of the ATP-CONSOLE board
5TS1-1
AC 230 VAC 5TS1-2

IN
3 3
EARTH 5TS1-3

(A3610-03) 2 U1
Out In 3
Wall Stand Portable Detector Assembly C2 Adjust INTERFACE CONTROL BOARD
J1
VARIAN R3 R4 10uF R2
510 510 243 1 LM317T
Cable (A7288-07) EXP _REQ_P 25V C1
3 + 24 Vdc
10uF
X-ray
DETECTOR
EXP_REQ_N R1 50V
Control 4 2K1
2 2
+ 5 V dc K3 K3 BU CKY EXP
9
J2
TS1 J4
K1 D2
K1 1 K4
POWER BOX
2 12 10 + 24 Vdc
OK _N
6
U S E R G ND 6 K4
4 11 7 K4
PREP_P
1
BUCKY 2 DR C MD
PREP _N
2
Detector GND
3 9 9
C able GND
Detector 5 13
Cable Power Supply
Cable (A9788-08) 0 VAC
5TS1-4
AC 230 VAC 5TS1-5

IN
1 1
EARTH 5TS1-6

DRAWING S.PEREZ 02/08/11 54303003
MAGONZALEZ 02/08/11
5/5
REVISED C B A REV
PORTABLE VARIAN DETECTOR WIRING C NC 12/0281 Sonia Pérez 02/07/12
(Detector Wiring) B NC 12/038 Sonia Pérez 31/01/12
A B C D E
5 4 3 2 1
V2-
D R11 (See doc ADW) D

1k
R13 D5 D7
No place on PCB
R26 TP4
R10 10K R9 LL4148 LL4148
3 1 REF+ 1
R27
2
30k01 30k01
10K
2
D1 10K D6 D8
LL4148 LL4148
11
LM4040-4.1 C8
100NF OP-400
6 -
1
7 TP2
5 + R23
U2B
1
C16
4
C11 1uF 10K
100NF unmounted
C6
100NF
R8
R20
2
LOAD CELL R16 R14 R12 49K9
200K 1 3 BAT85
V1- unmounted
C J2 1K 1K 100K C
REF+
1
4
D3 Wrap wire V+
11
2 R1 R5 J5
MAX430 R17 (See doc ADW)
11
3 2 - R15
U1 6 2 - OP-400 49K9
4 1K 1K OP-400 1
3 +
U2A 1 13 -
2
C5 1K
AMP 280371-2 3 +
U2D 14 3
1NF 12 + Wrap wire
7
D4 4
(See doc ADW)
4
R2 R6 R24 AMP 280371-2
4
V1+ 10K R25 BAT85 V-
10K unmounted C18
1K 1K 100NF
C3 R7 unmounted
1NF 200K
1
1
TP1 V2+
TP3 V2+
4
R21
R19
10 +
U2C 8 Q1
1
1K 9 - MPSA06
C17 OP-400 1K
100NF
11
B D2 B
LM4040-4.1 V2-
2
REF+
+ C14 R18
C13 10UF 10K
100NF
V1+ V+ V2+ V+
L2 L3
100UH 100UH
+ + C10 + C19
C7 C9
Fixing holes Tooling holes C4 10UF 10UF 100UF
100NF 100NF
A A
J6 J4 J1 J3
CON1 CON1 CON1 CON1 TP5
F.P.1 F.P.2 + C1 + C15 + C20
CON1 CON1 C2 10UF C12 10UF 100UF
100NF L1 100NF L4
1
Title
100UH
100UH PBA AUTOMATIC NOVA-TOMO GAUGE BOARD
1
V1- V- V2- V- Size Document Number Rev

A3 PBA S0017517REV1 (PCB S0008739rev2) 1
Date: Sheet 1 of 1
5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
D D
J1
SW1 SW2 1
2
AMP280370-2
C C
B B
A A
Title
TECLADO OMNI
Size Document Number Rev
A4
S0020515 SCH 0
Date: Wednesday, February 27, 2008 Sheet 1 of 1
5 4 3 2 1
A B C D E
4 4
BROKEN DETECTOR CABLE MOTOR BRAKE
J1 SERVO IN J2 MOTOR
J-SW-O
1 1
1 1 2 2
2 2 3 K1 3
4
1
AMP280370-2 AMP350429-1 3 AMP350429-1
2
5
R2
G5LE-1-E 24Vdc J3
7K5
1 1
3 2 2
3
2
J2 AMP280370-2
1 D1
K2 1 PMLL4148
5 2
1
2
6
3 AMP280370-2 D2
4 LED V.
8
1
R1
AMP280370-2 7K5 G6B-2214-24VDC
2 2
D43 J5
1 1
D3 LL4148 1
1
J-SW LED V. 2 2
2 2
AMP280370-2
J4
1 1
2 2
AMP280370-2 1 2
HOLE1HOLE2
2 AMP280370-2
1
2
1 1
JK

1
DRAWING S.PEREZ 20/04/2010
PBA S0023459_1 PCB S0023460_1 1
REVISED F.GARCIA 20/04/2010 1/1 0 REV

1
1 NC10/235 Sonia Pérez 20/04/2010

MOTOR BRAKE &
0 NC 11815 Sonia Pérez 14/05/2010 SEDECAL BROKEN DETECTOR CABLE PCB
A B C D E
5 4 3 2 1
5V1
D D
5V1 TP1 R13 R15

10K
1K 5V1
1
TP5
HSMG-C670
D5
C4
R12 R17
1
100nF 1K 1K 0V4
R5 R16
14
14
20
HSMG-C670
301 1K U7B U7A J5-1
0V1 5 DB9 MACHO
INT_DEVICE 4 3 2 1 9
5V1 D4 4
TABLE
74HCT14/SO 74HCT14/SO 8
8
24V4 3
7
C5
20
Vcc
0V1
C U5 PCF8584_P 3 2 2 C
100nF Sx Lx
SDA 2 6
VDD
0V1
SCL 3 6 7 1
GND
Sy Ly
0V1 RESET 19 I2C_RESET
10
I2C_CLK 1 7 DB0
4
CLK DB0 U4 82B715D 0V4
IACK 4 IACK DB1 8 DB1
I2C_A0 6 9 R20
A0 DB2 DB2
1K
40
I2C_RD 16 RD DB3 11 DB3
CS_DEVICE 17 12 J5-2
CS DB4 DB4
I2C_WR 18 13 R24 15 DB9 MACHO
WR DB5 DB5
14 0V1 301 R25 19
WALL STAND
DB6 DB6
HSMG-C670
15 1K 14
DB7 DB7
18
VSS
INT 5 INT_PCF_DEVICE 24V4 13

17
D6 12
10
1
R19 R18 0V1 16
10K 11
1K
0V1 TP11
B B
30
5V1
1
5V1
TP7
A A
Title
PC104 to I2C Board
Size Document Number R ev

A4 PWA: S0023928 Rev0 PCB:S0003425 Rev 8 0
Date: Wednesday, September 23, 2009 Sheet 1 of 5

5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
5V1
R33
1K
5V1
C1
D10
HSMG-C670
D 100 nF D
0V1
43
3
LED PC104_IOR 4 35
VCC
VCC
I/O I/O DB6
PC104_IRQ7 5 36 DB5
PC104_AD9 I/O I/O
6 I/O I/O 37 DB4
PC104_IRQ6 8 39 DB3
PC104_AD8 I/O I/O
9 I/O I/O 40 INT_DEVICE
PC104_IRQ5 TP3 5V1
10 I/O I/O 41 INT_PCF_DEVICE
PC104_AD7 11 44 I2C_WR
PC104_IRQ4 I/O I/O
12 45 CS_DEVICE
1
5V1 I/O U1 I/O
PC104_AD6 15 46 /CS-CAN2
J4 PC104_IRQ3 I/O I/O R31 R32 5V1
16 I/O I/O 48 DB2
PC104_AD5 10K 10K
14
14
A1 IOCHK GND B1 17 I/O I/O 49 DB0
SD7 PC104_AD4 U7C U7D J2
A2 SD7 RESETDRV B2 18 I/O I/O 50 IACK
SD6 A3 B3 PC104_AD3 20 51 CS_HANDLER
SD5 SD6 +5V PC104_AD2 I/O I/O 1
A4 SD5 IRQ9 B4 21 I/O I/O 52 6 5 8 9 2
SD4 A5 B5 PC104_AD1 22 54 EMERGENCY SWITCH
SD4 -5V I/O I/O INT_HANDLER 3
SD3 A6 B6 0V1 PC104_AD0 24 55
SD3 DRQ2 I/O I/O INT_PCF_HANDLER 4
SD2 A7 B7
7
SD1 SD2 -12V LED 74HCT14/SO 74HCT14/SO
A8 B8 25 56 I2C_CLK CON4
SD0 SD1 ENDXFR I/O I/O
A9 SD0 +12V B9 SPI-SI 27 I/O I/O 57 /INT-CAN1
A10 B10 28 58 I2C_A0 0V1
AEN IOCHRDY KEY SPI-SO I/O I/O
A11 AEN SMEMW B11 SPI-SCK 29 I/O I/O 60 /INT-CAN2
A12 SA19 SMEMR B12 /RST-CAN 30 I/O I/O 61 DB1
A13 B13 PC104_IOW I2C_RESET 31 63 CS_OTC2
SA18 IOW PC104_IOR I/O I/O
A14 SA17 IOR B14 /CS-CAN1 33 I/O I/O 64 I2C_RD
C A15 B15 34 65 C
SA16 DACK3 DB7 I/O I/O CS_OTC1
A16 SA15 DRQ3 B16
A17 B17 PC104_RESET 1 67 INT_OTC
SA14 DACK1 INPUT/GCLRN I/O
A18 SA13 DRQ1 B18 84 INPUT/OE1 I/O 68 INT_PCF_OTC1
A19 B19 AEN 2 69
SA12 REFRESH INPUT/OE2 I/O INT_PCF_OTC2
A20 B20 CLK 83 70 SD7
SA11 SYSCLK PC104_IRQ7 INPUT/GCLK I/O SD6
A21 SA10 IRQ7 B21 I/O 73
PC104_AD9 A22 B22 PC104_IRQ6 5V1 13 74 SD5
PC104_AD8 SA9 IRQ6 PC104_IRQ5 VCCIO I/O SD4 24V4
A23 SA8 IRQ5 B23 26 VCCIO I/O 75
PC104_AD7 A24 B24 PC104_IRQ4 38 76 SD3
PC104_AD6 SA7 IRQ4 PC104_IRQ3 VCCIO I/O
A25 SA6 IRQ3 B25 53 VCCIO
PC104_AD5 A26 B26 66 77 SD2
SA5 DACK2 5V1 VCCIO I/O J12
PC104_AD4 A27 B27 78 79 SD1
PC104_AD3 SA4 TC C6 VCCIO I/O SD0
A28 SA3 BALE B28 I/O 80 1
PC104_AD2 A29 B29 81 PC104_IOW 0V4 2
PC104_AD1 SA2 +5V 100 nF I/O
A30 SA1 OSC B30 C7 3
PC104_AD0 A31 B31 EPM7064/LCC84 62
SA0 GND I/O(TCK)
A32 GND GND B32 I/O(TDI) 14 CON3
0V1
+
71
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
GND
I/O(TDO)
PC104_8bits 10uF 16V I/O(TMS) 23
0V1 0V1
7
19
32
42
47
59
72
82
5V1
J8
0V1 TP14
1 0V4 0V1
1 2
B C8 B
TP6 3
4
1 100nF 5 R35 R34
6 H1 H2 0 OHM
1 0 OHM
CON6
TP8
1
0V1
FIDUCIALES PARA MAQUINA SMD
J13 J14 J15 J16 J17 J18 J19 J20

CON1 CON1 CON1 CON1 CON1 CON1 CON1 CON1
1
1
LOGO1
LOGO SUINSA
TORNILLOS MAQUINA SMD
J21 J22 J23 J24
logo CON1 CON1 CON1 CON1
A A
1
Title
PC104 to I2C Board


5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
5V1
D D
5V1 TP13 R37 C10 R36

10K
1K 100nF
1
TP4
HSMG-C670
D15
C9
R38 R42
1
100nF 1K 1K 0V1 0V4
R39 R40
14
14
20
U7E U7F
HSMG-C670
301 1K J11-1
0V1 5 DB9 MACHO
10 11 12 13 9
CONSOLE
5V1 INT_HANDLER
D11 4
8
8
24V4 3
7
C11 74HCT14/SO 74HCT14/SO
20
Vcc
U10 PCF8584_P 3 2 2
100nF Sx Lx
SDA 2 6
C C
VDD
0V1
SCL 3 6 7 1
GND
Sy Ly
10
I2C_CLK 1 7 DB0
4
CLK DB0 U8 82B715D 0V4
I2C_A0 6 9 R41
A0 DB2 DB2
1K
40
17 12
WS KEYPADS
CS_HANDLER CS DB4 DB4
I2C_WR 18 13 R44 15
WR DB5 DB5
14 0V1 301 R43 19
DB6 DB6
HSMG-C670
15 1K 14
DB7 DB7
18
VSS
INT 5 INT_PCF_HANDLER 24V4 13

17
D12 12
10
1
0V1 16
R52 11
10K
0V1 TP15 J11-2
30
B 5V1 DB9 MACHO B
5V1
A A
Title
PC104 to I2C Board
Size Document Number R ev

A4 0
PWA: S0023928 Rev0 PCB:S0003425 Rev 8
5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
0V4 J7
TRANSVERSAL
9
5V1 4
8
24V4 3
7
2
0V1 6
D
5V1 TP12 R1 C13 R2 1 D
10K
1K 100nF DB9-MACHO-VERTICAL
10
11
TP2
HSMG-C670
D1
C2
R8 R51
1
100nF 1K 1K 0V1
R10 0V4
14
14
20
ALPHA + BETA
HSMG-C670
301 R4 U12B U12A
0V1 1K 5
INT_OTC 4 3 2 1 9
5V1 D2 4
74HCT14/SO 74HCT14/SO 8
8
24V4 3
7
C3 20
7
Vcc
0V1
U3 PCF8584_P 3 2 2
100nF Sx Lx
SDA 2 6
VDD
0V1
SCL 3 6 7 1
GND
Sy Ly
10
I2C_CLK 1 7 J1-1
DB0
4
CLK DB0 U2 82B715D
I2C_A0 6 9 R9 R3 DB9 MACHO
A0 DB2 DB2
I2C_RD 16 11 1K 1K
RD DB3 DB3
CS_OTC1 17 CS DB4 12 DB4
18 13 0V4 J10
I2C_WR WR DB5 DB5
14 0V1 R11
DB6 DB6
HSMG-C670
15 301 5
DB7 DB7
1
C 9 C
VERTICAL
VSS
INT 5 INT_PCF_OTC1 4
TP9 8
24V4 3
10
D3 7
R6 R7 2
1K 10K 0V1 6
0V1 1
5V1
10
11
1
DB9-MACHO-VERTICAL
5V1
TP10
5V1 TP17
1
C14
R49 R45
100nF 1K 1K 0V4
R50
40
LONGITUDINAL
HSMG-C670
1K
0V1 15
19
5V1 D14 14
B B
18
8
24V4 13
C12
20
17
Vcc
U11 PCF8584_P 3 2 12
100nF Sx Lx
SDA 2 16
VDD
0V1
SCL 3 6 7 11
GND
Sy Ly
J1-2
30
1 7 0V1 DB9 MACHO
I2C_CLK DB0
4
CLK DB0 U9 82B715D

I2C_A0 6 9 R47 R46
A0 DB2 DB2
1K 1K
14
CS_OTC2 17 12 U12C
CS DB4 DB4
I2C_WR 18 WR DB5 13 DB5
14 0V1 R48 5 6
DB6 DB6
HSMG-C670
15 1K
DB7 DB7
1
74HCT14/SO
VSS
5 INT_PCF_OTC2
14 7
INT
D13 TP16 U12D
10
R53
10K 9 8
0V1 74HCT14/SO
5V1
14 7
U12E
A 11 10 A
5V1
14 7 74HCT14/SO
U12F
13 12
Title
74HCT14/SO PC104 to I2C Board
7


5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
D D
5V1
TP18 5V-CAN1 5V-CAN1 TP20

R59
C19
C15 5V-CAN1
U16 100nF
SPI-SI SPI-SI 16 20 5V1 + C20 1K
SI VDD
3
SPI-SO SPI-SO 17 R54 U17 100nF C21
SPI-SCK SO 0V1 C18 100nF HCPL-0931 10uF 100nF R84
14 1K 5
VCC
SPI-SCK SCK Vref
/CS-CAN1 18 1 8 0
/CS-CAN1 CS 0V1 VDD1 VDD2
/RST-CAN 19 1 CAN1-TX J3A
/RST-CAN RESET TXCAN R56 1K
2 CAN1-RX 3 7 1 T1
/INT-CAN1 RXCAN OUT2 OUT1 TXD
/INT-CAN1 13 INT 2 IN1 IN2 6 4 RXD CANH 7 1 4 1
R57 1K 2
4 GND1 GND2 5 8 RS CANL 6 2 3 3
15 R55 V1 V2 4
GND
NC R58 1K CAN0001 CAN0001
4 TX0RTS NC 6 1K 5
5 12 0V1 6
TX1RTS RX0BF 5V-CAN1 U19 MAX3051
7 11 A A 7
2
OSC TX2RTS RX1BF C16 5V1 PCA82C250
3 CLKOUT/SOF U18 8
OSC2 8
2 +VIN +VOUT 4 B B
Y1 15pF TP19 JP1 JP2 CON8
10 16MHz C17 C22 + C23 R60 JUMPER JUMPER
VSS 1K
OSC1 9 100nF
1 -VIN 3 10uF R61 R62
C 0V1 15pF 5V1 -VOUT TP21 62R 62R C
MCP2515 D18
R64
0V1 MUS-05.305
R63 0V1 led G
CAN MODULE
CAN1-TX 5K76
Q1 BC807-40 C24
22K1 D16 10nF
R65
5V1
1K21 LED Y
R67
R66 5k76
CAN1-RX BC807-40
Q2
22K1 D17
R68
1K21 LED Y
0V1
5V1
TP22 5V-CAN2 5V-CAN2 TP24

R74
C27
C25 5V-CAN2
U20 100nF
B SPI-SI 5V1 + C28 1K B
16 SI VDD 20
3
SPI-SO 17 R69 U21 10uF C29
SPI-SCK SO 0V1 C26 100nF HCPL-0931 100nF 100nF R85
14 1K 5
VCC
/CS-CAN2 SCK Vref
/CS-CAN2 18 CS 0V1 1 VDD1 VDD2 8 0
/RST-CAN 19 1 CAN2-TX J3B
RESET TXCAN R71 1K
2 CAN2-RX 3 7 1 T2
/INT-CAN2 RXCAN OUT2 OUT1 TXD
/INT-CAN2 13 INT 2 IN1 IN2 6 4 RXD CANH 7 1 4 1
R72 1K 2
4 GND1 GND2 5 8 RS CANL 6 2 3 3
15 R70 V3 V4 4
GND
NC R73 1K CAN0001 CAN0001
4 TX0RTS NC 6 1K 5
5 12 0V1 6
TX1RTS RX0BF 5V-CAN2 U23 MAX3051
7 11 A A 7
2
TX2RTS RX1BF 5V1 PCA82C250
3 CLKOUT/SOF U22 8
8 5V1
OSC2
R79 2 +VIN +VOUT 4 B B
TP23 JP3 JP4 CON8
10 C30 + C31 R75 JUMPER JUMPER
VSS OSC 5K76 10uF 1K
OSC1 9 R78 100nF
BC807-40 1 -VIN 3 R76 R77
0V1 Q3 -VOUT TP25 62R 62R
MCP2515 22K1 D21
R80 D19
0V1 MUS-05.305
led G
CAN MODULE
5V1 1K21 LED Y
R82 C32
10nF
5k76
A R81 A
CAN2-RX BC807-40
Q4
22K1 D20
R83
1K21 LED Y
0V1
Title
PC104 to I2C Board

A3 PBA: S0023928 Rev0 PCB:S0003425 Rev 8 0

5 4 3 2 1
A B C D E
+24VSUPPLY
TP4
TP
+15VANALOG11 TP1 +24VSUPPLY
-15VANALOG1 TP
TP2 SDAIN
TP
SCLIN
11
4
4 U22A 4
2 - TL074BCD ERROR-CALIB 5 + R83
1 7 E -CALIB TP3
POSITION R110 4K75
POSICION 3 + 6 - TP/INT
R212 R211 +5V
10K
TL074BCD 1K 1K
11
DS2
U1B
R108 LED V.
20K
+15VANALOG1 1 S CLIN R210 R209
-15VANALOG11 1K 100K
-15VANALOG1
J10 6
2 S DAIN
7 GNDSUPPLY
DB9 VERTICAL 3
8
11
4
U22B 9 / INT
6 - TL074BCD 5
7 C H4
ERRPOS 5 +
4
GNDSUPPLY
+15VANALOG1 +5V
TP5
L33 TP
-15VANALOG1 A2 A1
3 100uH/65mA 3
R206
C138 C127
100nF/50V
11
10K U19 220nF/50V

U22C
TL074BCD R205 R198
9 -
+5V
8 1 1K
C H5 10K VDD
10 + 2 C143 C144 C145 C146
TACOMETER VDD
100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V
SW 1 R230
4
SW1 CONFIGURATION 6 A0 CH0 15 2 2 1 1 POSITION

A1 12 16 4 3
A1 CH1 4 3 C H IR1
Z-OTC 1.ON 2.OFF A2 10 A2 CH2 17 6 6 5 5 C H IR2
+15VANALOG1 18 8 7
CH3 8 7 ALTURA
SW 4x100
S DA 9 27 +4.096REF +4.096REF
-15VANALOG1 S CL SDA REF
5 SCL AGND 14
26 +
REFADJ
DGND 3
C120
11
R207
U22D 4 0 ohm C119 4.7uF/16V
TL074BCD +5V NC 10nF
13 - 7 NC
14 C H6 8 NC CH4 19
Speed 12 + 11 NC CH5 20 R231
R204 22 21 2 1
NC CH6 2 1 C H4
+5V 1K 24 23 4 3 C H5
4
NC CH7 4 3
25 NC 6 6 5 5 C H6
28 13 /S HD 8 7 E -CALIB
+5V NC /SHDN 8 7
2 +15VANALOG1 C147 C148 C149 C150 4x100 2
D37 MAX127-SSOP28
100nF/50V +5V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V
LED V.
C121
R200 R208
1K 1K
SDA
8VCC
SCL
S DAIN 2 3
Lx Sx
S CLIN 7 6 D34
GND
Ly Sy
LED V.
A.O SUPPLY U18

4
82B715TD
GROUNDED AND SUPPLY WIRES
-15VANALOG +15VANALOG
R199
GNDSUPPLY G N DH
+5V 1K
GNDSUPPLY G N DH
GND ANALOG
GND SIGNAL
L29 L30
GND 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA
GND EARTH
1 -15VANALOG1 +15VANALOG1 1
C52
6.8uF/25V C53
+ 6.8uF/25V
+ NAME DATE SHEET / OF
DRAWING S.PEREZ 14/09/2010 PBA S0016026_B_SCH PCB S0015303_C
V CC +5VCC C123 C122 1/9
+5V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V REVISED F.GARCIA 14/09/2010 B A 6 REV
+5V B NC 11/401 J. Clemente 03/10/2012

A ENG. J. Clemente 10/11/2011 OTC VERTICAL AXIS PBA:
6 NC 11/392 J.Clemente 10/11/2011 SEDECAL ADC & ADAPTERS
A B C D E
A B C D E
SPEED CTRL
U14E
+5V
11 10 R217 Only Z
I MOTOR FDBK
U13 10K
R182 74HCT14 R191
100K
DG412/SO
D57 D33 Unmounted
TACO
1 IN1 D1 2 10K
16 15 B R79
No Z
IN2 D2 BZV55-C2V7 BZV55-C2V7
9 IN3 D3 10
8 7
GALGA IN4 D4 Speed -15VANALOG6 10K
4 3 C111 4
S1 10uF CER
A 14 S2 DG412 U12D
11
11
U14C
POSLOOP
6
S3 O-OFF TL074BCD
CORRLOOP S4 R180 R181 R77 R216
1- ON 13 -
/GALGA 5 6 +5V 12 VL 10M 10K 14 CORRLOOP
3K4
12 +
74HCT14 -15VANALOG6 0 ohm
13
GND
+15VANALOG13 V+
-15VANALOG13 4
4
V-
Unmounted R78
11
U12C
5
TL074BCD 499R
C104
GALGA
GALGA Unmounted 9 - +15VANALOG6
8
C105 10 +
R176 100pF R177 100pF
Unmounted D55
4
LL4148 R193
C98 20k 20K
-15VANALOG6
Unmounted R76
1K
-15VANALOG6
100pF C99
C49 +15VANALOG6
10K D56
11
LL4148 R192
11
R67
J6 2 100pF 1uF/50V 9K09
1
-
R66 TL074BCD
AMP280371-2 2 1 6 -
20K
3 +15VANALOG 3 +
20K 7
4 -15VANALOG U12A 5 +
TL074BCD U12B
4
3 3
+15VANALOG6
+15VANALOG6
+5V
C106 R186 R183
100nF/50V 10K 0.1% R178
L34 49K9 0.1%
10K 0.1%
100uH/65mA -15VANALOG5 TP20
C139 -15VANALOG5
-15VANALOG5
220nF/50V
11
10K 0.1% U17A
+5REF 10K 0.1%
11
-15VANALOG2 U15 R187 TL074BCD U17B U17C R71
11
2 - R184 R179
1 6 TL074BCD TL074BCD 1K
-
10K 0.1%
VDD 12 3 + G=-1 7 9 -
R64
11
+5REF 4 REF0 R185 5 + G=-1 8 DEMPOS

15K 0.1% U 8D 13 20K 0.1% 10 +
4
TL074BCD REF3
13 -
R188 +5REF
4
14 3 2
4
12 + 14
REF1 OUT0 10K 0.1%
REF2 4K02 0.1% +15VANALOG5 R70
+5VREF/16
+5V 9 R189 +15VANALOG5
4
AD0 +15VANALOG5
A1 10 AD1 OUT1 1
R164 11
2 A2 AD2 4K02 0.1% 2
1K 0.1%
+15VANALOG2
OUT2 16
SCL 7 SCL
SDA 8 SDA
TP21 GROUNDED AND SUPPLY WIRES
OUT3 15 I_LIMIT
-15VANALOG5 GND SIGNAL
R69 GND
Unmounted U17D
1K
11
R NV TL074BCD
POSLOOP Speed 5 AGND
R80 13 -
0 ohm
6 DGND 14 DEMVEL
0 ohm 12 +
G N DH
MAX520ACW E - W SO-16 G N DH
4
A.O SUPPLY A.O SUPPLY DG413 SUPPLY GNDSUPPLY
+15VANALOG5 GNDSUPPLY
-15VANALOG +15VANALOG -15VANALOG +15VANALOG +5V
GND ANALOG
+5V
V CC
L26 L27 L28 L20
GND EARTH
100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA L24 L25 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA
1 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA 1
-15VANALOG5 +15VANALOG5 -15VANALOG13 +15VANALOG13

-15VANALOG6 +15VANALOG6
C40
+ 6.8uF/25V NAME DATE SHEET / OF
+ + + + DRAWING S.PEREZ 14/09/2010 PBA S0016026_B_SCH PCB S0015303_C
C44 C45 + C48 C113 2/9
6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V C46 C47 6.8uF/25V 100nF/50V REVISED F.GARCIA 14/09/2010 B A 6 REV
C109 C108 6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V C103 B NC 11/401 03/10/2012
J. Clemente
100nF/50V 100nF/50V C112 C110 100nF/50V
100nF/50V 100nF/50V A ENG. J. Clemente 10/11/2011 OTC VERTICAL AXIS PBA:
6 NC 11/392 J.Clemente 10/11/2011 SEDECAL GAGE & DAC SIGNALS
A B C D E
A B C D E
+15VANALOG
D5 R 227 unmounted
C LUTCH +24VH
0 ohm
LED V.
K3 R107 R 106 K2 7 K1
F1
3 178R LL4148 3K74 6 7
4 D47 5 6
6 2 5
1 3 2
MF-R800
4 3
G6B-1174P-US 1 + 4 /H_POW ER
8 1 +
8
2
D9 D 12 R 118 +5V G6K-2F-5V
R119
R 37
D4
R 45
1K D42 +5V G6K-2F-5V
100R 1K Q5 SMCJ30A Q8 D41
BZV55C18
BZV55C18
2K 2K
3
3
R 13 BCX53-16 BCX53-16 LL4148 LL4148
1 1 Q9
1
2
2
4 R 12 10R0 R 18 BCX56-16 4
1 Q6 1 C 56 GNDH 1 1
2
2
BCX56-16 C 55 LIM_SW 1 LIM_SW 2
Q1 1uF/50V 10R0 BAT54J R 19
3
3
BAT54J IR F 5210PBF 1uF/50V R9 D 13
D 10 G N DH Q3 47R5 100R
2
G N DH IR F 5210PBF
MOTOR
2
BZG03-C12
3W R 20
R8 D7 J5
47R5 1K
R 14 C 57 1
1K G N DH 1nF/50V 2
1
3
3
2
AMP350429-1
D6 C 58
1nF/50V
BZG03-C12
A drive
2
3W T1
250 uH 16A +24VH
B gate
1
B drive C 59
1nF/50V
R 44
R 15 R 21 G N DH 10k
2
1K IR FB4710PBF 1K
A gate
2
D18 unmounted
Q2 Q4 LL4148
A gate
1 Q10
IR FB4710PBF
2
2
1 BCX56-16
1 Q7 1 R24-2 R3
B gate
3
BCX56-16 R 17 R 23
D17 unmounted RESET_SW
3
10R0 10R0
3
3
LL4148
1
BAT54J R 22 BAT54J 1K5
D 11 1K 1K D 14 U 2A
R 16 R27-2 TLP621-2
B drive A drive
R 24 100R D3
2
Corr. A Corr. B LL4148
1K_POTEN R 27
P1 0 ohm
3 R117 100R GNDH 3
0,1E 5W
R5 R4 R7 Current
R6
0,1E 5W 0,1E 5W
0,1E 5W limit unmounted
adj.
R 26
P1-3 470R
R 25
GNDH 0 ohm
R25-1
+15VANALOG
D 60
f0=100KHz +15VANALOG14
LL4148
R 233 R232
TP +15VANALOG14
+15VANALOG14 4K99 4K99
TP51 C152
D 61
220pF/50V U23A LL4148
4
U 23C
TL074BCD
4
R246 U 23D R238 R 237 3

+
4
1K TL074BCD R 234
R239 + 10 1
TL074BCD
+ 12 8 14K7 7K87 - 2
+I m ot 14 4K02 - 9
- 13 10K
C 153
11
R248 R 235
11
2K55 + C154 100pF/50V 10K

11
unmounted
10uF/35V
unmounted -15VANALOG14
R 236
-15VANALOG14
-15VANALOG14 10K
C 151
2 2
220pF/50V
R240
- I m ot
R 247 1K
1K
P1-3 R25-1
S1
1 8 R243
R24-2 2 7 R27-2
3 6
4 5 10K
TP45
TP SMD DIL +15VANALOG14
SOFTWARE POTENTIOMETER U 23B

4
CURRENT CURRENT R241 TL074BCD

+ 5 I_LIMIT
CONTROL: CONTROL: 7
1 = off 1 = on - 6 A.O SUPPLY G N DH
2 = on 2 = off 8K25
GNDH
3 = on 3 = off
11
R 244 R 242 -15VANALOG +15VANALOG -15VANALOG +15VANALOG

4 = on 4 = off 10K 64K9 G N D SU PPLY
G N D SU PPLY
-15VANALOG14
-10VREF G ND ANALOG
L6 L5 L38 L39
100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA
G ND EARTH
TP42
R115 TP
1K
1
+15VANALOG11
1 C orr. A R 114 +15VANALOG11 C4 C 157 1
R 28 C5 + + C155 + +
20K 1K 6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V
6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V
R 11 C 61 C 158 +5V
U 1C
4
1K R 111 C 62 100nF/50V C 156 100nF/50V

4
R113 TL074BCD 1K
10 + 100nF/50V 100nF/50V +5V
1K 8 12 +
9 - 14 I MOTOR FDBK VC C
Corr. B
13
R 112
1K
- TL074BCD 4V/A
11
U 1D
11
-15VANALOG11
C2 C3 -15VANALOG11
100nF/50V DRAWING S.PEREZ 14/09/2010 PBA S0016026_B_SCH PCB S0015303_C
100nF/50V 3/9
R 116 14/09/2010 B
REVISED F .G AR CIA A 6 REV
0 ohm
R 10 B N C 11/401 J. Clemente 03/10/2012
20K A EN G. J. Clemente 10/11/2011 OTC VERTICAL AXIS PBA:
6 N C 11/392 J.C lemente 10/11/2011 SEDECAL H POWER DRIVER
A B C D E
A B C D E
U21B +15VANALOG R75 10k

U16
/CLU TCH 3 4 1 I0 18 /H_POW ER
O0
GALGA 2 I1 O1 17
3 I2 O2 16
74HCT14 4 I3 15
R215 O3 G6B-1114P-US
5 I4 O4 14 CLUTCH
+5V 0 ohm 6 I5 13 D54 1
O5
U10A 7 I6 O6 12 6 CLUTCH
/BRAKE U14F BRAKE
J9 R81 1
8 I7
9 GND
O7
+Vs
11
10 LL4148 24CLUTCH_TABLE 3
4
D40
J12
BRAKE MANUAL 10K 3 13 12 R201 R190 OR S1J
R82 U14A U14B 2 ULN2803LW 3K74 178R K4 D39 J13 TABLE 1 1
4 1 2 3 4 /R EL 74HCT14 2 4
1 74HC08/SO LED V. F2 S1J J14-J13 2
470R D53
2 C50 74HCT14 74HCT14 G N DH
LL4148 MF-R400 1
3 100nF/50V 1 AMP280370-2
4 2 2
+15VANALOG D35
AMP280371-2 +15VANALOG
G N DH AMP280370-2
unmounted
+24VH
SPEED CTRL R213 AUTOTRACK LED
0 ohm
GND SIGNAL
S IGNAL1 U14D GND
R218
9 8 RESET_SW
S IGNAL2
0 ohm 74HCT14
S IGNAL3
+5V
G N DH
S IGNAL0
+5V +5V G N DH
100nF/50V
C118
10
10
8
7
6
4
8
7
6
4
GNDSUPPLY
R72 R229
R5
R6
R7
R8
R5
R6
R7
R8
C
C
+5V GNDSUPPLY
24
8*10K 8*10K U20
R4
R3
R2
R1
R4
R3
R2
R1
C
VCC
GND ANALOG
TP11 TP12
3
9
1
2
3
9
1
2
5
3 TP TP SDA 23 SDA P0 4 R203 unmounted 3
10K
U21C U21D
AMP280370-2 22 5 /R EL AMP280370-2
SCL SCL P1 GND EARTH
LIM_SW 1 SPEED CTRL R202
1 1 / INT 1 /INT P2 6 6 5 8 9 1 1
2 R95 1K 2
2 LIM_SW 2 470R 2
R73 R74 21 7 S IGNAL0 TP13 unmounted 1K
1K 470R A0 P3 R195 C124 J3
JA3 A1 2 A1 74HCT14 74HCT14
3 8 S IGNAL1 R96 1K TP14 unmounted 100nF/50V
A2 A2 P4
R197 470R
13 9 S IGNAL2 R97 1K TP15 unmounted
JB3 P10 P5 TP16 +5V
R98 1K TP17unmounted
2 2 14 P11 P6 10 S IGNAL3 PEDAL-UP
1 1 R196 470R unmounted +5V
C117 C116 15 11
P12 P7 /GALGA
220nF/50V V CC
AMP280370-2 16
220nF/50V P13
/AUTOCENTER LED R249
17 P14
SPEED CTRL 24CLUTCH_TABLE 0 ohm
18 P15
AUTOCENTER V1
BUTTON U21E /BRAKE 19 P16 unmounted D38
R100 PSOT24C S1J
D62 J15
1 11 10 /CLU TCH 20 TP10
JA4 1 P17 TP
2 1 2 1
GND
2 470R 1
2 2
AMP280370-2 74HCT14 LL4148
unmounted PCF8575TS / SSOP 24 R87 unmounted unmounted
12
3
2 2
AUTOTRACK 1K AMP280370-2
BUTTON R228
U21A unmounted
R102 U21F 1 2
8
1
6
1 1 13 12 0 ohm
JB4 R90
+
2 /emergencyswitch /emergencyswitch 74HCT14 Q17 K5
2 470R
C130 0 ohm G5V-2-24VDC
AMP280370-2 C131 74HCT14 R99 R101 1 unmounted
unmounted
2
5
7
unmounted 220nF/50V 220nF/50V 1K 1K
+5V NTD5867NL-1G
3
+5V J2
1 1
JR4 S IGNAL0 R88 470R
2 2 1
TP18 TP19 G N DH
AMP280370-2 S IGNAL1 R91 470R 2 G N DH
unmounted unmounted unmounted 3
S IGNAL2 R93 4 24CLUTCH_TABLE
470R 5
S IGNAL3 R103 6
C128 R250
220nF/50V 470R
C132 AMP280372-2
C129 0 ohm
unmounted
220nF/50V C125
220nF/50V 220nF/50V
74HC08/SO
IC SUPPLY U7,U13,U11 74HC08/SO 4
1 9 U10B 6 1
U10C 8 5
10
+5V +5V +5V
C51 C107 C126 NAME DATE SHEET / OF

100nF/50V
74HC08/SO
100nF/50V
100nF/50V
12
14/09/2010
4/9 B
U10D 11 REVISED F.GARCIA A 6 REV
13 B NC 11/401 J. Clemente 03/10/2012

6 NC 11/392 J.Clemente 10/11/2011 SEDECAL I/O DIGITAL
A B C D E
A B C D E
4 4
D25 D24
0.4w 12v 0.4w 12v

R142 C80
R140 40K2 R150 49K9 D32 D31 D23 D22

0 ohm 3.3uF 10% A
C65 unmounted
R141 B
LL4 148 LL4 148 LL4 148 LL4 148 R39 R38
D30 D29 D21 D20 R245 C64 10K 10K
10K
-15VANALOG8
-15VANALOG8 LL4 148 LL4 148 LL4 148 LL4 148 0 ohm 470nF 5% -15VANALOG8
-15VANALOG8
U6A
11
TL074BCD U6B U 6C
11
11
3 B2 TL074BCD TL074BCD R133 U 6D 3
11
B2 2 -
1 6 - 9 - 10K TL074BCD
R55 3 + 7 8 13 -
10K R56 5 + R132 10 + 14 B1 B1
10K 10K 12 +
4
4
+15VANALOG8
+15VANALOG8 +15VANALOG8
+15VANALOG8
+5V
+5V TP35
-10VREF +10VREF
V CC
GROUNDED AND SUPPLY WIRES D27

BAS85 D15
R29
GND SIGNAL BAS85
D48 1K
GND BAS85
D26
BAS85 ERRPOS
R147
TP36
10K R136
2 2
G N DH -15VANALOG9 10K -15VANALOG9
G N DH -15VANALOG9 R41
10K R123
U7A U 7C 1K
11
11
GNDSUPPLY TL074BCD U7B TL074BCD
11
R57 R58 TL074BCD R42
GNDSUPPLY 2 - D16 9 -
DEMVEL
1 6 - BAS85 8 POSLOOP
10K
GND ANALOG 3 +
10K 7 10 +
5 +
4K99
4
R36
4
GND EARTH 10K
+15VANALOG9 TACO
D49
A.O SUPPLY A.O SUPPLY BAS85
-15VANALOG +15VANALOG -15VANALOG +15VANALOG
C63
33nF
R40
-15VANALOG9 10K
L12 L11 L14 L13

100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA U 7D
11
TL074BCD
1 1
- 13
-15VANALOG8 +15VANALOG8 -15VANALOG9 +15VANALOG9 14
+ 12
C17 C19 C18 + NAME DATE SHEET / OF

4
6.8uF/25V + C16 + 6.8uF/25V + 6.8uF/25V

6.8uF/25V 5/9
REVISED F.GARCIA 14/09/2010 B A 6 REV
C74 C66 C72 C73 +15VANALOG9 B NC 11/401 J. Clemente 03/10/2012
100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V
6 NC 11/392 J.Clemente 10/11/2011 SEDECAL PID & POSITION LOOPS
A B C D E
A B C D E
C83 A.O SUPPLY A.O SUPPLY A.O SUPPLY A.O SUPPLY

-15VANALOG +15VANALOG -15VANALOG +15VANALOG -15VANALOG +15VANALOG -15VANALOG +15VANALOG
+10VREF 100pF
C7 R152 TP6
+10VREF
100K
100nF/50V -15VANALOG2
unmounted unmounted unmounted
J8 R144 L10 L9 L8 L7 L18 L17 L31 L32
1K 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA
11
1 U8A D19
4
2 R53 100K 4
2 TL074BCD R54 BAS85
-15VANALOG4 +15VANALOG4 -15VANALOG3 +15VANALOG3 -15VANALOG2 -15VANALOG12
-
3
4 1 ALTURA +15VANALOG2 +15VANALOG12
5 3 +
1K
6 R52 100K 6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V C26 6.8uF/25V C134
6.8uF/25V
4
C15 C14 + C13 C12 + 6.8uF/25V C25 + +
D50
+ + + + unmounted
AMP280372-2 6.8uF/25V C136
R153 +15VANALOG2 BAS85 C68 C69 C70 C71 C82 C81 C135 C137
C11 C21 C10 100K 100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V
unmounted
1uF/50V 1uF/50V 1uF/50V
unmounted unmounted
R130 R131
20M 20M
R224 R226
20k 30K
J11 unmounted -15VANALOG12 -15VANALOG12 +5V
IR connector
11
DEMPOS
11
1 +5V R223 D58
2 2 -
R225 TL074BCD
1 6 - BAS85
3 3 20K 3
4 +5V 3 + 7 C H IR1
20K
5 U11A 5 +
R143 +15VANALOG4
TL074BCD U11B
4
6
4K99 0.1% unmounted unmounted
4
+10VREF +15VANALOG3
C22 AMP280372-2 +15VANALOG12
7
1uF/50V +15VANALOG12
POSITION C23 ERROR-CALIB 3 +
R220 R222
7
1
POTENCIOMETER 3 6
R46
+ R47 ERRPOS 20k 30K
100nF/50V 1 10K 0.1% 8
J7 R135 301R U4 1K -15VANALOG12 -15VANALOG12 +5V
6 2 -
8 INA126
1 U3
11
2
5
2 -
INA118 R134
11
3 POSICION R219 D59
10K 9 -
R221 TL074BCD
4
4 BAS85
5 8 13 -
R124 20K 10 + 14
6 20K C H IR2
C27 C28 C29 1K -15VANALOG4 12 +
U11C
TL074BCD U11D
4
AMP280372-2 -15VANALOG3
4
1uF/50V 1uF/50V 1uF/50V TP50
SPEED +15VANALOG12
TP +15VANALOG12
R149 R148
10V=21VinMOTOR
20M 0 ohm TP7
+15VANALOG11
-10VREF C96
220nF 10%
2 U1A 2
C34 R65 TL074BCD
4
100nF/50V 1K
TP&I2C + 3
TACOMETER 1 R169 R163
- 2 7K5 3K92
-10VREF
11
GNDSUPPLY G N DH
C100 unmounted
100NF 10% GNDSUPPLY G N DH
R251
GND ANALOG
-15VANALOG11 0 ohm
TP9
GND SIGNAL
TP C86
220nF 10% GND
+15VANALOG2 R158 C20 TACHO

+15VANALOG2 +10VREF GND EARTH
33K2 1uF/50V
R145 R49
U8B 1K 1K J20
R165 U 8C
4
1K R63 R159 TL074BCD

1
4
TL074BCD 7K5 3K92 5

+ 2
+ 10 7 3
TACO 8 - 6 4
- 9 R146 R50 V CC +5VCC
C92 C35 1K 1k +5V
11
100NF 10% unmounted C9 C24 AMP280371-2

+5V
11
1 R154 1uF/50V 1uF/50V 1

33K2
-15VANALOG2
-15VANALOG2

14/09/2010
6/9 B
REVISED F.GARCIA A 6 REV
B NC 11/401 J. Clemente 03/10/2012
6 NC 11/392 J.Clemente 10/11/2011 SEDECAL POT & TACO SIGNALS
A B C D E
A B C D E
TP22
TP
+5V
+5V
C114
+24VSUPPLY 100nF/50V DC-DC-1 EC3A21 3W
FL2
L35 R84
F3 1 +IN + O U T 14 L19 L21
B CB 24 11 C79 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA
- - 22uF/25V 4.7uH/650mA 1K
C115 C43 MF-MSMF020-2 + + C140 DS3
D36 100nF/50V 100nF/50V +
4 12 15 LED V. -15VANALOG7 +15VANALOG7 4
SMCJ30A C75 13 -IN -O UT 10
10uF/35V 6.8uF/25V C76
PSG - - CG1
100nF/50V C36 C42
C54 GNDSUPPLY 6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V +
-
+
100nF/50V BNX005-01
CG2
CG3
TP23 C90 C102
TP DS4 100nF/50V 100nF/50V
+15VANALOG +15VANALOG LED V.
DC-DC-2 EC6A16 7.5W R85
F4 + O U T 14 L36
23 +IN C141
+ C97 4.7uH/650mA C93 3K01
22 +
SMD050 22uF/25V 100nF/50V
+ + / - OUT 9 6.8uF/25V
C142
R105 C89 + C87 C91
3 +
10uF/35V 2 -IN 22uF/25V 100nF/50V R86
0 ohm GNDSUPPLY L37 6.8uF/25V
-O UT 11
R48 4.7uH/650mA 3K01
-15VANALOG LED V.
-15VANALOG
0 ohm DS5
R1 TP24
TP
0 ohm G N DH
3 +15VANALOG 3
-15VANALOG7
hole 4 mm
1 TP25 U9A
11
R167 10K TL074BCD BCX56-16 Q15 TP28 +24VH
hole 4 mm 2 - +5V
1 TP26 R68 FL1
1
J1
+4.096REF 3 +
2K49 R2 R109
hole 4 mm +5V CB B
1 R166 Q13 - - 1
3
1K
1000uF/63V
TP27 R162
4
BC817-40W 1K U2B 470R 1K5 2

D2 + +
3
10uF/35V
hole 4 mm R168 BAT54J TLP621-2 LL4148 C6 D1
1 TP29 D28 D8 C1 SMCJ30A
15R
4
-15VANALOG7 +15VANALOG7 CG1 PSG AMP 643488-1
- -
R175 R43 LED V. G N DH
-
U 9D +5REF
11
2K21 1K5 BNX005-01
CG3
CG2
TL074BCD /emergencyswitch
13 - + C41
14 4.7uF/16V
12 + -15VANALOG
-15VANALOG7
4
TP30 TP31 TP32

U 9C
11
R157 10K TL074BCD
2
+15VANALOG7 9 -
R160 Q12
+5REF 8 1
2 BCX53-16 TP34 2
10 +
4K02
3
G N DH
R60
3
-15VANALOG7 +15VANALOG 10K Q11 1
4
BC807-40W
2
U9B R155 R156
11
R174 10K TL074BCD R161 +15VANALOG7 15R 1K

20K
GND SIGNAL 6 - R61
7 TP33 C88
R173
GND +5REF 5 + BCX56-16 -10VREF
4K02
Q16 1nF/50V
10K Q14
4
BC817-40W C30
R172 +
4.7uF/16V
R171 R170
10K +15VANALOG7 15R 1K
G N DH C101
G N DH
1nF/50V
+10VREF
GNDSUPPLY
+ C39
GNDSUPPLY 4.7uF/16V
GND ANALOG
GND EARTH
1 1

14/09/2010
7/9 B
+5V REVISED F.GARCIA A 6 REV
B NC 11/401 J. Clemente 03/10/2012
+5V A ENG. J. Clemente 10/11/2011 OTC VERTICAL AXIS PBA:
V CC 6 NC 11/392 J.Clemente 10/11/2011 SEDECAL POWER SUPPLY
A B C D E
A B C D E
4 4
R139
+10VREF
1K
C78
1uF/50V
+15VANALOG10
R151
-10VREF R32
1K21
1K C77
unmounted SERV ON
1uF/50V
DS1
A DRIVE R120
TP38 /H_POW ER
unmounted TP
1K
B DRIVE LED V.
TP37
3 TP 3
1.5nF pol R30 10K
UC3637 B2
C31 U5 -15VANALOG10
R51 1 20
+Vth Iset
2
1K 2 19
Ct E/Aout R127 10K 1M D52
3 -Vth -E/A 18
R62 A drive 4 17 R129 BZV55C10
1K Aout +E/A R121
-15VANALOG10 5 -Vs Sdn 16
+15VANALOG10 6 15 -15VANALOG10
20K
1 1
+Vs -C/L
B drive 7 Bout +C/L 14
R137 8 13 R12510K
+Bin +Ain D51
+15VANALOG10 9 -Bin -Ain 12
10 11 10K BZV55C10
10K NC NC
unmounted R126 499R B1 R128
2
TP39 R59 R138 499R R31
TP
1K 1K
40KHz TP I LIMIT
TP43unmounted
R122
4K99
R35
1K TP40
Speed TP
R34
+I mot SPEED CONTROL
2 C67 1K unmounted 2
1nF/50V
A.O SUPPLY
R33
-I mot
1K
GND SIGNAL
L15 L16
C33
C32 6.8uF/25V
G N DH
6.8uF/25V + +
G N DH
C85 C84
GNDSUPPLY
100nF/50V 100nF/50V
GNDSUPPLY
GND ANALOG
1 1
GND EARTH

14/09/2010
8/9 B
+5V B NC 11/401 J. Clemente 03/10/2012

+5V
6 NC 11/392 J.Clemente 10/11/2011 SEDECAL PWM CONTROLLER
V CC
A B C D E
A B C D E
4 4
FP1 FP2 FP3 FP4 F C1 F C2 F C3 F C4 F C5 F C6

CON1 CON1 CON1 CON1 CON1 CON1 CON1 CON1 CON1 CON1
1
1
3 3
LG1
CON1
ASSEMBLY ON HEATSINK
J19
HEATSINK S0003828
1
1
2
3
NYLON WASHER FIXING
HEATSINK
2 2
1 1

14/09/2010
9/9 B
B NC 11/401 J. Clemente 03/10/2012

6 NC 11/392 J.Clemente 10/11/2011 SEDECAL TOOLING HOLES
A B C D E
A B C D E
+24VSUPPLY
TP4
TP
-15VANALOG1 TP
TP2 SDAIN
TP
SCLIN
11
4
4 U22A 4
1 7 E -CALIB TP3
POSITION R110 4K75
R212 R211 +5V
10K
TL074BCD 1K 1K
11
DS2
U1B
R108 LED V.
20K
-15VANALOG1
J10 6
2 S DAIN
7 GNDSUPPLY
3
8
11
4
U22B 9 / INT
6 - TL074BCD 5
7 C H4
ERRPOS 5 +
4
GNDSUPPLY
+15VANALOG1 +5V
TP5
L33 TP
-15VANALOG1 A2 A1
3 100uH/65mA 3
R206
C138 C127
100nF/50V
11
10K U19 220nF/50V

U22C
TL074BCD R205 R198
9 -
+5V
8 1 1K
C H5 10K VDD
10 + 2 C143 C144 C145 C146
TACOMETER VDD
SW1 CONFIG. 100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V
TRANSVERSAL (Y) AXIS SW 1 R230
4
6 A0 CH0 15 2 2 1 1 POSITION
A1 12 16 4 3
A1 CH1 4 3 C H IR1
Y-OTC 1.ON 2.ON A2 10 A2 CH2 17 6 6 5 5 C H IR2
+15VANALOG1 18 8 7
CH3 8 7 ALTURA
SW 4x100
S DA 9 27 +4.096REF +4.096REF
5 SCL AGND 14
26 +
REFADJ
DGND 3
C120
11
R207
U22D 4 0 ohm C119 4.7uF/16V
13 - 7 NC
14 C H6 8 NC CH4 19
Speed 12 + 11 NC CH5 20 R231
R204 22 21 2 1
NC CH6 2 1 C H4
+5V 1K 24 23 4 3 C H5
4
NC CH7 4 3
25 NC 6 6 5 5 C H6
28 13 /S HD 8 7 E -CALIB
+5V NC /SHDN 8 7
2 +15VANALOG1 C147 C148 C149 C150 4x100 2
D37 MAX127-SSOP28
LED V.
C121
R200 R208
1K 1K
SDA
8VCC
SCL
S DAIN 2 3
Lx Sx
S CLIN 7 6 D34
GND
Ly Sy
LED V.
A.O SUPPLY U18

4
82B715TD
R199
GNDSUPPLY G N DH
+5V 1K
GNDSUPPLY G N DH
GND ANALOG
GND SIGNAL
L29 L30
GND EARTH
C52
6.8uF/25V C53
+ 6.8uF/25V
DRAWING S.PEREZ 17/05/2010 PBA S0016027_A_SCH PCB S0015303_C
V CC +5VCC C123 C122 1/9
+5V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V REVISED F.GARCIA 17/05/2010 A 5 3 REV
+5V A NC 11/401 NE 381/11 J. Clemente 10/10/2012

5 NC 11/392 NE 374/11 J. Clemente 11/11/2011 OTC TRANSVERSAL AXIS PBA:
3 NC 10/232 Sonia Pérez 18/05/2010 SEDECAL ADC & ADAPTERS
A B C D E
A B C D E
SPEED CTRL
U14E
+5V
11 10 R217 Only Z
I MOTOR FDBK
U13 10K
R182 74HCT14 Unmounted Unmounted R191
100K
DG412/SO
D57 D33 Unmounted
TACO
1 IN1 D1 2 10K
16 IN2 D2 15 B R79 No Z
9 10 BZV55-C2V7 BZV55-C2V7
IN3 D3
8 7
GALGA IN4 D4 Speed Unmounted -15VANALOG6 10K
4 3 C111 4
S1 10uF CER
A 14 S2 DG412 U12D
Unmounted
11
11 Unmounted
U14C
POSLOOP
6
S3 O-OFF TL074BCD
1- ON 13 -
3K4
12 +
13
GND
+15VANALOG13 V+
-15VANALOG13 4 Unmounted Unmounted
4
V-
Unmounted R78
11
U12C
5
TL074BCD 499R
C104
GALGA
8
C105 10 +
R176 100pF R177 100pF Unmounted
Unmounted D55
4
LL4148 R193
C98 20k 20K
-15VANALOG6
Unmounted R76
1K
-15VANALOG6
100pF C99
C49 +15VANALOG6
10K D56
Unmounted
11
LL4148 R192
11
R67
J6 2 100pF 1uF/50V 9K09
1
-
R66 TL074BCD
AMP280371-2 1 6 - Unmounted
2 20K
3 +15VANALOG 3 +
20K 7
TL074BCD U12B
4
Unmounted
4
3 Unmounted 3
+15VANALOG6
+15VANALOG6
+5V
C106 R186 R183
100nF/50V 10K 0.1% R178
L34 49K9 0.1%
10K 0.1%
C139 -15VANALOG5
-15VANALOG5
220nF/50V
11
10K 0.1% U17A
+5REF 10K 0.1%
11
11
2 - R184 R179
-
10K 0.1%
VDD 12 3 + G=-1 7 9 -
R64
11

15K 0.1% U 8D 13 20K 0.1% 10 +
4
TL074BCD REF3
13 -
R188 +5REF
4
14 3 2
4
12 + 14
REF1 OUT0 10K 0.1%
+5VREF/16
4
AD0 +15VANALOG5
A1 10 AD1 OUT1 1
R164 11
2 A2 AD2 4K02 0.1% 2
1K 0.1%
+15VANALOG2
OUT2 16
SCL 7 SCL
SDA 8 SDA
OUT3 15 I_LIMIT
R69 GND
Unmounted U17D
1K
11
R NV TL074BCD
R80 13 -
0 ohm
6 DGND 14 DEMVEL
0 ohm 12 +
G N DH
MAX520ACW E - W SO-16F G N DH
4
GND ANALOG
+5V
V CC
L26 L27 L28 L20
GND EARTH
1 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA 1
Unmounted Unmounted
C40
+ Unmounted 6.8uF/25V NAME DATE SHEET / OF
+ Unmounted + + + DRAWING S.PEREZ 17/05/2010 PBA S0016027_A_SCH PCB S0015303_C
C44 C45 + C48 C113 2/9
6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V C46 C47 6.8uF/25V 100nF/50V REVISED F.GARCIA 17/05/2010 A 5 3 REV
C109 C108 6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V C103 A NC 11/401 NE 381/11 J. Clemente 10/10/2012
100nF/50V 100nF/50V C112 C110 100nF/50V
100nF/50V 100nF/50V 5 NC 11/392 NE 374/11 J. Clemente 11/11/2011 OTC TRANSVERSAL AXIS PBA:
Unmounted Unmounted 3 NC 10/232 Sonia Pérez 18/05/2010 SEDECAL GAGE & DAC SIGNALS
A B C D E
A B C D E
+15VANALOG
D5 R 227
unmounted
C LUTCH +24VH
0 ohm
LED V.
K3 R 107 R 106 K2 7 K1
F1
3 178R LL4148 3K74 6 7
4 D47 5 6
6 2 5
1 3 2
MF-R400
4 3
G6B-1174P-US 1 + 4 /H_POW ER
8 1 +
8
2
D9 D 12 R118 +5V G6K-2F-5V
R 119
R 37
D4
R 45
1K D42 +5V G6K-2F-5V
BZV55C18
BZV55C18
3 2K 2K
3
R 13 BCX53-16 BCX53-16 LL4148 LL4148
1 1 Q9
1
2
2
4 R 12 10R0 R 18 BCX56-16 4
1 Q6 1 C 56 G N DH 1 1
2
2
Q1 1uF/50V 10R0 BAT54J R 19
3
3
D 10 GNDH Q3 47R5 100R
2
G N DH IR F 5210PBF
MOTOR
2
BZG03-C12
3W R 20
R8 D7 J5
47R5 1K
R 14 C 57 1
1K GNDH 1nF/50V 2
1
3
3
2
AMP350429-1
D6 C 58
1nF/50V
BZG03-C12
A drive
2
3W T1
250 uH 16A +24VH
B gate
1
B drive C 59
1nF/50V
R 44
R 15 R 21 G N DH 10k
2
1K IR F B4710PBF 1K
A gate
2
D18 unmounted
Q2 Q4 LL4148
A gate
1 Q10
IR F B4710PBF
2
2
1 BCX56-16
1 Q7 1 R24-2 R3
B gate
3
BCX56-16 R 17 R 23
3
10R0 10R0
3
3
LL4148
1
D 11 1K 1K D 14 U 2A
R 16 R27-2 TLP621-2
B drive A drive
R 24 100R D3
2
1K_POTEN R 27
P1 0 ohm
3 R 117 100R G N DH 3
0,1E 5W
R5 R4 R7 Current
R6
0,1E 5W 0,1E 5W
limit
0,1E 5W unmounted
unmounted adj.
unmounted R 26
P1-3 470R
R 25
G N DH 0 ohm
R25-1
+15VANALOG
D 60
LL4148
R233 R 232
TP +15VANALOG14
TP51 C 152
D 61
220pF/50V U 23A LL4148
4
U 23C
TL074BCD
4
R 246 U 23D R 238 R237 3

+
4
1K TL074BCD R234
R 239 + 10 1
TL074BCD
+ 12 8 14K7 7K87 - 2
+I mot 14 4K02 - 9
- 13 10K
C153
11
R 248 R 235
11
2K55 + C 154 100pF/50V 10K

11
unmounted
10uF/35V
R236
-15VANALOG14
-15VANALOG14 10K
C 151
2 2
220pF/50V
R 240
- I mot
R 247 1K
1K
P1-3 R25-1
S1
1 8 R 243
R24-2 2 7 R27-2
3 6
4 5 10K
TP45
SOFTWARE POTENTIOMETER U23B

4
CURRENT CURRENT TL074BCD

R 241 + 5 I_LIMIT
CONTROL: CONTROL: 7
2 = on 2 = off 8K25
GNDH
3 = on 3 = off
11
R244 R242 -15VANALOG +15VANALOG -15VANALOG +15VANALOG

G N D SU PPLY
-15VANALOG14
-10VREF G ND ANALOG
L6 L5 L38 L39
G ND EARTH
TP42
R115 TP
1K
1
+15VANALOG11
R 28 C5 + + C155 + +
20K 1K 6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V
6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V
R 11 C 61 C 158 +5V
U 1C
4
1K R 111 C 62 100nF/50V C 156 100nF/50V

4
R113 TL074BCD 1K
10 + 100nF/50V 100nF/50V +5V
1K 8 12 +
Corr. B
13
R 112
1K
- TL074BCD 4V/A
11
U 1D
11
-15VANALOG11
C2 C3 -15VANALOG11
100nF/50V 100nF/50V DRAWING S.PEREZ 17/05/2010 PBA S0016027_A_SCH PCB S0015303_C
R 116
F .G AR CIA 17/05/2010 3/9
REVISED A 5 3 REV
0 ohm
R 10 A NC 11/401 NE 381/11 J. Clemente 10/10/2012
20K 5 NC 11/392 NE 374/11 J. Clemente 11/11/2011 OTC TRANSVERSAL AXIS PBA:
3 N C 10/232 Sonia Pérez 18/05/2010 SEDECAL H POWER DRIVER
A B C D E
A B C D E

U16
O0
GALGA 2 I1 O1 17
3 I2 O2 16
74HCT14 4 I3 15
R215 O3 G6B-1114P-US
5 I4 O4 14 CLUTCH
+5V 0 ohm 6 I5 13 D54 1
O5
/BRAKE U14F BRAKE
J9 R81 1
8 I7
9 GND
O7
+Vs
11
4
D40
J12
4 1 2 3 4 /R EL 74HCT14 2 4
1 74HC08/SO LED V. F2 S1J J14-J13 2
470R D53
2 C50 74HCT14 74HCT14 G N DH
LL4148 MF-R400 1
3 100nF/50V 1 AMP280370-2
4 2 2
+15VANALOG D35
G N DH AMP280370-2
unmounted
+24VH
0 ohm
GND SIGNAL
S IGNAL1 U14D GND
R218
9 8 RESET_SW
S IGNAL2
0 ohm 74HCT14
S IGNAL3
+5V
G N DH
S IGNAL0
+5V +5V G N DH
100nF/50V
C118
10
10
8
7
6
4
8
7
6
4
GNDSUPPLY
R72 R229
R5
R6
R7
R8
R5
R6
R7
R8
C
C
+5V GNDSUPPLY
24
8*10K 8*10K U20
R4
R3
R2
R1
R4
R3
R2
R1
C
VCC
GND ANALOG
TP11 TP12
3
9
1
2
3
9
1
2
5 R203
3 TP TP 23 4 3
SDA SDA P0 10K unmounted
U21C U21D
AMP280370-2 22 5 /R EL AMP280370-2
1 1 / INT 1 /INT P2 6 6 5 8 9 1 1
2 R95 1K 2 +5V
2 470R 2
LIM_SW 2 R73 R74 21 7 S IGNAL0 TP13 unmounted 1K
1K 470R A0 P3 R195 C124 J3
JA3 A1 2 A1 74HCT14 74HCT14 +5V
A2 A2 P4 V CC
R197 470R
JB3 P10 P5 TP16
R98 1K TP17 unmounted
2 2 14 P11 P6 10 S IGNAL3 unmounted PEDAL-UP
1 1 R196 470R C117 C116 15 11
P12 P7 /GALGA
220nF/50V
AMP280370-2 16
220nF/50V P13 R249
/AUTOCENTER LED 17 P14 24CLUTCH_TABLE 0 ohm
SPEED CTRL 18 P15 V1 BRAKE-CLUTCH
AUTOCENTER unmounted D38
U21E /BRAKE 19 PSOT24C S1J TABLE
BUTTON P16 D62 J15
R100 TP10
1 11 10 /CLU TCH 20 TP 1 2 1
JA4 1 P17 1
2 2
GND
2 470R LL4148 2
AMP280370-2 74HCT14 R87 unmounted unmounted
3
unmounted PCF8575TS / SSOP 24 1K AMP280370-2
12
2 2
AUTOTRACK R228
U21A unmounted
BUTTON 1 2
8
1
6
R102 U21F 0 ohm
+
1 13 12 74HCT14 Q17 K5
JB4 1 R90 /emergencyswitch
2 2 /emergencyswitch G5V-2-24VDC
470R
1 unmounted
2
5
7
AMP280370-2 C131 C130 74HCT14 R99 R101 0 ohm
unmounted +5V NTD5867NL-1G
3
J2
+5V S IGNAL0 R88 470R
1 1 1
JR4 2 G N DH
2 TP18 TP19 S IGNAL1 R91 470R 2 G N DH
AMP280370-2 3
unmounted unmounted R93 4
unmounted S IGNAL2 470R 5
24CLUTCH_TABLE
S IGNAL3 R103 6
C128 R250
220nF/50V 470R
C132 AMP280372-2
C129 0 ohm
unmounted
220nF/50V C125
220nF/50V 220nF/50V
74HC08/SO
1 9 U10B 6 1
U10C 8 5
10
+5V +5V +5V

100nF/50V
74HC08/SO
100nF/50V
100nF/50V
12 4/9
U10D 11 REVISED F.GARCIA 17/05/2010 A 5 3 REV
13 A NC 11/401 NE 381/11 J. Clemente 10/10/2012
3 NC 10/232 Sonia Pérez 18/05/2010 SEDECAL I/O DIGITAL
A B C D E
A B C D E
4 4
D25 D24
unmounted unmounted 0.4w 12v 0.4w 12v

R142 see axis C80 see axis
R140 0 R150 40K2 D32 D31 D23 D22

10% o 5% A 10% o 5%
C65 470nF
R141 B 10% o 5%
LL4 148 LL4 148 LL4 148 LL4 148 R39 R38
D30 D29 D21 D20 R245 C64 470nF 10K 10K
10K
-15VANALOG8
-15VANALOG8 LL4 148 LL4 148 LL4 148 LL4 148 0 ohm -15VANALOG8
-15VANALOG8
U6A
11
TL074BCD U6B U 6C
11
11
11
B2 2 -
1 6 - 9 - 10K TL074BCD
R55 3 + 7 8 13 -
10K R56 5 + R132 10 + 14 B1 B1
10K 10K 12 +
4
4
+15VANALOG8
+15VANALOG8
+5V
+5V TP35
-10VREF +10VREF
V CC

BAS85 D15
R29
GND SIGNAL BAS85
D48 1K
GND BAS85
D26
BAS85 ERRPOS
R147
TP36
10K R136
2 2
10K R123
U7A U 7C 1K
11
11
11
DEMVEL
10K
GND ANALOG 3 +
10K 7 10 +
5 +
4K99
4
R36
4
GND EARTH 10K
+15VANALOG9 TACO
D49
C63
33nF
R40
-15VANALOG9 10K
L12 L11 L14 L13

11
TL074BCD
1 1
- 13
+ 12

4
6.8uF/25V + C16 + 6.8uF/25V + 6.8uF/25V

6.8uF/25V 5/9
REVISED F.GARCIA 17/05/2010 A 5 3 REV
C74 C66 C72 C73 +15VANALOG9 A NC 11/401 NE 381/11 J. Clemente 10/10/2012
100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V
3 NC 10/232 Sonia Pérez 18/05/2010 SEDECAL PID & POSITION LOOPS
A B C D E
A B C D E

+10VREF 100pF
C7 R152 TP6
+10VREF
100K
100nF/50V -15VANALOG2 unmounted
unmounted
J8 R144 L10 L9 L8 L7 L18 L17 L31 L32
11
1 U8A D19
4
2 R53 100K 4
-
3
5 3 +
1K
6.8uF/25V
4
C15 + C14 + C13 + C12 + 6.8uF/25V + C25 + + +
D50
AMP280372-2 6.8uF/25V C136
unmounted R153 +15VANALOG2 BAS85 C68 C69 C70 C71 C82 C81
unmounted C135 C137
unmounted unmounted
1uF/50V 1uF/50V 1uF/50V
R130 R131
20M 20M
R224 R226
20k 30K
J11 -15VANALOG12 -15VANALOG12 +5V
IR connector
11
DEMPOS
11
1 +5V R223 D58
2 2 -
R225 TL074BCD
1 6 - BAS85
3 3 20K 3
4 +5V 3 + 7 C H IR1
20K
5 U11A 5 +
R143 +15VANALOG4
TL074BCD U11B
4
6
4
+10VREF +15VANALOG3
C22 AMP280372-2 +15VANALOG12
7
1uF/50V unmounted +15VANALOG12
R220 R222
7
1
POTENCIOMETER 3 R47 6
R46
+ ERRPOS 20k 30K
100nF/50V 1 10K 0.1% 8
6 2 -
8 INA126
1 U3
11
2
5
2 -
INA118 R134
11
3 POSICION R219 D59
10K 9 -
R221 TL074BCD
4
4 BAS85
5 8 13 -
R124 20K 10 + 14
6 20K C H IR2
C27 C28 C29 1K -15VANALOG4 12 +
U11C
TL074BCD U11D
4
AMP280372-2 -15VANALOG3 unmounted
unmounted unmounted
4
1uF/50V 1uF/50V 1uF/50V TP50
SPEED +15VANALOG12
TP +15VANALOG12
R149 R148
10V=21VinMOTOR
20M 0 ohm TP7
+15VANALOG11
-10VREF C96
unmounted
2 U1A 2
C34 R65 TL074BCD
4
100nF/50V 1K
TP&I2C + 3
- 2 147K 78K7
-10VREF
11
GNDSUPPLY G N DH
C100 unmounted
100nF/50V GNDSUPPLY G N DH
R251
GND ANALOG
-15VANALOG11 0 ohm
TP9
GND SIGNAL
TP C86
unmounted GND

15K 1uF/50V
R145 R49
U8B 1K 1K J20
R165 U 8C
4

1
4
TL074BCD 147K 78K7 5

+ 2
+ 10 7 3
TACO 8 - 6 4
- 9 R146 R50 V CC +5VCC
C92 C35 1K 1k +5V
11
100nF/50V 1uF C9 C24 AMP280371-2

+5V
11
1 R154 1uF/50V 1uF/50V 1

15K
-15VANALOG2
-15VANALOG2

REVISED F.GARCIA 17/05/2010 6/9 A 3 REV
5
A NC 11/401 NE 381/11 J. Clemente 10/10/2012
3 NC 10/232 Sonia Pérez 18/05/2010 SEDECAL POT & TACO SIGNALS
A B C D E
A B C D E
TP22
TP
+5V
+5V
C114
FL2
L35 R84
F3 1 +IN + O U T 14 L19 L21
B CB 24 11 C79 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA
- - 22uF/25V 4.7uH/650mA 1K
C115 C43 MF-MSMF020-2 + + C140 DS3
D36 100nF/50V 100nF/50V +
10uF/35V 6.8uF/25V C76
PSG - - CG1
100nF/50V C36 C42
-
+
100nF/50V BNX005-01
CG2
CG3
TP23 C90 C102
TP DS4 100nF/50V 100nF/50V
DC-DC-2 EC6A16 7.5W R85
F4 + O U T 14 L36
23 +IN C141
+ C97 4.7uH/650mA C93 3K01
22 +
SMD050 22uF/25V 100nF/50V
+ + / - OUT 9 6.8uF/25V
C142
R105 C89 + C87 C91
3 +
10uF/35V 2 -IN 22uF/25V 100nF/50V R86
-O UT 11
R48 4.7uH/650mA 3K01
-15VANALOG LED V.
-15VANALOG
0 ohm DS5
R1 TP24
TP
0 ohm G N DH
3 +15VANALOG 3
-15VANALOG7
hole 4 mm
1 TP25 U9A
11
hole 4 mm 2 - +5V
1 TP26 R68 FL1
1
J1
+4.096REF 3 +
2K49 R2 R109
hole 4 mm +5V CB B
1 R166 Q13 - - 1
3
1K
1000uF/63V
TP27 R162
4
BC817-40W 1K U2B 470R 1K5 2

D2 + +
3
10uF/35V
15R
4
- -
-
U 9D +5REF
11
2K21 1K5 BNX005-01
CG3
CG2
13 - + C41
14 4.7uF/16V
12 + -15VANALOG
-15VANALOG7
4
TP30 TP31 TP32

U 9C
11
R157 10K TL074BCD
2
+15VANALOG7 9 -
R160 Q12
+5REF 8 1
2 BCX53-16 TP34 2
10 +
4K02
3
G N DH
R60
3
4
BC807-40W
2
U9B R155 R156
11

20K
GND SIGNAL 6 - R61
7 TP33 C88
R173
4K02
Q16 1nF/50V
10K Q14
4
BC817-40W C30
R172 +
4.7uF/16V
R171 R170
G N DH C101
G N DH
1nF/50V
+10VREF
GNDSUPPLY
+ C39
GNDSUPPLY 4.7uF/16V
GND ANALOG
GND EARTH
1 1

+5V 5
A NC 11/401 NE 381/11 J. Clemente 10/10/2012
+5V 5 NC 11/392 NE 374/11 J. Clemente 11/11/2011 OTC TRANSVERSAL AXIS PBA:
V CC 3 NC 10/232 Sonia Pérez 18/05/2010 SEDECAL POWER SUPPLY
A B C D E
A B C D E
4 4
R139
+10VREF
1K
C78
1uF/50V
+15VANALOG10
R151
-10VREF R32
1K21
1K C77 SERV ON
1uF/50V unmounted
DS1
A DRIVE R120
TP38 /H_POW ER
unmounted TP
1K
B DRIVE LED V.
TP37
3 TP 3
1.5nF pol R30 10K
UC3637 B2
C31 U5 -15VANALOG10
R51 1 20
+Vth Iset
2
1K 2 19
3 -Vth -E/A 18
1K Aout +E/A R121
20K
1 1
+Vs -C/L
R137 8 13 R12510K
+Bin +Ain D51
10 11 10K BZV55C10
10K NC NC
R126 1K B1 R128
2
TP39 R59 R138 1K R31
TP
1K 1K
40KHz TP I LIMIT
unmounted R122
TP43
4K99
unmounted
R35
1K TP40
Speed TP
R34
1nF/50V
A.O SUPPLY
R33
-I mot
1K
GND SIGNAL
L15 L16
C33
C32 6.8uF/25V
G N DH
6.8uF/25V + +
G N DH
C85 C84
GNDSUPPLY
100nF/50V 100nF/50V
GNDSUPPLY
GND ANALOG
1 1
GND EARTH

5
+5V
3 NC 10/232 Sonia Pérez 18/05/2010 SEDECAL PWM CONTROLLER
V CC
A B C D E
A B C D E
4 4

1
3 1 3
LG1
CON1
J19
HEATSINK S0003158
1
1
2
3
NYLON WASHER FIXING
2 2
1 1

REVISED F.GARCIA 17/05/2010
9/9 A 3 REV
5
A NC 11/401 NE 381/11 J. Clemente 10/10/2012
3 NC 10/232 Sonia Pérez 18/05/2010 SEDECAL TOOLING HOLES
A B C D E
A B C D E
+24VSUPPLY
TP4
TP
-15VANALOG1 TP
TP2 SDAIN
TP
SCLIN
11
4
4 U22A 4
1 7 E -CALIB TP3
POSITION R110 4K75
R212 R211 +5V
10K
TL074BCD 1K 1K
4
11
DS2
U1B
R108 LED V.
20K
-15VANALOG1
J10 6
2 S DAIN
7 GNDSUPPLY
3
8
11
4
U22B 9 / INT
6 - TL074BCD 5
7 C H4
ERRPOS 5 +
4
GNDSUPPLY
+15VANALOG1 +5V
TP5
L33 TP
-15VANALOG1 A2 A1
3 100uH/65mA 3
R206
C138 C127
100nF/50V
11
10K U19 220nF/50V

U22C
TL074BCD R205 R198
9 -
+5V
8 1 1K
C H5 10K VDD
10 + 2 C143 C144 C145 C146
TACOMETER VDD
4
6 A0 CH0 15 2 2 1 1 POSITION
A1 12 16 4 3
X-OTC 1.OFF 2.OFF A2 A1 CH1 4 3 C H IR1
10 A2 CH2 17 6 6 5 5 C H IR2
+15VANALOG1 18 8 7
CH3 8 7 ALTURA
SW 4x100
S DA 9 27 +4.096REF +4.096REF
5 SCL AGND 14
26 +
REFADJ
DGND 3
C120
11
R207
U22D 4 0 ohm C119 4.7uF/16V
13 - 7 NC
14 C H6 8 NC CH4 19
Speed 12 + 11 NC CH5 20 R231
R204 22 21 2 1
NC CH6 2 1 C H4
+5V 1K 24 23 4 3 C H5
4
NC CH7 4 3
25 NC 6 6 5 5 C H6
28 13 /S HD 8 7 E -CALIB
+5V NC /SHDN 8 7
2 +15VANALOG1 C147 C148 C149 C150 4x100 2
D37 MAX127-SSOP28
LED V.
C121
R200 R208
1K 1K
SDA
8
VCC
SCL
S DAIN 2 3
Lx Sx
S CLIN 7 6 D34
GND
Ly Sy
LED V.
A.O SUPPLY U18

4
82B715TD
R199
GNDSUPPLY G N DH
+5V 1K
GNDSUPPLY G N DH
GND ANALOG
GND SIGNAL
L29 L30
GND EARTH
C52
6.8uF/25V C53
+ 6.8uF/25V
DRAWING S. Perez 22/01/09
PBA S0021686_C_SCH PCB S0015303_C
V CC +5VCC C123 C122
F. Diaz
1/9
+5V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V C NC 11/401 J.Clemente 10/10/12 REVISED 22/01/09 C B A 0 REV
+5V B NC 11/392 NE 374/11 J.Clemente 10/11/11

A NC 11/119 NE 103/11 J.Clemente 05/04/11 OTC LONGITUDINAL AXIS PBA:
0 First Prototype S. Perez 22/01/09 SEDECAL ADC & ADAPTERS
A B C D E
A B C D E
SPEED CTRL
U14E
+5V
11 10 R217 Only Z
I MOTOR FDBK
U13 10K
R182 74HCT14 Unmounted Unmounted R191
100K
DG412/SO
D57 D33 Unmounted
TACO
1 IN1 D1 2 10K
16 IN2 D2 15 B R79 No Z
9 10 BZV55-C2V7 BZV55-C2V7
IN3 D3
8 7 Unmounted
4 3 C111 4
S1 10uF CER
A 14 S2 DG412 U12D
Unmounted
11
11 Unmounted
U14C
POSLOOP
6
S3 O-OFF R181
TL074BCD
CORRLOOP S4 R180 R77 R216
1- ON 13 -
3K4
12 +
13
GND
+15VANALOG13 V+
-15VANALOG13 4
Unmounted Unmounted
4
V-
Unmounted R78
11
U12C
5
TL074BCD 499R
C104
GALGA
8
C105 10 +
R176 100pF R177 100pF Unmounted
Unmounted D55
4
LL4148 R193
C98 20k 20K
-15VANALOG6
Unmounted R76
1K
-15VANALOG6
100pF C99
C49 +15VANALOG6
10K D56
Unmounted
11
LL4148 R192
11
R67
J6 2 100pF 1uF/50V 9K09
1
-
R66 TL074BCD
AMP280371-2 2 20K
1 6 - Unmounted
3 +15VANALOG 3 +
20K 7
TL074BCD U12B
4
Unmounted
4
3 Unmounted 3
+15VANALOG6
+15VANALOG6
+5V
C106 R186 R183
100nF/50V 10K 0.1% R178
L34 49K9 0.1%
10K 0.1%
C139 -15VANALOG5
-15VANALOG5
220nF/50V
11
10K 0.1% U17A
+5REF 10K 0.1%
11
11
2 - R184 R179
-
10K 0.1%
VDD 12 3 + G=-1 7 9 -
R64
11

15K 0.1% U 8D 13 20K 0.1% 10 +
4
TL074BCD REF3
13 -
R188 +5REF
4
14 3 2
4
12 + 14
REF1 OUT0 10K 0.1%
+5VREF/16
4
AD0 +15VANALOG5
A1 10 AD1 OUT1 1
R164 11
2 A2 AD2 4K02 0.1% 2
1K 0.1%
+15VANALOG2
OUT2 16
SCL 7 SCL
SDA 8 SDA
OUT3 15 I_LIMIT
R69 GND
Unmounted U17D
1K
11
R NV TL074BCD
R80 13 -
0 ohm
6 DGND 14 DEMVEL
0 ohm 12 +
G N DH
4
GND ANALOG
+5V
V CC
L26 L27 L28 L20
GND EARTH
1 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA 1
Unmounted Unmounted
C40
+ Unmounted + + + DRAWING S.PEREZ 17/05/2010 PBA S0016027_A_SCH PCB S0015303_C
C44 C45 + C48 C113 2/9
6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V C46 C47 6.8uF/25V 100nF/50V REVISED F.GARCIA 17/05/2010 A 5 3 REV
C109 C108 6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V C103 A NC 11/401 NE 381/11 J. Clemente 10/10/2012
100nF/50V 100nF/50V C112 C110 100nF/50V
100nF/50V 100nF/50V 5 NC 11/392 NE 374/11 J. Clemente 11/11/2011 OTC TRANSVERSAL AXIS PBA:
Unmounted Unmounted 3 NC 10/232 Sonia Pérez 18/05/2010 SEDECAL GAGE & DAC SIGNALS
A B C D E
A B C D E
+15VANALOG
D5 R 227
unmounted
C LUTCH +24VH
0 ohm
LED V.
K3 R 107 R 106 K2 7 K1
F1
3 178R LL4148 3K74 6 7
4 D47 5 6
6 2 5
1 3 2
MF-R400
4 3
G6B-1174P-US 1 + 4 /H_POW ER
8 1 +
8
2
D9 D 12 R118 +5V G6K-2F-5V
R 119
R 37
D4
R 45
1K D42 +5V G6K-2F-5V
BZV55C18
BZV55C18
2K 2K
3
3
R 13 BCX53-16 BCX53-16 LL4148 LL4148
1 1 Q9
1
2
2
4 R 12 10R0 R 18 BCX56-16 4
1 Q6 1 C 56 G N DH 1 1
2
2
Q1 1uF/50V 10R0 BAT54J R 19
3
3
D 10 GNDH Q3 47R5 100R
2
G N DH IR F 5210PBF
MOTOR
2
BZG03-C12
3W R 20
R8 D7 J5
47R5 1K
R 14 C 57 1
1K GNDH 1nF/50V 2
1
3
3
2
AMP350429-1
D6 C 58
1nF/50V
BZG03-C12
A drive
2
3W T1
250 uH 16A +24VH
B gate
1
B drive C 59
1nF/50V
R 44
R 15 R 21 G N DH 10k
2
1K IR F B4710PBF 1K
A gate
2
D18 unmounted
Q2 Q4 LL4148
A gate
1 Q10
IR F B4710PBF
2
2
1 BCX56-16
1 Q7 1 R24-2 R3
B gate
3
BCX56-16 R 17 R 23
3
10R0 10R0
3
3
LL4148
1
D 11 1K 1K D 14 U 2A
R 16 R27-2 TLP621-2
B drive A drive
R 24 100R D3
2
1K_POTEN R 27
P1 0 ohm
3 R 117 100R G N DH 3
0,1E 5W
R5 R4 R7 Current
R6
0,1E 5W 0,1E 5W limit
0,1E 5W
unmounted unmounted
adj.
unmounted R 26
P1-3 470R
R 25
G N DH 0 ohm
R25-1
+15VANALOG
D 60
LL4148
R233 R 232
TP +15VANALOG14
TP51 C 152
D 61
220pF/50V U 23A LL4148
4
U 23C
TL074BCD
4
R 246 U 23D R 238 R237 3

+
4
1K TL074BCD R234
R 239 + 10 1
TL074BCD
+ 12 8 14K7 7K87 - 2
+I mot 14 4K02 - 9
- 13 10K
C153
11
R 248 R 235
11
2K55 + C 154 100pF/50V 10K

11
unmounted
10uF/35V
R236
-15VANALOG14
-15VANALOG14 10K
C 151
2 2
220pF/50V
R 240
- I mot
R 247 1K
1K
P1-3 R25-1
S1
1 8 R 243
R24-2 2 7 R27-2
3 6
4 5 10K
TP45

4
CURRENT CURRENT R 241 TL074BCD

+ 5 I_LIMIT
CONTROL: CONTROL: 7
2 = on 2 = off 8K25
GNDH
3 = on 3 = off
11

G N D SU PPLY
-15VANALOG14
-10VREF G ND ANALOG
L6 L5 L38 L39
G ND EARTH
TP42
R115 TP
1K
1
+15VANALOG11
R 28 C5 + + C155 + +
20K 1K 6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V
6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V
R 11 C 61 C 158 +5V
U 1C
4
1K R 111 C 62 100nF/50V C 156 100nF/50V

4
R113 TL074BCD 1K
10 + 100nF/50V 100nF/50V +5V
1K 8 12 +
Corr. B
13
R 112
1K
- TL074BCD 4V/A
11
U 1D
11
-15VANALOG11
C2 C3 -15VANALOG11
100nF/50V DRAWING S.PEREZ 17/05/2010 PBA S0016027_A_SCH PCB S0015303_C
100nF/50V 3/9
R 116 17/05/2010
REVISED F .G AR CIA A 5 3 REV
0 ohm
R 10 A NC 11/401 NE 381/11 J. Clemente 10/10/2012
20K 5 NC 11/392 NE 374/11 J. Clemente 11/11/2011 OTC TRANSVERSAL AXIS PBA:
3 N C 10/232 Sonia Pérez 18/05/2010 SEDECAL H POWER DRIVER
A B C D E
A B C D E

U16
O0
GALGA 2 I1 O1 17
3 I2 O2 16
74HCT14 4 I3 15
R215 O3 G6B-1114P-US
5 I4 O4 14 CLUTCH
+5V 0 ohm 6 I5 13 D54 1
O5
/BRAKE U14F BRAKE
J9 R81 1
8 I7
9 GND
O7
+Vs
11
4
D40
J12
4 1 2 3 4 /R EL 74HCT14 2 4
1 74HC08/SO LED V. F2 S1J J14-J13 2
470R D53
2 C50 74HCT14 74HCT14 G N DH
LL4148 MF-R400 1
3 100nF/50V 1 AMP280370-2
4 2 2
+15VANALOG D35
G N DH AMP280370-2
unmounted
+24VH
0 ohm
GND SIGNAL
S IGNAL1 U14D GND
R218
9 8 RESET_SW
S IGNAL2
0 ohm 74HCT14
S IGNAL3
+5V
G N DH
S IGNAL0
+5V +5V G N DH
100nF/50V
C118
10
10
8
7
6
4
8
7
6
4
GNDSUPPLY
R72 R229
R5
R6
R7
R8
R5
R6
R7
R8
C
C
+5V GNDSUPPLY
24
8*10K 8*10K U20
R4
R3
R2
R1
R4
R3
R2
R1
C
VCC
GND ANALOG
TP11 TP12
3
9
1
2
3
9
1
2
5
3 TP TP 23 4 R203 3
U21C U21D
AMP280370-2 22 5 /R EL AMP280370-2
1 1 / INT 1 /INT P2 6 6 5 8 9 1 1
2 R95 1K 2 +5V
2 470R 2
LIM_SW 2 R73 R74 21 7 S IGNAL0 TP13 unmounted 1K
1K 470R A0 P3 R195 C124 J3
JA3 A1 2 A1 74HCT14 74HCT14 +5V
A2 A2 P4 V CC
R197 470R
JB3 P10 P5 TP16
R98 1K TP17 unmounted
2 2 14 P11 P6 10 S IGNAL3 unmounted PEDAL-UP
1 1 R196 470R C117 C116 15 11
P12 P7 /GALGA
220nF/50V
AMP280370-2 16
220nF/50V P13 R249
SPEED CTRL 18 P15 V1 BRAKE-CLUTCH
AUTOCENTER unmounted D38
BUTTON P16 D62 J15
R100 TP10
1 11 10 /CLU TCH 20 TP 1 2 1
JA4 1 P17 1
2 2
GND
2 470R LL4148 2
AMP280370-2 74HCT14 R87 unmounted unmounted
3
unmounted PCF8575TS / SSOP 24 1K AMP280370-2
12
2 2
AUTOTRACK R228
U21A unmounted
BUTTON 1 2
8
1
6
R102 U21F 0 ohm
+
1 13 12 74HCT14 Q17 K5
470R
1 unmounted
2
5
7
AMP280370-2 C131 C130 74HCT14 R99 R101 0 ohm
3
J2
1 1 1
JR4 2 G N DH
AMP280370-2 3
unmounted unmounted R93 4
unmounted S IGNAL2 470R 5
24CLUTCH_TABLE
S IGNAL3 R103 6
C128 R250
220nF/50V 470R
C132 AMP280372-2
C129 0 ohm
unmounted
220nF/50V C125
220nF/50V 220nF/50V
74HC08/SO
1 9 U10B 6 1
U10C 8 5
10
+5V +5V +5V

100nF/50V
74HC08/SO
100nF/50V
100nF/50V
12 4/9
U10D 11 REVISED F.GARCIA 17/05/2010 A 5 3 REV
13 A NC 11/401 NE 381/11 J. Clemente 10/10/2012
3 NC 10/232 Sonia Pérez 18/05/2010 SEDECAL I/O DIGITAL
A B C D E
A B C D E
4 4
D25 D24
unmounted unmounted 0.4w 12v 0.4w 12v

R142 see axis C80 see axis
R140 0 R150 80K6 D32 D31 D23 D22

10% o 5% A 10% o 5%
C65 470nF
R141 B 10% o 5%
LL4 148 LL4 148 LL4 148 LL4 148 R39 R38
D30 D29 D21 D20 R245 C64 470nF 10K 10K
10K
-15VANALOG8
-15VANALOG8 LL4 148 LL4 148 LL4 148 LL4 148 0 ohm -15VANALOG8
-15VANALOG8
U6A
11
TL074BCD U6B U 6C
11
11
11
B2 2 -
1 6 - 9 - 10K TL074BCD
R55 3 + 7 8 13 -
10K R56 5 + R132 10 + 14 B1 B1
10K 10K 12 +
4
4
+15VANALOG8
+15VANALOG8
+5V
+5V TP35
-10VREF +10VREF
V CC

BAS85 D15
R29
GND SIGNAL BAS85
D48 1K
GND BAS85
D26
BAS85 ERRPOS
R147
TP36
10K R136
2 2
10K R123
U7A U 7C 1K
11
11
11
DEMVEL
10K
GND ANALOG 3 +
10K 7 10 +
5 +
4K99
4
R36
4
GND EARTH 10K
+15VANALOG9 TACO
D49
C63
33nF
R40
-15VANALOG9 10K
L12 L11 L14 L13

11
TL074BCD
1 1
- 13
+ 12

4
6.8uF/25V + C16 + 6.8uF/25V + 6.8uF/25V

6.8uF/25V 5/9
REVISED F.GARCIA 17/05/2010 A 5 3 REV
C74 C66 C72 C73 +15VANALOG9 A NC 11/401 NE 381/11 J. Clemente 10/10/2012
100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V
3 NC 10/232 Sonia Pérez 18/05/2010 SEDECAL PID & POSITION LOOPS
A B C D E
A B C D E

+10VREF 100pF
C7 R152 TP6
+10VREF
100K
100nF/50V -15VANALOG2 unmounted
unmounted
J8 R144 L10 L9 L8 L7 L18 L17 L31 L32
11
1 U8A D19
4
2 R53 100K 4
-
3
5 3 +
1K
6.8uF/25V
4
C15 + C14 + C13 + C12 + 6.8uF/25V + C25 + + +
D50
AMP280372-2 6.8uF/25V C136
unmounted R153 +15VANALOG2 BAS85 C68 C69 C70 C71 C82 C81
unmounted C135 C137
unmounted unmounted
1uF/50V 1uF/50V 1uF/50V
R130 R131
20M 20M
R224 R226
20k 30K
IR connector
11
DEMPOS
11
1 +5V R223 D58
2 2 -
R225 TL074BCD
1 6 - BAS85
3 3 20K 3
4 +5V 3 + 7 C H IR1
20K
5 U11A 5 +
R143 +15VANALOG4
TL074BCD U11B
4
6
4
+10VREF +15VANALOG3
C22 AMP280372-2 +15VANALOG12
7
R220 R222
7
1
POTENCIOMETER 3 6
R46
100nF/50V 1 10K 0.1% 8
6 2 -
8 INA126
1 U3
11
2
5
2 -
INA118 R134
11
3 POSICION R219 D59
10K 9 -
R221 TL074BCD
4
4 BAS85
5 8 13 -
R124 20K 10 + 14
6 20K C H IR2
C27 C28 C29 1K -15VANALOG4 12 +
U11C
TL074BCD U11D
4
AMP280372-2 -15VANALOG3 unmounted
TP50 unmounted unmounted
4
1uF/50V 1uF/50V 1uF/50V
SPEED +15VANALOG12
TP +15VANALOG12
R149 R148
10V=21VinMOTOR
20M 0 ohm TP7
+15VANALOG11
-10VREF C96
unmounted
2 U1A 2
C34 R65 TL074BCD
4
100nF/50V 1K
TP&I2C + 3
- 2 147K 78K7
-10VREF
11
GNDSUPPLY G N DH
C100 unmounted
R251
GND ANALOG
-15VANALOG11 0 ohm
TP9
GND SIGNAL
TP C86
unmounted GND

12K1 1uF/50V
R145 R49
U8B 1K 1K J20
R165 U 8C
4

1
4
TL074BCD 147K 78K7 5

+ 2
+ 10 7 3
TACO 8 - 6 4
- 9 R146 R50 V CC +5VCC
C92 C35 1K 1k +5V
11
100nF/50V 1uF C9 C24 AMP280371-2

+5V
11
1 R154 1uF/50V 1uF/50V 1

12K1
-15VANALOG2
-15VANALOG2

5
A NC 11/401 NE 381/11 J. Clemente 10/10/2012
3 NC 10/232 Sonia Pérez 18/05/2010 SEDECAL POT & TACO SIGNALS
A B C D E
A B C D E
TP22
TP
+5V
+5V
C114
FL2
L35 R84
F3 1 +IN + O U T 14 L19 L21
B CB 24 11 C79 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA
- - 22uF/25V 4.7uH/650mA 1K
C115 C43 MF-MSMF020-2 + + C140 DS3
D36 100nF/50V 100nF/50V +
10uF/35V 6.8uF/25V C76
PSG - - CG1
100nF/50V C36 C42
-
+
100nF/50V BNX005-01
CG2
CG3
TP23 C90 C102
TP DS4 100nF/50V 100nF/50V
DC-DC-2 EC6A16 7.5W R85
F4 + O U T 14 L36
23 +IN C141
+ C97 4.7uH/650mA C93 3K01
22 +
SMD050 22uF/25V 100nF/50V
+ + / - OUT 9 6.8uF/25V
C142
R105 C89 + C87 C91
3 +
10uF/35V 2 -IN 22uF/25V 100nF/50V R86
-O UT 11
R48 4.7uH/650mA 3K01
-15VANALOG LED V.
-15VANALOG
0 ohm DS5
R1 TP24
TP
0 ohm G N DH
3 +15VANALOG 3
-15VANALOG7
hole 4 mm
1 TP25 U9A
11
hole 4 mm 2 - +5V
1 TP26 R68 FL1
1
J1
+4.096REF 3 +
2K49 R2 R109
hole 4 mm +5V CB B
1 R166 Q13 - - 1
3
1K
1000uF/63V
TP27 R162
4
BC817-40W 1K U2B 470R 1K5 2

D2 + +
3
10uF/35V
15R
4
- -
-
U 9D +5REF
11
2K21 1K5 BNX005-01
CG3
CG2
13 - + C41
14 4.7uF/16V
12 + -15VANALOG
-15VANALOG7
4
TP30 TP31 TP32

U 9C
11
R157 10K TL074BCD
2
+15VANALOG7 9 -
R160 Q12
+5REF 8 1
2 BCX53-16 TP34 2
10 +
4K02
3
G N DH
R60
3
4
BC807-40W
2
U9B R155 R156
11

20K
GND SIGNAL 6 - R61
7 TP33 C88
R173
4K02
Q16 1nF/50V
10K Q14
4
BC817-40W C30
R172 +
4.7uF/16V
R171 R170
G N DH C101
G N DH
1nF/50V
+10VREF
GNDSUPPLY
+ C39
GNDSUPPLY 4.7uF/16V
GND ANALOG
GND EARTH
1 1

+5V 5
A NC 11/401 NE 381/11 J. Clemente 10/10/2012
+5V 5 NC 11/392 NE 374/11 J. Clemente 11/11/2011 OTC TRANSVERSAL AXIS PBA:
V CC 3 NC 10/232 Sonia Pérez 18/05/2010 SEDECAL POWER SUPPLY
A B C D E
A B C D E
4 4
R139
+10VREF
1K
C78
1uF/50V
+15VANALOG10
R151
-10VREF R32
1K21
1K C77 SERV ON
1uF/50V unmounted
DS1
A DRIVE R120
TP38 /H_POW ER
unmounted TP
1K
B DRIVE LED V.
TP37
3 TP 3
1.5nF pol R30 10K
UC3637 B2
C31 U5 -15VANALOG10
R51 1 20
+Vth Iset
2
1K 2 19
3 -Vth -E/A 18
1K Aout +E/A R121
20K
1 1
+Vs -C/L
R137 8 13 R12510K
+Bin +Ain D51
10 11 10K BZV55C10
10K NC NC
R126 1K B1 R128
2
TP39 R59 R138 1K R31
TP
1K 1K
40KHz TP I LIMIT
unmounted R122
TP43
4K99
unmounted
R35
1K TP40
Speed TP
R34
1nF/50V
A.O SUPPLY
R33
-I mot
1K
GND SIGNAL
L15 L16
C33
C32 6.8uF/25V
G N DH
6.8uF/25V + +
G N DH
C85 C84
GNDSUPPLY
100nF/50V 100nF/50V
GNDSUPPLY
GND ANALOG
1 1
GND EARTH

5
+5V
3 NC 10/232 Sonia Pérez 18/05/2010 SEDECAL PWM CONTROLLER
V CC
A B C D E
A B C D E
4 4

1
1
3 3
LG1
CON1
J19
HEATSINK S0003158
1
1
2
3
NYLON WASHER FIXING
2 2
1 1

REVISED F.GARCIA 17/05/2010
9/9 A 3 REV
5
A NC 11/401 NE 381/11 J. Clemente 10/10/2012
3 NC 10/232 Sonia Pérez 18/05/2010 SEDECAL TOOLING HOLES
A B C D E
5 4 3 2 1
+5V1
+5V1
R1
10K
R2
10K R3
1K Transversal(Y)
C5
R4
Patient_info 1K
10nF +5V1
D C6 D
10nF +5V1 0V1 J2

R5 Detent_Skipper
+5V1 10K 1
Omni 2
0V1
R6 3
10K R7 4
1K Longitudinal(X)
100nF
C7
C8 AMP280371-2
R8 0V1
24
Autotrack 1K U3 10nF
C9 0V1 J3
VCC
+5V1 Detent_Skipper
+5V1 10nF 0V1 1
SDA 23 SDA P0 4 Omni 2
3
SCL 22 SCL P1 5 4
0V1 R9
R10 +5V1 1 6 10K
INT /INT P2
10K AMP280371-2
21 7 0V1
A0 P3 R11
2 A1 1K Vertical(Z)
R12
Detector_sel 1K 3 A2 P4 8
0V1 C10
C11 J4
13 P10 P5 9
10nF Detector_sel
10nF +5V1 1
14 P11 P6 10 Autotrack 2
+5V1 Autocenter
0V1 3
15 P12 P7 11 Patient_info 4
C 0V1 Collimator_Preset
C
R13 5
16 P13 6
10K
17 R14
P14 10K
R15 0V1
Collimator_Preset 1K 18 P15
C12 R16
19 P16 1K Angular(Alpha) J5
10nF 20 C13 Detent_Skipper
P17 +5V1 1
GND
Omni 2
10nF Angular(Alpha)
0V1 3
Rotation(Beta) 4
PCF8575TS / SSOP 24
12
R17 0V1 5
10K 6
0V1
R18 0V1
1K Rotation(Beta)
C14 +5V1 J6
Detent_Skipper 1
10nF Omni 2
Longitudinal(X) 3
Transversal(Y) 4
0V1 R19 Vertical(Z)
10K 5
6
B +5V1 VCC R20 B

1K Omni
0V1
DECOUPLING FOR U1 & U5. +5V1 C15
10nF
C3 C4
100nF 100nF R21
10K 0V1
R22
1K Detent_Skipper
0V1 GND C16
+5V1
10nF
0V1 R23
10K
R24
1K Autocenter
C17
10nF
A
0V1 A

PBA S0022644_0 PCB S0013225_6
REVISED R.ZAMORA 21/01/2009
1/2 0 REV
CONSOLE INTERFACE BOARD

0 NC 11836 Sonia Pérez 21/01/2009 SEDECAL OTC
5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
+5V1
+5V1
R51
+5V1 1K
+5V1
TP1 TP2 TP3 +5V1
HSMY-C670
D1
D R52 R53 D
1K 1K C29 R54
+24V3 SCL 1K
R55 R56 R57 R58 100nF
1K 1K 1K 100K SCL
8
U6
J10
HSMY-C670
D2
0V1
VCC
1 2 Lx Sx 3
3
6
2 7 6 Q7 SDA
GND
Ly Sy ZXM61N03
7 1
3
2
8 82B715TD SDA
4
4
3
9 0V1 0V1
INT
5 Q8
1 ZXM61N03
2
0V1
0V3
C 0V1 C
TP4
See ADW DOC

S0022747 Cable
R59 TP5
1K
F1
R60
C30 SMD020-2 1K
100nF DS1 +5V1
+24V3 FL1
HSMG-C670
B - - CB
DC/DC-1 LT3C21
DS2
D3 1 + IN + O U T 14 HSMG-C670
B C31 C32 R61 B
SMCJ30A 100nF PSG CG1 100nF 4K7 + C33 C34 C35
- - 10uF 35V 100nF 100nF
-
BNX005-01 12 -IN - OUT 15

CG2
CG3
R62
1K
0V3 C36
100nF 0V4
0V1
TP6 TP7
hole 4 mm
1 TP8
R63 hole 4 mm
A 0 OHM 1 NAME DATE SHEET / OF A
TP9
PBA S0022644_0 PCB S0013225_6
R64 hole 4 mm REVISED R.ZAMORA 21/09/2009
2/2 0 REV
0 OHM 1 TP10
hole 4 mm CONSOLE INTERFACE BOARD

1 TP11 0 NC 11836 Sonia Pérez 21/01/2009 SEDECAL
OTC
0V4 0V1
5 4 3 2 1
5 4 3 2 1
D D
K1A
5 1
6
+5V 10 R1
G5V-1-DC5 10R 4W AXIAL NON FLAMMABLE
J1 J2
4 4
C 3 3 C
2 2
1 1
K1B
2
AMP 350211-1 9 AMP 350211-1
G5V-1-DC5
CONNECTED TO J1 S0012509 CABLE CONNECTED TO J2 S0025612 CABLE
B B
A A

J.Clemente
PBA S0025611 REV.B (PCB S0025621 REV.A)
DRAWING 21/12/10
F. Díaz
1/1
REVISED 21/12/10 B A REV
B NC 10/498 NE 551/10 J.Clemente 30/05/12

NOVA WAFER POWER SUPPLY LOAD
A NC 11/463 NE 212/12 J.Clemente 21/12/10 SEDECAL
5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4 5 6
R30 +5V
49K9 0.1% ALPHA AXIS
L17
100uH/65mA
-15VANALOG1 address alpha $6
C70 C43
100nF/50V
U17 220nF/50V
A A
11
R31 U6A
10K 0.1% +5V 1
TL074BCD/SO VDD C77 C78 C79 C80
2 2
- VDD
1 +5V
CH7_ALPHA 100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V
3 R99
ERROR-ALPHA +
6 15 2 1 (CH0-ALPHA)
A0 CH0 2 1 POSITION-ALPHA
12 16 4 3
A1 CH1 4 3
4
R59 10 17 6 5
2K A2 CH2 6 5
18 8 7
CH3 8 7
4x100
+15VANALOG1 9 27
SDA REF +4.096REFA
R33 5 14
SCL AGND
49K9 0.1% 26
REFADJ
3 C29 + C28
DGND
R58
-15VANALOG1 4 0R 10nF/50V 4.7uF/16V
NC
7
NC
8 19
NC CH4
11 20 R100
NC CH5
22 21 2 1
11
R32 U6B (CH5-ALPHA)

NC CH6 2 1
10K 0.1% 24 23 4 3
TL074BCD/SO NC CH7 4 3 TACHOMETER-ALPHA
6 25 6 5
- NC 6 5 CH6_ALPHA
7 28 13 8 7
CH7_BETA NC /SHDN 8 7 CH7_ALPHA
5
ERROR-BETA + C81 C82 C83 C84
4x100
4
100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V

MAX127-SSOP28
B +5V B
+15VANALOG1
+5V
L18
BETA AXIS
-15VANALOG1 100uH/65mA
address beta $2 C71 C45

100nF/50V
U16 220nF/50V
11
U6C
TL074BCD/SO
9 +5V 1
- VDD C85 C86 C87 C88
8 2
CH6_ALPHA VDD
10
SPEED-ALPHA + 100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V
+5V R101
6 15 2 1 (CH0-BETA)
A0 CH0 2 1 POSITION-BETA
4
12 16 4 3
A1 CH1 4 3
10 17 6 5
R61 A2 CH2 6 5
18 8 7
2K CH3 8 7
4x100
+15VANALOG1
9 27
SDA REF
5 14
SCL AGND
26
REFADJ
+5V 3 + C69
DGND C25
R60
-15VANALOG1 +5V 4 0R 10nF/50V 4.7uF/16V
NC
C 7 C
R67 NC
8 19
1K NC CH4
11 20 R102
R62 NC CH5
22 21 2 1
11
U6D (CH5-BETA)
1K NC CH6 2 1
24 23 4 3
TL074BCD/SO NC CH7 4 3 TACHOMETER-BETA
13 25 6 5
- NC 6 5 CH6_BETA
14 28 13 8 7
CH6_BETA DS1 NC /SHDN 8 7 CH7_BETA
12
SPEED-BETA + LED G C89 C72 C73 C74
4x100
+5V
4
DS2 100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V

MAX127-SSOP28
LED G
SCL
+15VANALOG1
SDA
A.O SUPPLY
L5 L10
100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA BUFFER, I2C DEVICE
U16 Decoupling
GND ANALOG GNDH BUFFER, I2C DEVICE
GNDH U17 Decoupling
D D
+5V +5V
GND SIGNAL C12 C27
GND 6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V
C13 PBA A3668-01 REV.A (PCB S0023103 REV.D)
+ DRAWING J.Clemente 07/11/12
C26 C42 1/5
C44
100nF/50V 100nF/50V REVISED F. Díaz 07/11/12 A REV
100nF/50V 100nF/50V
+5V
VCC ALPHA-BETA CONTROL:
+5V A
SEDECAL
NC 12/471 NE 452/12 J.Clemente 07/11/12

ADC & ADAPTERS
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
POS ALPHA
DEMPOS-ALPHA POS. ERR-ALPHA
TP6
TP9
J10ALPHA
+10VREFA +15VANALOG5
A +15VANALOG4 R44 A
4K99 0.1%
1 R34 R45
2 C63 1K R36
10K 0.1%
3
7
100nF/50V 1K
4 ERROR-ALPHA
7
3
5 +
3 1
6 + POSITION-ALPHA C36
1 6
POS_ERROR-ALPHA
6 1uF/50v 8
POT.POS 8 R35 2 U10
-
ALPHA 2 U9 200R INA118
-
-10VREFA INA118
R43
5
10K
5
C64
C65 R94
100nF/50V 1uF/50v 20M
-15VANALOG5
-15VANALOG4
+5V
C1
100nF/50V
L19
100uH/65mA
R1 POS DEMM ALPHA
C75
R9
49K9 0.1% R14 TP4
220nF/50V
B +5VREFA/16 10K 0.1%
B
address 0x07 -15VANALOG7 10K 0.1%
alpha -15VANALOG7
R22
+5VREFA 10K 0.1% -15VANALOG7
-15VANALOG3 +5VREFA U1
11
R10
11
R21
R51 12 9
11
R4 1K
VDD -
15K 0.1% 4 8 2
11
20K 0.1% R13

U18D REF0 -
13 10 10K 0.1% G=-1 1 6
TL074BCD/SO REF3 + U2C -
13 3 10K 0.1% G=-1 7
+5VREFA/16 - R20
TL074BCD/SO + U2A DEMPOS-ALPHA
14 3 2 5
REF1 OUT0
4
TL074BCD/SO R17 + U2B
12 +5V 14
REF2 4K02 0.1%
4
+ 10K 0.1% TL074BCD/SO
4
9
AD0 R19
4
R52 10 1
AD1 OUT1 SPEED DEMM ALPHA
1K 0.1% 11 +15VANALOG7
AD2 4K02 0.1%
TP1 +15VANALOG7
+VREFA/16
+5VREFA +15VANALOG7
+15VANALOG3 16 -15VANALOG7
OUT2
7
SCL SCL
8
SDA SDA
15 R3
OUT3 1K
11
U2D
TL074BCD/SO
13
-
14
DEMVEL-ALPHA
12
+
5
AGND
C R23 C
4
6
DGND
0R
MAX520ACWE
+15VANALOG7
I_LIMIT_ALPHA
+15VANALOG
-15VANALOG A.O SUPPLY

L1 L6 L7 L3
L11 L12 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA
GND ANALOG 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA
+15VANALOG4 +15VANALOG5 +15VANALOG7

-15VANALOG4 -15VANALOG5 -15VANALOG7
GND SIGNAL
GND C17 C7
D C34 C3
D
6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V
6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V + + +
GNDH C32
C15 C14 C16 C8
C35 C4 100nF/50V 100nF/50V
GNDH + + + 6.8uF/25V 100nF/50V NAME DATE SHEET / OF
6.8uF/25V C33 100nF/50V 100nF/50V PBA A3668-01 REV.A (PCB S0023103 REV.D)
DRAWING J.Clemente 07/11/12
100nF/50V 2/5
+5V A
REVISED F. Díaz 07/11/12 REV
VCC
+5V
ALPHA-BETA CONTROL:
A
SEDECAL
NC 12/471 NE 452/12 J.Clemente 07/11/12
REV DESCRIPTION ISSUED BY DATE ALPHA DAC & POSITION

1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
POSITION BETA
TP11
POS ERROR X-BETA

R37 DEMPOS-BETA
1K TP8
J10BETA +10VREFA
A POSITION-BETA R48 A
7
4K99 0.1%
1 R39
3
2 + ERROR-BETA
7
C66 1 1K
3 R47
100nF/50V 6 3
4 +
8 10K 0.1% 1
5 U11 C41
2 R38 6
6 -
INA118 1uF/50v POS_ERROR-BETA
200R 8
2 U12
-
5
POT.POS INA118
BETA R95 R46
5
C67 20M 10K
1uF/50v
-10VREFA -15VANALOG8
-15VANALOG9
C68
100nF/50V +5V
C2
100nF/50V
L20
100uH/65mA
R5
C76 R15
49K9 0.1%
10K 0.1% R16 POS DEM BETA
220nF/50V
10K 0.1%
B 0x03 address
R27 -15VANALOG11 TP5 B
BETA -15VANALOG11
10K 0.1%
-15VANALOG11
+5VREFA U3
11
11
U4A
12 13 R12
11
VDD R26 - R2 TL074BCD/SO
4 14 2 R11 1K
REF0 -
13 20K 0.1% 12 10K 0.1% G=-1 1 6
REF3 + U4D -
R25 3 10K 0.1% G=-1 7
TL074BCD/SO + DEMPOS-BETA
3 2 5
+VREFA/16 REF1 OUT0 U4B
4
+
+5V 14
REF2 4K02 0.1% TL074BCD/SO
4
R24
4
9
AD0 4K02 0.1% +5VREFA
10 1
AD1 OUT1 R18
11 +15VANALOG11 SPEED DEM BETA
AD2 10K 0.1%
TP3 +15VANALOG11
+15VANALOG11
16 -15VANALOG11
OUT2
7
SCL SCL
8
SDA SDA
15
OUT3 R6
11
U4C
1K
TL074BCD/SO
9
-
8
DEMVEL-BETA
10
+
5
AGND
R28
4
C 6 C
DGND
0R
MAX520ACWE
+15VANALOG11
I_LIMIT_BETA
-15VANALOG
GROUNDED AND SUPPLY WIRES +15VANALOG
A.O SUPPLY
GND ANALOG
L9
L13 L14 L2 L8 100uH/65mA L4
GND SIGNAL 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA
GND
-15VANALOG8 -15VANALOG9 -15VANALOG11 +15VANALOG8 +15VANALOG9 +15VANALOG11
GNDH
C37 C39 C6 C19 C21 C9
6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V
6.8uF/25V
+ + +
D C10 D
+5V + + +
C38 C40 C5 C18 C20 100nF/50V
VCC 100nF/50V
100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V
+5V NAME DATE SHEET / OF
GNDH
PBA A3668-01 REV.A (PCB S0023103 REV.D)
3/5
REVISED F. Díaz 07/11/12 A REV
ALPHA-BETA CONTROL:
A
SEDECAL
NC 12/471 NE 452/12 J.Clemente 07/11/12
REV DESCRIPTION ISSUED BY DATE BETA DAC & POSITION

1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
+24VH-F BRAKE ALPHA

+5V R41 R29 +24VH-F +24VH-F R105 J9A
470R 1K5 +24VH-F
ALPHA LIM_SW_A1 0x06 address
ALPHA 0R
1
1
1
D12
2
J6A U13A
V1 2
R82 +5V +5V D14
RNA310-8*10K ACPL-227 D1 C24 R80 PSOT24C
0R R49 +5V +5V +5V +5V + S1J
2 10 5 R103 RNA310-8*10K LL4148 6.8uF/25V 4K99 LL4148 UNMOUNTED AMP280377-2
2 C C
2
1 C55 10 5 /EMERGENCY SWITCH UNMOUNTED 1 2
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
R6
R7
R8
1 220nF/50V C C
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
R6
R7
R8
24
U15
AMP280377-2 R40
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
10K
VCC
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
3
A R50 D4 A
LIM_SW_A2
470R LED G
23 4 3 4 D2
J2A SDA SDA P0
GNDH
16
13
R84 LED G
4
U8B
0R 22 5
SCL SCL P1
+
74HCT14 K1
2
2 C57
1 1 6 G5V-2-24VDC
1 /INT /INT P2
4
220nF/50V UNMOUNTED
6
9
11
AMP280377-2 +5V 21 7 R56
A0 P3
2 0R Q5
A1 +24VH-F
3 8 /EMERGENCY SWITCH /BRAKE_ALPHA 11 10 1
A2 P4
R87 SPD15N06S2L-64
10K 13 9 U8E GNDH
P10 P5
3
74HCT14
+5V
14 10 R106 CLUTCH ALPHA
J12A P11 P6
R86 +15VANALOG GNDH J5A
470R SW_SPARE_1 15 11
P12 P7
2 1 2 0R
2 C59
1 U8A SW_SPARE_2 16 1
1 P13 +24VCC_CLUTCH_ALPHA 1
74HCT14 2
AMP280377-2 2
220nF/50V 17 R8 D10
UNMOUNTED P14
S1J
10K
18 AMP280377-2
P15 UNMOUNTED
R91 /BRAKE_ALPHA /BRAKE_ALPHA 19
P16 /ALPHA
10K GNDH
3
/CLUTCH_ALPHA /CLUTCH_ALPHA 20
+5V P17 Q2 2
GND
J13A R90 ZXM61N03 1 3
470R 1 8 9 /CLUTCH_ALPHA BRAKE BETA
2
B 2 5 6 U5A +24VH-F J9B B
2
12
1 C61 U8D +24VH-F
1 U8C 74HC08/SO
74HCT14 PCF8575TS / SSOP 24 74HCT14
AMP280377-2 1
220nF/50V D13
UNMOUNTED 1
2
V2 2
R81 PSOT24C
4K99 UNMOUNTED AMP280377-2
LL4148
BETA LIM_SW_B1 0x02 address 1 2
BETA
J6B R83 +5V +5V +5V +5V
3
0R R104 RNA310-8*10K D5
LED G
2 10 5
2 C C
1
R1
R2
R3
R4
R5
R6
R7
R8
24
16
13
1 U14
4
C56 R42
+
AMP280377-2 10K K2
VCC
1
2
3
4
6
7
8
9
220nF/50V G5V-2-24VDC
4
23 4 3 4
SDA SDA P0
6
9
11
R57
LIM_SW_B2 22 5 U7B 0R Q6
SCL SCL P1 +24VH-F
74HCT14 /BRAKE_BETA 11 10 1
J2B +5V 1 6
SPD15N06S2L-64
/INT /INT P2 U7E
74HCT14
GNDH
3
2 21 7
2 A0 P3
1 R85 2
1 C58 A1
0R 3 8 /EMERGENCY SWITCH GNDH
AMP280377-2 A2 P4
220nF/50V 13 9
P10 P5
C +15VANALOG C
14 10
R89
P11 P6
10K SW_SPARE_3 15 11
P12 P7
+5V R7
SW_SPARE_4 16
J12B R88
P13
10K
470R 17
P14
2 1 2
2 C60
1 18
1 U7A P15 /BETA
3
AMP280377-2 74HCT14
220nF/50V /BRAKE_BETA 19
UNMOUNTED P16 Q1 5
R93 /CLUTCH_BETA 20 ZXM61N03 1 6
P17
4 8 9
GND
10K /CLUTCH_BETA
2
U5B
+5V U7D
J13B R92
74HC08/SO
74HCT14
12
470R
2 5 6 PCF8575TS / SSOP 24 CLUTCH BETA J5B
2 C62
1
1 U7C
AMP280377-2 74HCT14
220nF/50V 1
UNMOUNTED +24VCC_CLUTCH_BETA 1
2
D11
2
S1J
GROUNDED AND SUPPLY WIRES AMP280377-2
10 13
8 11 UNMOUNTED
GND ANALOG
D 9 12 GNDH D
U5C U5D
U15, U14 U5 U7
U8
Decoupling Decoupling 74HC08/SO
GND SIGNAL Decoupling Decoupling 74HC08/SO
GND NAME DATE SHEET / OF

PBA A3668-01 REV.A (PCB S0023103 REV.D)
+5V +5V +5V +5V +5V DRAWING J.Clemente 07/11/12
4/5
GNDH C11 C22 REVISED F. Díaz 07/11/12 A REV
12 13 12 13
GNDH 100nF/50V 100nF/50V
C30 C31 C23
U7F U8F ALPHA-BETA CONTROL:
+5V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V
74HCT14 74HCT14
A
SEDECAL
VCC NC 12/471 NE 452/12 J.Clemente 07/11/12
+5V REV DESCRIPTION ISSUED BY DATE I/0 DIGITAL

1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
R97
0R
D6
UNMOUNTED
A S1J A
LIM_SW_A1 LIM_SW_A
+15VANALOG3 -15VANALOG
LIM_SW_A2 F1
D8 UNMOUNTED +24VH MFR-300
+24VH-F
R68 S1J
4
U18A -10VREFA
10K
2
TL074BCD/SO UNMOUNTED D7
3 + R72 Q9 S1J
1 1 TP15
BCX53-16 LIM_SW_B1 LIM_SW_B
2 -
+5VREFA 4K99
3
R77 R76
3
Q8
10K 1
LIM_SW_B2
11
20K BC807-40W D9 R98
UNMOUNTED 0R
S1J
2
R71 R70
-15VANALOG3 15R 1K
C50
4.7uF/16V
1nF/50V -10VREFA
C49
+ +24VH
+15VANALOG3
+15VANALOG
J100
R69
4
+5VREFA 10K U18B

TL074BCD/SO +10VREFA
5 + 1 2
R73
Q10 -10VREFA
7 TP17 3 4
6 BCX56-16 5 6
- 4K99
B R78 Q7 7 8 B
-15V_UNFIL -15V_UNFIL
10K R79 BC817-40W 9 10
+15V_UNFIL +15V_UNFIL
11
11 12
+5V_UNFIL +5V_UNFIL
10K 13 14
R74 R75 SCL
15 16
15R 1K SDA
-15VANALOG3 17 18
+24VCC_CLUTCH_ALPHA
C53 19 20
/ALPHA +24VCC_CLUTCH_BETA
1nF/50V + C54 +10VREFA 21 22
/BETA LIM_SW_A
23 24
4.7uF/16V LIM_SW_B SPEED-ALPHA
25 26
I_LIMIT_ALPHA SPEED-BETA
27 28
I_LIMIT_BETA -10VREFA
+15VANALOG3 29 30
POS_ERROR-ALPHA
31 32
POS_ERROR-BETA
+15VANALOG 33 34
TACHOMETER-ALPHA
35 36
TACHOMETER-BETA
R63 37 38
DEMVEL-ALPHA
4
+4.096REFA 1K U18C 39 40
TL074BCD/SO DEMVEL-BETA /INT
10 + R64 +5VREFA
8 Q3
9 BCX56-16 +5V TP16 GNDH
- 2K49
R54 Q4
10K BC817-40W
11
R65
15R D3 R66
-15VANALOG3
LL4148 1K
+5VREFA +5V
R53
+ C48
2K21
C TP10 C
4.7uF/16V
L22
+5V_UNFIL +5V
4.7uH/650mA C97
+
6.8uF/25V
+15VANALOG
TP2
TP12 TP7 TP14

L23
+15V_UNFIL +15VANALOG
4.7uH/650mA C98
A.O SUPPLY +
6.8uF/25V
GNDH
FIDUCIALS
C99
FIXING +
SCREWS
FP1 FP2 FP3 FP4 L24 6.8uF/25V
HOLES
GROUNDED AND SUPPLY WIRES L15 L16 CON1 CON1 CON1 CON1 -15V_UNFIL -15VANALOG
100uH/65mA 4.7uH/650mA
100uH/65mA
-15VANALOG3 +15VANALOG3 hole 4 mm TP13

1
1
HOLE1 -15VANALOG
GND ANALOG GNDH LG1
R55 C52 CON1
GNDH C47 hole 4 mm
6.8uF/25V
6.8uF/25V
+
1 HOLE2
D 0R D
GND SIGNAL
GNDH FC1 FC2 FC3 FC4
GND + C46 C51 hole 4 mm
1
1
100nF/50V HOLE4 CON1 CON1 CON1 CON1

100nF/50V
R96 PBA A3668-01 REV.A (PCB S0023103 REV.D)
+5V hole 4 mm
1 HOLE3 5/5
VCC 0R A
1
REVISED F. Díaz 07/11/12 REV

+5V
ALPHA-BETA CONTROL:
A
SEDECAL
NC 12/471 NE 452/12 J.Clemente 07/11/12

POWER SUPPLY
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
R69
10K 0.1%
POS_ERROR-ALPHA
POS x SPEED DEM-ALPHA
R93 D21 R70
10K 0.1% 10K 0.1% TP10
BAS85
A -15VANALOG6 -15VANALOG6 -15VANALOG6 A
R79
R85
11
11
1K
R12 U5B
10K 0.1%
11
10K 0.1% TL074BCD/SO R68
2 6 4K99
DEMVEL-ALPHA - -
1 9 7
- Speed-ALPHA
3 8 5
+ U5A +
10 U5C D14
TL074BCD/SO +
TL074BCD/SO
4
BAS85
4
+15VANALOG6
D22
BAS85
R92 C62
10K 0.1% 33nF/50V
33nF/50V
B B
R54
10K 0.1%
POS_ERROR-BETA
D7 POS x SPEED DEM-BETA

R39
10K 0.1% BAS85 R44
TP1
10K 0.1%
-15VANALOG10 -15VANALOG10
-15VANALOG10
R49
11
11
R43 1K
11
10K 0.1% R32 R53
TL074BCD/SO
6 10K 0.1% 2 4K99
DEMVEL-BETA - -
7 9 1
- Speed-BETA
5 U3B
8 3
+ +
TL074BCD/SO
10 U3C D1
+ U3A
TL074BCD/SO BAS85
4
4
4
C +15VANALOG10 C
D2
BAS85
R2
C55
10K 0.1% 33nF/50V
33nF/50V

A.O SUPPLY
GNDSUPPLY
GNDSUPPLY
GND ANALOG
L12 L4 L10 L5
GND SIGNAL 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA
GND
-15VANALOG6 -15VANALOG10 +15VANALOG6 +15VANALOG10
GNDH
D GNDH D
GNDPOWER C31 C17 + C26 +

C12 C28 C13 C6
GNDPOWER + C25 + 100nF/50V NAME DATE SHEET / OF
6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V
100nF/50V 100nF/50V 6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V
100nF/50V PBA A3669-01 REV.B (PCB S0023105 REV.E)
1/7
+5V B
VCC
+5V B NC 13/022 NE 022/13 J.Clemente 23/01/13 ALPHA-BETA POWER:
A NC 12/471 NE 452/12 J.Clemente 07/11/12
SEDECAL
CONTROL LOOPS
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
+15VANALOG
+24VH
D32
+24VCC_CLUTCH_ALPHA K3
R108 LED G
R110 7
178R
3 3K74 6
4 K4B D30 5
+ 8 2
A F4 1 3 A
- LL4148 4
MF-R600 /ALPHA
K4A 1 +
RLY-G6B-2214P-US 8
D28
G6K-2F-5V
LL4148
2
CR10 R114
CR7
R157 R141 R140 D48 1K R130 +5V
C83
100R 1K Q17 2K SMCJ30A R115 Q1 100R
LIM_SW_A
3
100nF/50V
BZV55C18
BZV55C18
BCX53-16 2K BCX53-16
C49
1 100nF/50V
R113 1
2
2
1
1
10R
1 Q20 1 1 1
BCX56-16
2
BCX56-16 GNDH
R142 10R Q6
Q14 GNDH GNDH Q10 D41
3
3
D52 IRF5210PBF BAT54J
IRF5210PBF
BAT54J R143
2
47R5
R132
R116 C92
1K
47R5 1nF/50V
2
R160 GNDH
1K
J3ALPHA
D47
6
3
BZG03-C12 C79 C88
5 K4C
3W 1nF/50V T2 1nF/50V 1
2
1
P0401
B 3 B
A drive-ALPHA
2
C93
2
1nF/50V MOLEX 26-60-5030
D40
BZG03-C12
B drive-ALPHA
A gate-ALPHA
3W
1
R144 Q9 R118 GNDH
2
2
1K
IRFB4710PBF B gate-ALPHA 1K
Q13
1 1 Q5
2
2
IRFB4710PBF BCX56-16
Q16
1 R146 R117 1
BCX56-16
3
3
D46 10R D39
10R
BAT54J BAT54J
3
3
R145 R131
1K B drive-ALPHA A drive-ALPHA 1K
+15VANALOG
D50
R151 LL4148
+15VANALOG2 1K
-15VANALOG6
+15VANALOG2 R19
C70 1K
D49
220nF/50V U11A
LL4148
11
C U11C C81 C
4
TL074BCD/SO
100nF/50V
4
U5D TL074BCD/SO
13 R20 R148 + 3 R18
-
14 R169 + 10 1 2K
+I mot-ALPHA R17
12 8 3K01 1K5 - 2
+
4K02 - 9 0R1 0.1W 20W RTO
TL074BCD/SO A.O SUPPLY
C84
4
11
R150 GNDH
11
100nF/50V
C100 + R171 2K -15VANALOG +15VANALOG
10uF/35V 2K55
UNMOUNTED
-15VANALOG2 R147
+15VANALOG6 -15VANALOG2 L15
L18
100uH/65mA
2K 100uH/65mA
C50 GROUNDED AND SUPPLY WIRES -15VANALOG2 +15VANALOG2

R165
1nF/50V
-I mot-ALPHA
R52 GNDH
1K 10K GNDSUPPLY
S1 +15VANALOG13 GNDH
1 8 GNDSUPPLY C42 C38 +
2 7 6.8uF/25V + 100nF/50V C43
GND ANALOG GNDPOWER C46
3 6 U4C
-I mot-BETA R91-1 6.8uF/25V
100nF/50V
4 5 TL074BCD/SO GNDPOWER
R172-2
4
SMD DIL GND SIGNAL

+ 10
R59 I_LIMIT_ALPHA
8 GND +5V
18K7
- 9 VCC
R163
D +5V D
64K9
11
R164
10K
PBA A3669-01 REV.B (PCB S0023105 REV.E)
-10VREF DRAWING J.Clemente 07/11/12
-15VANALOG13 2/7
B
B NC 13/022 NE 022/13 J.Clemente 23/01/13 ALPHA-BETA POWER:

A NC 12/471 NE 452/12 J.Clemente 07/11/12
SEDECAL
REV DESCRIPTION ISSUED BY DATE H-BRIDGE ALPHA
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
+15VANALOG
+24VH
D29
+24VCC_CLUTCH_BETA K2
R111 LED G
178R R109 7
A 3 3K74 6 A
4 K1B D31 5
+ 8 2
F3
1 3
MF-R600
- /BETA
LL4148 4
K1A 1 +
RLY-G6B-2214P-US 8
+5V
2
CR8
D27 G6K-2F-5V
2
CR9 D43 R128
R136 1K LL4148
R138 SMCJ30A
1K R129 Q2
BCX53-16 2K
LIM_SW_B
3
BZV55C18
R154 2K BCX53-16
BZV55C18
Q15 C82 C77 R126
1
100R 1 1
R139 100nF/50V 100nF/50V
2
1
100R
10R
1 Q19 1 GNDH 1 1
2
BCX56-16 Q3
Q11 R127
IRF5210PBF
GNDH GNDH 10R BCX56-16
3
D51 D38
Q7
BAT54J BAT54J
2
IRF5210PBF
R159 R137
1K 47R5 R125 R133 C89
47R5 1nF/50V
1K J3BETA
GNDH
6
1
3
5 K1C
B 1nF/50V T1 2 B
D45 C87 3
P0401
C80 1nF/50V
BZG03-C12
A drive-BETA
2
1 3W MOLEX 26-60-5030
C90
D33
2
1nF/50V
BZG03-C12 B drive-BETA
A gate BETA 3W
R149 R124 GNDH
2
IRFB4710PBF
1K B gate BETA 1K
1
Q12
Q8
IRFB4710PBF
1 1
2
2
Q4
1 Q18 R122 1
R134
3
BCX56-16
BCX56-16 10R
10R
D44 D34
1K
3
3
BAT54J BAT54J
R135 A drive-BETA
B drive-BETA
R123
1K
+15VANALOG
D35
LL4148
+15VANALOG2
-15VANALOG10
C +15VANALOG2 R121 C
R15
C72 1K 1K
U11B D36
220nF/50V LL4148
11
U11D TL074BCD/SO C78

4
100nF/50V
4
U3D TL074BCD/SO
13 R105 R119 + 5
-
14 R170 + 12 7 R16
+I mot-BETA
12 14 3K01 1K5 - 6
+
4K02 - 13 R120 0R1 0.1W 20W RTO
TL074BCD/SO
C71 2K
4
11
R104
11
100nF/50V 2K
C101 + R172
10uF/35V 2K55 GNDH
UNMOUNTED
+15VANALOG10 -15VANALOG2
-15VANALOG2
R172-2
R14
2K
C76
-I mot-BETA 1nF/50V
R94
1K
R168
+15VANALOG12 10K
U10A
D TL074BCD/SO D
4
+5V
R91-1
VCC + 3
GNDSUPPLY R91 I_LIMIT_BETA
1
+5V 18K7
GNDSUPPLY - 2 NAME DATE SHEET / OF
R166 PBA A3669-01 REV.B (PCB S0023105 REV.E)
GND ANALOG GNDH DRAWING J.Clemente 07/11/12
64K9 3/7
11
R167 REVISED F. Díaz 07/11/12 A REV

GNDH B
10K
GND SIGNAL
GNDPOWER
GND B NC 13/022 NE 022/13 J.Clemente 23/01/13 ALPHA-BETA POWER:
GNDPOWER -15VANALOG12
-10VREF
A NC 12/471 NE 452/12 J.Clemente 07/11/12
SEDECAL
H-BRIDGE BETA
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
D8 D9
BZV55C12 BZV55C12
R36 D13 D12 D11 D10
0R 0R 0R 0R
C1 100K
3.3uF/16V 10%
A D6 D5 D4 D3 A
R31 LL4148 LL4148 LL4148 LL4148 R41 R30

UNMOUNTED UNMOUNTED UNMOUNTED 10K 0.1% 10K 0.1%
10K 0.1%
C14
-15VANALOG14 -15VANALOG14 470nF/25V 5%

-15VANALOG14
-15VANALOG14
11
U1A
11
R38 TL074BCD/SO
TL074BCD/SO
2
11
R42
A1-ALPHA - U1B
1 6
11
R48
- TL074BCD/SO U1D
10K 0.1% 3 7 9 R37
+ 10K 0.1% - TL074BCD/SO
5 8 13
BiasValue Voltage + 10K 0.1% -
10 14
U1C 10K 0.1% B1-ALPHA
4
+
12
4
+
4
+15VANALOG14
+15VANALOG14
+15VANALOG14
+15VANALOG14
D15 D16
BZV55C12 BZV55C12
C39
B 470nF/25V 5% R62 D26 D25 D24 D23 B
100K 0R 0R 0R 0R
R99
D20 D19 D18 D17

10K 0.1%
R76
LL4148 LL4148 LL4148 LL4148 R74
-15VANALOG15 UNMOUNTED UNMOUNTED UNMOUNTED
10K 0.1% 10K 0.1%
-15VANALOG15
C30 -15VANALOG15
R98
220nF/50V 5% -15VANALOG15
11
U6A
10K 0.1%
11
U6B
TL074BCD/SO
2
11
R97 U6C
A1-BETA - TL074BCD/SO
1 6 R73
11
- TL074BCD/SO U6D
3 7 9 R75
+ 10K 0.1% - TL074BCD/SO
5 8 13
+ 10K 0.1% -
10 14
10K 0.1% B1-BETA
4
+
12
4
+
4
+15VANALOG15
+15VANALOG15
+15VANALOG15
+15VANALOG15
C C
A.O SUPPLY
L2
100uH/65mA L16
L3 L7
100uH/65mA
GROUNDED AND SUPPLY WIRES 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA

GNDH
GNDSUPPLY
D GNDH D
C41
GNDSUPPLY C24 C7
C8 6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V
GND ANALOG GNDPOWER 6.8uF/25V + +
GNDPOWER + + NAME DATE SHEET / OF
PBA A3669-01 REV.B (PCB S0023105 REV.E)
GND SIGNAL C2 DRAWING J.Clemente 07/11/12
C4 C23 C40
4/7
100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V REVISED F. Díaz 07/11/12 A REV
GND +5V B
VCC
+5V B NC 13/022 NE 022/13 J.Clemente 23/01/13 ALPHA-BETA POWER:
A NC 12/471 NE 452/12 J.Clemente 07/11/12
SEDECAL
REV DESCRIPTION ISSUED BY DATE PID ALPHA & BETA
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
+24VSUPPLY
+5V
+24VSUPPLY TP12
J1 +5V_UNFIL +5V
U8
F1
1 SCLIN R162 DS6 R7
L19
J1 6 LED G GNDSUPPLY 22 14
4K75 Vin+ Vout+
2 SDAIN 23 C16
1K
SMD050 Vin+ 22uF/25V
4.7uH/650mA
7 R25 +5V +
A 3
C73 + C94 DS3 A
2K
C47 LED G
8 100nF/50V 9 +
10uF/35V COM C58
4 100nF/50V
6.8uF/25V
9 100nF/50V
/INT
5 2
C75 Vin-
3 16
CONNECTOR DB9_0 FL1 Vin- Vout-
+24VSUPPLY
B CB THD10-2411
- -
GNDSUPPLY
D37
+15VANALOG
SMCJ30A
+5V PSG CG1 TP17
- -
+5V C74 U9
+15V_UNFIL DS1
-
100nF/50V F2 LED G
BNX005-01 +15VANALOG
R4
CG2
CG3
L20
R158 22 14
243R Vin+ Vout+
23 C95
Vin+ 4.7uH/650mA 3K01
8
U12 GNDSUPPLY SMD050 + +

C10 C57
+
GND VCC
22uF/25V 6.8uF/25V 100nF/50V

SDAIN 2 3 9
Lx Sx SDA C48 COM
10uF/35V C96 C56
SCLIN 7 6 +
C11
+
Ly Sy SCL 100nF/50V
2 R5
Vin- 22uF/25V L21 6.8uF/25V
GNDPOWER 3 11
Vin- Vout-
82B715TD 3K01
4.7uH/650mA
4
-15VANALOG DS2
TRA THD12-2423
LED G
B -15V_UNFIL B
TP15
-15VANALOG
FL2
J11 BNX005-01
+24VH
B CB
1 - -
2 D42 C45
3
1000uF/50V +24VH
SMCJ30A +
AMP 643488-1
PSG CG1 J100
- -
-
-
CG2
CG3
1 2
-10VREF
3 4
5 6
7 8
-15V_UNFIL -15V_UNFIL
GNDH 9 10
+15V_UNFIL +15V_UNFIL
11 12
+5V_UNFIL +5V_UNFIL
13 14
SCL
15 16
SDA
17 18
+24VCC_CLUTCH_ALPHA
19 20
/ALPHA +24VCC_CLUTCH_BETA
21 22
/BETA LIM_SW_A
23 24
LIM_SW_B Speed-ALPHA
C 25 26 C
I_LIMIT_ALPHA Speed-BETA
27 28
I_LIMIT_BETA -10VREF
29 30
POS_ERROR-ALPHA
31 32
POS_ERROR-BETA
33 34
TACHOMETER-ALPHA
35 36
TACHOMETER-BETA
37 38
DEMVEL-ALPHA
39 40
DEMVEL-BETA /INT
GNDH
TP11 TP16 TP18
GNDH FIXING SCREWS FIDUCIALS

HOLES
TO-220 ASSEMBLY ON
HEATSINK
GROUNDED AND SUPPLY WIRES FP1 FP2 FP3 FP4
J19
hole 4 mm CON1 CON1 CON1 CON1
R107 1
2
HOLE1
GNDSUPPLY GNDH
0R
GNDSUPPLY GNDH GNDPOWER U4 Decoupling hole 4 mm
1 CON4
1
HOLE2
D GND ANALOG R112 LG1 D
+5V
GNDPOWER hole 4 mm CON1
0R
1 HOLE3
GNDPOWER GNDH
GND SIGNAL R161
C91 FC1 FC2 FC3 FC4
GND hole 4 mm PBA A3669-01 REV.B (PCB S0023105 REV.E)
0R J.Clemente 07/11/12
100nF/50V 1 DRAWING
1
HOLE4 CON1 CON1 CON1 CON1

GNDSUPPLY 5/7
R27 F. Díaz A
REVISED 07/11/12 B REV
+5V hole 4 mm
0R 1
VCC HOLE5
1

+5V
A NC 12/471 NE 452/12 J.Clemente 07/11/12
SEDECAL
REV DESCRIPTION ISSUED BY DATE POWER SUPPLY
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
R60 SERVO ON
+VTH R6
+15VANALOG16
2
DS4
1K21 R47
1K
CR3
BZV55C10 +15VANALOG16 /ALPHA
1K
LED G
SPEED CONTROL A
1
CR1 CR2
R106 R56 R55 TP5
-VTH 10K 2 1 1 2
-15VANALOG16
1
A 1K -15VANALOG16 1K
A
BZV55C10 BZV55C10
CR6
A DRIVE ALPHA
BZV55C10 C27
U2 UC3637 R50
TP4 R45
2
1.5nF/50V
1 20
+Vth Iset A1-ALPHA
1K 2 19
Ct E/Aout R51 10K
3 18
-Vth -E/A 10K
4 17
A drive-ALPHA Aout +E/A R40
5 16
-15VANALOG16 -Vs Sdn
6 15 20K -15VANALOG16 R46
+15VANALOG16 +Vs -C/L
7 14
B drive-ALPHA Bout +C/L R1 Speed-ALPHA
B DRIVE ALPHA R28 8 13 10K
+Bin +Ain 10K
9 12
+15VANALOG16 -Bin -Ain R26
TP3 R33 10 11
10K NC NC 1K
R29 B1-ALPHA
1K
1K R3
-I mot-ALPHA
1K
C5
1nF/50V
R35
I LIMIT A
+I mot-ALPHA
1K
R34 TP2
1K
B B
SERVO ON
R103 DS5
1K21 R11
+15VANALOG17 /BETA
1K
LED G
+VTH
SPEED CONTROL B
CR5 CR4
R13 R102 TP13
-VTH 10K 2 1 1 2
-15VANALOG17 1K
BZV55C10 BZV55C10
A DRIVE BETA
C44
UC3637
TP8 R89 U7 R101
1.5nF/50V
1 20
+Vth Iset A1-BETA
1K 2 19
Ct E/Aout R100
10K
3 18
-Vth -E/A 10K
4 17
A drive-BETA Aout +E/A R86
5 16
-15VANALOG17 -Vs Sdn
6 15 20K -15VANALOG17 R90
+15VANALOG17 +Vs -C/L
7 14
B drive-BETA Bout +C/L R61 Speed-BETA
B DRIVE BETA R71 8 13 10K
+Bin +Ain 10K
9 12
+15VANALOG17 -Bin -Ain R8
TP14 R80 10 11
10K NC NC 1K
C B1-BETA C
R9
1K
1K R81
-I mot-BETA
1K
C64
1nF/50V
R64
I LIMIT B
+I mot-BETA
1K
R72 TP7
1K
100uH/65mA
GROUNDED AND SUPPLY WIRES L6 L17 L1 L11
100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA

D D
C19
GNDSUPPLY 6.8uF/25V
C37
GNDSUPPLY + 6.8uF/25V NAME DATE SHEET / OF
GNDH
+ C15 + C67 C9 + C65 PBA A3669-01 REV.B (PCB S0023105 REV.E)
6.8uF/25V DRAWING J.Clemente 07/11/12
GND ANALOG C35 100nF/50V 6/7
GNDH 100nF/50V 100nF/50V C3 100nF/50V F. Díaz
REVISED 07/11/12 A REV
B
6.8uF/25V
GND SIGNAL GNDPOWER
GND GNDPOWER B NC 13/022 NE 022/13 J.Clemente 23/01/13 ALPHA-BETA POWER:
A NC 12/471 NE 452/12 J.Clemente 07/11/12
SEDECAL
PWM CONTROLLERS
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
SPEED ALPHA
TP9 +15VANALOG12
+15VANALOG12
C53
C29
1uF/50v
U10C
220nF/50V
U10B
R21
J4ALPHA
TL074BCD/SO
4
R83 R156 1K
TL074BCD/SO
4
A R84 R78 5 A
1K + 1
+ 10 7 1K
C86 2
8 3K01 1K5 - 6
TACHOMETER-ALPHA 1uF/50v 3
- 9
TP&I2C 4
C66
11
R22
11
100nF/50V R155 AMP280378-4
1K
1K C51
R88
1uF/50v
24K9
-15VANALOG12
-15VANALOG12 R87
24K9
+15VANALOG12
C68
U10D 220nF/50V
4
TL074BCD/SO
LOOP R82
R96
R95
+ 12
14 1K5
Speed-ALPHA 3K01
10K - 13
C69
100nF/50V
11
-15VANALOG12
B B
SPEED BETA
TP6
C59 +15VANALOG13
+15VANALOG13
220nF/50V C52
1uF/50v
U4A
TL074BCD/SO R23
J4BETA
U4B
4
R58 1K
TL074BCD/SO R153
4
1K 3
R57 R77 + 1
+ 5 1 1K
C85 2
7 3K01 - 2
TACHOMETER-BETA 1K5
1uF/50v 3
- 6 R152
TP&I2C C60 4
11
100nF/50V 1K R24
11 AMP280378-4
C54 1K
R65
1uF/50v
30K1
-15VANALOG13
-15VANALOG13 R66
30K1
C63
+15VANALOG13 220nF/50V
U4D
C TL074BCD/SO C
4
LOOP R63 R10

R67
+ 12
14 1K5
Speed-BETA 3K01
- 13
10K
C61
11
100nF/50V
-15VANALOG13
L13 L8 L14 L9
GROUNDED AND SUPPLY WIRES 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA

GNDH
D GNDSUPPLY D
GNDH
GNDSUPPLY
GND ANALOG GNDPOWER C33 C32
C20
+ + NAME DATE SHEET / OF
C21
GNDPOWER + 100nF/50V + 100nF/50V
C36 C22 PBA A3669-01 REV.B (PCB S0023105 REV.E)
6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V DRAWING J.Clemente 07/11/12
6.8uF/25V C34 6.8uF/25V C18 7/7
GND SIGNAL 100nF/50V 100nF/50V REVISED F. Díaz 07/11/12 B
A REV
GND +5V
VCC
+5V A NC 12/471 NE 452/12 J.Clemente 07/11/12
SEDECAL
REV DESCRIPTION ISSUED BY DATE TACHOMETERS
1 2 3 4 5 6
A B C D E
+24VSUPPLY
TP4
TP
-15VANALOG1 TP
TP2 SDAIN
TP
SCLIN
11
4
4 U22A 4
1 7 E -CALIB TP3
POSITION R110 4K75
R212 R211 +5V
10K
TL074BCD 1K 1K
11
DS2
U1B
R108 LED V.
20K
-15VANALOG1
J10 6
2 S DAIN
7 GNDSUPPLY
DB9 VERTICAL 3
8
11
4
U22B 9 / INT
6 - TL074BCD 5
7 C H4
ERRPOS 5 +
4
GNDSUPPLY
+15VANALOG1 +5V
TP5
L33 TP
-15VANALOG1 A2 A1
3 100uH/65mA 3
R206
C138 C127
100nF/50V
11
10K U19 220nF/50V

U22C
TL074BCD R205 R198
9 -
+5V
8 1 1K
C H5 10K VDD
10 + 2 C143 C144 C145 C146
TACOMETER VDD
100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V
SW 1 R230
4
SW1 CONFIGURATION 6 A0 CH0 15 2 2 1 1 POSITION

A1 12 16 4 3
A1 CH1 4 3 C H IR1
Z-OTC 1.ON 2.OFF A2 10 A2 CH2 17 6 6 5 5 C H IR2
+15VANALOG1 18 8 7
CH3 8 7 ALTURA
SW 4x100
S DA 9 27 +4.096REF +4.096REF
5 SCL AGND 14
26 +
REFADJ
DGND 3
C120
11
R207
U22D 4 0 ohm C119 4.7uF/16V
13 - 7 NC
14 C H6 8 NC CH4 19
Speed 12 + 11 NC CH5 20 R231
R204 22 21 2 1
NC CH6 2 1 C H4
+5V 1K 24 23 4 3 C H5
4
NC CH7 4 3
25 NC 6 6 5 5 C H6
28 13 /S HD 8 7 E -CALIB
+5V NC /SHDN 8 7
2 +15VANALOG1 C147 C148 C149 C150 4x100 2
D37 MAX127-SSOP28
LED V.
C121
R200 R208
1K 1K
SDA
8
VCC
SCL
S DAIN 2 3
Lx Sx
S CLIN 7 6 D34
GND
Ly Sy
LED V.
A.O SUPPLY U18

4
82B715TD
R199
GNDSUPPLY G N DH
+5V 1K
GNDSUPPLY G N DH
GND ANALOG
GND SIGNAL
L29 L30
GND EARTH
C52
6.8uF/25V C53
+ 6.8uF/25V
DRAWING S.PEREZ 21/07/2010 PBA S0025184_C_SCH PCB S0015303_C
V CC +5VCC C123 C122 1/9
+5V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V REVISED F.GARCIA 21/07/2010 C B A REV
+5V C NC 11/401 NE 381/11 J. Clemente 10/01/2013

B NC 11/119 NE 103/11 J. Clemente 16/11/2011 OTC-TFT AT VERTICAL PBA:
A New NC 10/433 Sonia Pérez 21/07/2010 SEDECAL ADC & ADAPTERS
A B C D E
A B C D E
SPEED CTRL
U14E
+5V
11 10 R217 Only Z
I MOTOR FDBK
U13 10K
R182 74HCT14 R191
100K
DG412/SO
D57 D33 Unmounted
TACO
1 IN1 D1 2 10K
16 15 B R79
No Z
IN2 D2 BZV55-C2V7 BZV55-C2V7
9 IN3 D3 10
8 7
4 3 C111 4
S1 10uF CER
A 14 S2 DG412 U12D
11
11
U14C
POSLOOP
6
S3 O-OFF TL074BCD
1- ON 13 -
3K4
12 +
13
GND
+15VANALOG13 V+
-15VANALOG13 4
4
V-
Unmounted R78
11
U12C
5
TL074BCD 499R
C104
GALGA
8
C105 10 +
R176 100pF R177 100pF
Unmounted D55
4
LL4148 R193
C98 20k 20K
-15VANALOG6
Unmounted R76
1K
-15VANALOG6
100pF C99
C49 +15VANALOG6
10K D56
11
LL4148 R192
11
R67
J6 2 100pF 1uF/50V 9K09
1
-
R66 TL074BCD
AMP280371-2 2 1 6 -
20K
3 +15VANALOG 3 +
20K 7
TL074BCD U12B
4
3 3
+15VANALOG6
+15VANALOG6
+5V
C106 R186 R183
100nF/50V 10K 0.1% R178
L34 49K9 0.1%
10K 0.1%
C139 -15VANALOG5
-15VANALOG5
220nF/50V
11
10K 0.1% U17A
+5REF 10K 0.1%
11
11
2 - R184 R179
-
10K 0.1%
VDD 12 3 + G=-1 7 9 -
R64
11

15K 0.1% U 8D 13 20K 0.1% 10 +
4
TL074BCD REF3
13 -
R188 +5REF
4
14 3 2
4
12 + 14
REF1 OUT0 10K 0.1%
+5VREF/16
4
AD0 +15VANALOG5
A1 10 AD1 OUT1 1
R164 11
2 A2 AD2 4K02 0.1% 2
1K 0.1%
+15VANALOG2
OUT2 16
SCL 7 SCL
SDA 8 SDA
OUT3 15 I_LIMIT
R69 GND
Unmounted U17D
1K
11
R NV TL074BCD
R80 13 -
0 ohm
6 DGND 14 DEMVEL
0 ohm 12 +
G N DH
MAX520ACW E - W SO-16 G N DH
4
GND ANALOG
+5V
V CC
L26 L27 L28 L20
GND EARTH
1 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA 1

C40
+ 6.8uF/25V NAME DATE SHEET / OF
+ + + + DRAWING S.PEREZ 21/07/2010 PBA S0025184_C_SCH PCB S0015303_C
C44 C45 + C48 C113 2/9
6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V C46 C47 6.8uF/25V 100nF/50V REVISED F.GARCIA 21/07/2010 C B A REV
C109 C108 6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V C103 C NC 11/401 NE 381/11 J. Clemente 10/01/2013
100nF/50V 100nF/50V C112 C110 100nF/50V
100nF/50V 100nF/50V B NC 11/119 NE 103/11 J. Clemente 16/11/2011 OTC-TFT AT VERTICAL PBA:
A New NC 10/433 Sonia Pérez 21/07/2010 SEDECAL GAGE & DAC SIGNALS
A B C D E
A B C D E
+15VANALOG
D5 R 227
C LUTCH +24VH
LED V.
unmounted 0 ohm
K3 R107 R 106 K2 7 K1 unmounted
F1
3 178R LL4148 3K74 6 7
4 D47 5 6
6 2 5
1 3 2
MF-R800
4 3
G6B-1174P-US 1 + 4 /H_POW ER
8 1 +
unmounted 8
2
D9 D 12 R 118 +5V G6K-2F-5V
R119
R 37
D4
R 45
1K D42 +5V G6K-2F-5V
BZV55C18
BZV55C18
2K 2K
3
R 13 BCX53-16 BCX53-16 LL4148 LL4148
1 1 Q9 unmounted
1
2
2
4 R 12 10R0 R 18 BCX56-16 4
1 Q6 1 C 56 GNDH 1 1
2
2
Q1 1uF/50V 10R0 BAT54J R 19
3
3
D 10 G N DH Q3 47R5 100R
2
G N DH IR F 5210PBF
MOTOR
2
BZG03-C12
3W R 20
R8 D7 J5
47R5 1K
R 14 C 57 1
1K G N DH 1nF/50V 2
1
3
3
2
AMP350429-1
D6 C 58
1nF/50V
BZG03-C12
A drive
2
3W T1
250 uH 16A +24VH
B gate
1
B drive C 59
1nF/50V
R 44
R 15 R 21 G N DH 10k
2
1K IR FB4710PBF 1K
A gate
2
D18 unmounted
Q2 Q4 LL4148
A gate
1 Q10
IR FB4710PBF
2
2
1 BCX56-16
1 Q7 1 R24-2 R3
B gate
3
BCX56-16 R 17 R 23
3
10R0 10R0
3
3
LL4148
1
D 11 1K 1K D 14 U 2A
R 16 R27-2 TLP621-2
B drive A drive
R 24 100R D3
2
1K_POTEN R 27
P1 0 ohm
3 R117 100R GNDH 3
0,1E 5W
R5 R4 R7 Current
R6
0,1E 5W 0,1E 5W limit
0,1E 5W
unmounted
adj.
R 26
P1-3 470R
R 25
GNDH 0 ohm
R25-1
+15VANALOG
D 60
LL4148
R 233 R232
TP +15VANALOG14
TP51 C152
D 61
220pF/50V U23A LL4148
4
U 23C
TL074BCD
4
R246 U 23D R238 R 237 3

+
4
1K TL074BCD R 234
R239 + 10 1
TL074BCD
+ 12 8 14K7 7K87 - 2
+I m ot 14 4K02 - 9
- 13 10K
C 153
11
R248 R 235
11
2K55 + C154 100pF/50V 10K

11
unmounted
10uF/35V
R 236
-15VANALOG14
-15VANALOG14 10K
C 151
2 2
220pF/50V
R240
- I m ot
R 247 1K
1K
P1-3 R25-1
S1
1 8 R243
R24-2 2 7 R27-2
3 6
4 5 10K
TP45
SOFTWARE POTENTIOMETER U 23B

4
CURRENT CURRENT TL074BCD

R241 + 5 I_LIMIT
CONTROL: CONTROL: 7
2 = on 2 = off 8K25
GNDH
3 = on 3 = off
11
R 244 R 242 -15VANALOG +15VANALOG -15VANALOG +15VANALOG

G N D SU PPLY
-15VANALOG14
-10VREF G ND ANALOG
L6 L5 L38 L39
G ND EARTH
TP42
R115 TP
1K
1
+15VANALOG11
R 28 C5 + + C155 + +
20K 1K 6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V
6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V
R 11 C 61 C 158 +5V
U 1C
4
1K R 111 C 62 100nF/50V C 156 100nF/50V

4
R113 TL074BCD 1K
10 + 100nF/50V 100nF/50V +5V
1K 8 12 +
Corr. B
13
R 112
1K
- TL074BCD 4V/A
11
U 1D
11
-15VANALOG11
C2 C3 -15VANALOG11
100nF/50V DRAWING S.PEREZ 21/07/2010 PBA S0025184_C_SCH PCB S0015303_C
100nF/50V
R 116
F .G AR CIA 21/07/2010 3/9 C
REVISED B A REV
0 ohm
R 10 C NC 11/401 NE 381/11 J. Clemente 10/01/2013
20K B NC 11/119 NE 103/11 J. Clemente 16/11/2011 OTC-TFT AT VERTICAL PBA:
A N ew NC 10/433 Sonia Pérez 21/07/2010 SEDECAL H POWER DRIVER
A B C D E
A B C D E

U16
O0
GALGA 2 I1 O1 17
3 I2 O2 16
74HCT14 4 I3 15
R215 O3 G6B-1114P-US
5 I4 O4 14 CLUTCH
+5V 0 ohm 6 I5 13 D54 1
O5
/BRAKE U14F BRAKE
J9 R81 1
8 I7
9 GND
O7
+Vs
11
4
D40
J12
4 1 2 3 4 /R EL 74HCT14 2 4
1 74HC08/SO LED V. F2 S1J J14-J13 2
470R D53
2 C50 74HCT14 74HCT14 G N DH
LL4148 MF-R400 1
3 100nF/50V 1 AMP280370-2
4 2 2
+15VANALOG D35
G N DH AMP280370-2
unmounted
+24VH
0 ohm
GND SIGNAL
S IGNAL1 U14D GND
R218
9 8 RESET_SW
S IGNAL2
0 ohm 74HCT14
S IGNAL3
+5V
G N DH
S IGNAL0
+5V +5V G N DH
100nF/50V
C118
10
10
8
7
6
4
8
7
6
4
GNDSUPPLY
R72 R229
R5
R6
R7
R8
R5
R6
R7
R8
C
C
+5V GNDSUPPLY
24
8*10K 8*10K U20
R4
R3
R2
R1
R4
R3
R2
R1
C
VCC
GND ANALOG
TP11 TP12
3
9
1
2
3
9
1
2
5
3 TP TP SDA 23 SDA P0 4 R203 unmounted 3
10K
U21C U21D
AMP280370-2 22 5 /R EL AMP280370-2
1 1 / INT 1 /INT P2 6 6 5 8 9 1 1
2 R95 1K 2
2 LIM_SW 2 470R 2
R73 R74 21 7 S IGNAL0 TP13 unmounted 1K
1K 470R A0 P3 R195 C124 J3
JA3 A1 2 A1 74HCT14 74HCT14
A2 A2 P4
R197 470R
JB3 P10 P5 TP16 +5V
R98 1K TP17unmounted
2 2 14 P11 P6 10 S IGNAL3 PEDAL-UP
1 1 R196 470R unmounted +5V
C117 C116 15 11
P12 P7 /GALGA
220nF/50V V CC
AMP280370-2 16
220nF/50V P13
/AUTOCENTER LED R249
17 P14
SPEED CTRL 24CLUTCH_TABLE 0 ohm
18 P15
AUTOCENTER V1
BUTTON U21E /BRAKE 19 P16 unmounted D38
R100 PSOT24C S1J
D62 J15
1 11 10 /CLU TCH 20 TP10
JA4 1 P17 TP
2 1 2 1
GND
2 470R 1
2 2
AMP280370-2 74HCT14 LL4148
unmounted PCF8575TS / SSOP 24 R87 unmounted unmounted
12
3
2 2
AUTOTRACK 1K AMP280370-2
BUTTON U21A
U21F R228
R102 1 2
8
1
6
1 1 13 12 0 ohm
JB4 R90
+
2 /emergencyswitch /emergencyswitch 74HCT14 Q17 K5
2 470R
C130 0 ohm G5V-2-24VDC
AMP280370-2 C131 74HCT14 R99 R101 1 unmounted
2
5
7
+5V NTD5867NL-1G
3
+5V J2
1 1
JR4 S IGNAL0 R88 470R
2 2 1
TP18 TP19 G N DH
AMP280370-2 S IGNAL1 R91 470R 2 G N DH
470R 5
S IGNAL3 R103 6
C128 R250
220nF/50V 470R
C132 AMP280372-2
C129 0 ohm
220nF/50V C125
220nF/50V 220nF/50V
74HC08/SO
1 9 U10B 6 1
U10C 8 5
10
+5V +5V +5V

100nF/50V
74HC08/SO
100nF/50V
100nF/50V
12 4/9
U10D 11 REVISED F.GARCIA 21/07/2010 C B A REV
13 C NC 11/401 NE 381/11 J. Clemente 10/01/2013
A New NC 10/433 Sonia Pérez 21/07/2010 SEDECAL I/O DIGITAL
A B C D E
A B C D E
4 4
D25 D24
0.4w 12v 0.4w 12v

R142 C80
R140 0 ohm R150 49K9 D32 D31 D23 D22

0 ohm 3.3uF 10% A
C65 unmounted
R141 B
LL4 148 LL4 148 LL4 148 LL4 148 R39 R38
D30 D29 D21 D20 R245 C64 10K 10K
10K
-15VANALOG8
-15VANALOG8 LL4 148 LL4 148 LL4 148 LL4 148 0 ohm 470nF 5% -15VANALOG8
-15VANALOG8
U6A
11
TL074BCD U6B U 6C
11
11
11
B2 2 -
1 6 - 9 - 10K TL074BCD
R55 3 + 7 8 13 -
10K R56 5 + R132 10 + 14 B1 B1
10K 10K 12 +
4
4
+15VANALOG8
+15VANALOG8
+5V
+5V TP35
-10VREF +10VREF
V CC

BAS85 D15
R29
GND SIGNAL BAS85
D48 1K
GND BAS85
D26
BAS85 ERRPOS
R147
TP36
10K R136
2 2
10K R123
U7A U 7C 1K
11
11
11
DEMVEL
10K
GND ANALOG 3 +
10K 7 10 +
5 +
4K99
4
R36
4
GND EARTH 10K
+15VANALOG9 TACO
D49
C63
33nF
R40
-15VANALOG9 10K
L12 L11 L14 L13

11
TL074BCD
1 1
- 13
+ 12

4
6.8uF/25V + C16 + 6.8uF/25V + 6.8uF/25V

6.8uF/25V 5/9
REVISED F.GARCIA 21/07/2010 C B A REV
C74 C66 C72 C73 +15VANALOG9 C NC 11/401 NE 381/11 J. Clemente 10/01/2013
100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V
A New NC 10/433 Sonia Pérez 21/07/2010 SEDECAL PID & POSITION LOOPS
A B C D E
A B C D E

+10VREF 100pF
C7 R152 TP6
+10VREF
100K
100nF/50V -15VANALOG2
J8 R144 L10 L9 L8 L7 L18 L17 L31 L32
11
1 U8A D19
4
2 R53 100K 4
-
3
5 3 +
1K
6.8uF/25V
4
C15 C14 + C13 C12 + 6.8uF/25V C25 + +
D50
+ + + + unmounted
AMP280372-2 6.8uF/25V C136
R153 +15VANALOG2 BAS85 C68 C69 C70 C71 C82 C81 C135 C137
unmounted
1uF/50V 1uF/50V 1uF/50V
unmounted unmounted
R130 R131
20M 20M
R224 R226
20k 30K
J11 unmounted -15VANALOG12 -15VANALOG12 +5V
IR connector
11
DEMPOS
11
1 +5V R223 D58
2 2 -
R225 TL074BCD
1 6 - BAS85
3 3 20K 3
4 +5V 3 + 7 C H IR1
20K
5 U11A 5 +
R143 +15VANALOG4
TL074BCD U11B
4
6
4
+10VREF +15VANALOG3
C22 AMP280372-2 +15VANALOG12
7
1uF/50V +15VANALOG12
R220 R222
7
1
POTENCIOMETER 3 R47 6
R46
+ ERRPOS 20k 30K
100nF/50V 1 10K 0.1% 8
6 2 -
8 INA126
1 U3
11
2
5
2 -
INA118 R134
11
3 POSICION R219 D59
10K 9 -
R221 TL074BCD
4
4 BAS85
5 8 13 -
R124 20K 10 + 14
6 20K C H IR2
C27 C28 C29 1K -15VANALOG4 12 +
U11C
TL074BCD U11D
4
AMP280372-2 -15VANALOG3
4
1uF/50V 1uF/50V 1uF/50V TP50
SPEED +15VANALOG12
TP +15VANALOG12
R149 R148
10V=21VinMOTOR
20M 0 ohm TP7
+15VANALOG11
-10VREF C96
220nF 10%
2 U1A 2
C34 R65 TL074BCD
4
100nF/50V 1K
TP&I2C + 3
- 2 7K5 3K92
-10VREF
11
GNDSUPPLY G N DH
C100 unmounted
100NF 10% GNDSUPPLY G N DH
R251
GND ANALOG
-15VANALOG11 0 ohm
TP9
GND SIGNAL
TP C86
220nF 10% GND

33K2 1uF/50V
R145 R49
U8B 1K 1K J20
R165 U 8C
4

1
4
TL074BCD 7K5 3K92 5

+ 2
+ 10 7 3
TACO 8 - 6 4
- 9 R146 R50 V CC +5VCC
C92 C35 1K 1k +5V
11
100NF 10% unmounted C9 C24 AMP280371-2

+5V
11
1 R154 1uF/50V 1uF/50V 1

33K2
-15VANALOG2
-15VANALOG2

REVISED F.GARCIA 21/07/2010 6/9 C A REV
B
C NC 11/401 NE 381/11 J. Clemente 10/01/2013
A New NC 10/433 Sonia Pérez 21/07/2010 SEDECAL POT & TACO SIGNALS
A B C D E
A B C D E
TP22
TP
+5V
+5V
C114
FL2
L35 R84
F3 1 +IN + O U T 14 L19 L21
B CB 24 11 C79 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA
- - 22uF/25V 4.7uH/650mA 1K
C115 C43 MF-MSMF020-2 + + C140 DS3
D36 100nF/50V 100nF/50V +
10uF/35V 6.8uF/25V C76
PSG - - CG1
100nF/50V C36 C42
-
+
100nF/50V BNX005-01
CG2
CG3
TP23 C90 C102
TP DS4 100nF/50V 100nF/50V
DC-DC-2 EC6A16 7.5W R85
F4 + O U T 14 L36
23 +IN C141
+ C97 4.7uH/650mA C93 3K01
22 +
SMD050 22uF/25V 100nF/50V
+ + / - OUT 9 6.8uF/25V
C142
R105 C89 + C87 C91
3 +
10uF/35V 2 -IN 22uF/25V 100nF/50V R86
-O UT 11
R48 4.7uH/650mA 3K01
-15VANALOG LED V.
-15VANALOG
0 ohm DS5
R1 TP24
TP
0 ohm G N DH
3 +15VANALOG 3
-15VANALOG7
hole 4 mm
1 TP25 U9A
11
hole 4 mm 2 - +5V
1 TP26 R68 FL1
1
J1
+4.096REF 3 +
2K49 R2 R109
hole 4 mm +5V CB B
1 R166 Q13 - - 1
3
1K
1000uF/63V
TP27 R162
4
BC817-40W 1K U2B 470R 1K5 2

D2 + +
3
10uF/35V
15R
4
- -
-
U 9D +5REF
11
2K21 1K5 BNX005-01
CG3
CG2
13 - + C41
14 4.7uF/16V
12 + -15VANALOG
-15VANALOG7
4
TP30 TP31 TP32

U 9C
11
R157 10K TL074BCD
2
+15VANALOG7 9 -
R160 Q12
+5REF 8 1
2 BCX53-16 TP34 2
10 +
4K02
3
G N DH
R60
3
4
BC807-40W
2
U9B R155 R156
11

20K
GND SIGNAL 6 - R61
7 TP33 C88
R173
4K02
Q16 1nF/50V
10K Q14
4
BC817-40W C30
R172 +
4.7uF/16V
R171 R170
G N DH C101
G N DH
1nF/50V
+10VREF
GNDSUPPLY
+ C39
GNDSUPPLY 4.7uF/16V
GND ANALOG
GND EARTH
1 1

+5V B
C NC 11/401 NE 381/11 J. Clemente 10/01/2013
+5V B NC 11/119 NE 103/11 J. Clemente 16/11/2011 OTC-TFT AT VERTICAL PBA:
V CC A New NC 10/433 Sonia Pérez 21/07/2010 SEDECAL POWER SUPPLY
A B C D E
A B C D E
4 4
R139
+10VREF
1K
C78
1uF/50V
+15VANALOG10
R151
-10VREF R32
1K21
1K C77
unmounted SERV ON
1uF/50V
DS1
A DRIVE R120
TP38 /H_POW ER
unmounted TP
1K
B DRIVE LED V.
TP37
3 TP 3
1.5nF pol R30 10K
UC3637 B2
C31 U5 -15VANALOG10
R51 1 20
+Vth Iset
2
1K 2 19
3 -Vth -E/A 18
1K Aout +E/A R121
20K
1 1
+Vs -C/L
R137 8 13 R12510K
+Bin +Ain D51
10 11 10K BZV55C10
10K NC NC
unmounted R126 499R B1 R128
2
TP39 R59 R138 499R R31
TP
1K 1K
40KHz TP I LIMIT
TP43unmounted
R122
4K99
R35
1K TP40
Speed TP
R34
1nF/50V
A.O SUPPLY
R33
-I mot
1K
GND SIGNAL
L15 L16
C33
C32 6.8uF/25V
G N DH
6.8uF/25V + +
G N DH
C85 C84
GNDSUPPLY
100nF/50V 100nF/50V
GNDSUPPLY
GND ANALOG
1 1
GND EARTH

B
+5V C NC 11/401 NE 381/11 J. Clemente 10/01/2013
+5V
A New NC 10/433 Sonia Pérez 21/07/2010 SEDECAL PWM CONTROLLER
V CC
A B C D E
A B C D E
4 4

1
1
3 3
LG1
CON1
J19
HEATSINK S0003828
1
1
2
3
NYLON WASHER FIXING
2 2
1 1

B
C NC 11/401 NE 381/11 J. Clemente 10/01/2013
A New NC 10/433 Sonia Pérez 21/07/2010 SEDECAL TOOLING HOLES
A B C D E
A B C D E
+24VSUPPLY
TP4
TP
-15VANALOG1 TP
TP2 SDAIN
TP
SCLIN
11
4
4 U22A 4
1 7 E -CALIB TP3
POSITION R110 4K75
R212 R211 +5V
10K
4 TL074BCD 1K 1K
11
DS2
U1B
R108 LED V.
20K
-15VANALOG1
J10 6
2 S DAIN
7 GNDSUPPLY
3
8
11
4
U22B 9 / INT
6 - TL074BCD 5
7 C H4
ERRPOS 5 +
4
GNDSUPPLY
+15VANALOG1 +5V
TP5
L33 TP
-15VANALOG1 A2 A1
3 100uH/65mA 3
R206
C138 C127
100nF/50V
11
10K U19 220nF/50V

U22C
TL074BCD R205 R198
9 -
+5V
8 1 1K
C H5 10K VDD
10 + 2 C143 C144 C145 C146
TACOMETER VDD
4
6 A0 CH0 15 2 2 1 1 POSITION
A1 12 16 4 3
A1 CH1 4 3 C H IR1
Y-OTC 1.ON 2.ON A2 10 A2 CH2 17 6 6 5 5 C H IR2
+15VANALOG1 18 8 7
CH3 8 7 ALTURA
SW 4x100
S DA 9 27 +4.096REF +4.096REF
5 SCL AGND 14
26 +
REFADJ
DGND 3
C120
11
R207
U22D 4 0 ohm C119 4.7uF/16V
13 - 7 NC
14 C H6 8 NC CH4 19
Speed 12 + 11 NC CH5 20 R231
R204 22 21 2 1
NC CH6 2 1 C H4
+5V 1K 24 23 4 3 C H5
4
NC CH7 4 3
25 NC 6 6 5 5 C H6
28 13 /S HD 8 7 E -CALIB
+5V NC /SHDN 8 7
2 +15VANALOG1 C147 C148 C149 C150 4x100 2
D37 MAX127-SSOP28
LED V.
C121
R200 R208
1K 1K
SDA
8
VCC
SCL
S DAIN 2 3
Lx Sx
S CLIN 7 6 D34
GND
Ly Sy
LED V.
A.O SUPPLY U18

4
82B715TD
R199
GNDSUPPLY G N DH
+5V 1K
GNDSUPPLY G N DH
GND ANALOG
GND SIGNAL
L29 L30
GND EARTH
C52
6.8uF/25V C53
+ 6.8uF/25V
E NC 11/401 NE 381/11 J.Clemente 10/01/13 DRAWING S. Perez 21/07/2010 PBA S0025185_E_SCH PCB S0015303_C
V CC +5VCC C123 C122
F.GARCIA
1/9
+5V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V D NC 12/434 S. Perez 17/10/12 REVISED 21/07/2010 E D C B A REV
+5V C NC 11/392 NE 374/11 J.Clemente 10/11/11

B NC 11/392 NE 374/11 J.Clemente 10/11/11 PBA OTC-TFT AT INTERFACE
A New NC 10/433 S. Perez 21/07/2010 SEDECAL ADC & ADAPTERS
A B C D E
A B C D E
SPEED CTRL
U14E
+5V
11 10 Unmounted R217 Only Z
I MOTOR FDBK
U13 10K
R182 74HCT14 unmounted unmounted R191
100K
DG412/SO
D57 D33 Unmounted
TACO
1 IN1 D1 2 10K
16 IN2 D2 15 B R79 No Z
9 10 BZV55-C2V7 BZV55-C2V7
IN3 D3
8 7
GALGA IN4 D4 Speed unmounted -15VANALOG6 10K
4 3 C111 4
14
S1
DG412 10uF CER Unmounted
A S2 U12D
11
11 unmounted
U14C
POSLOOP
6
S3 O-OFF unmounted
R181
TL074BCD
CORRLOOP S4 R180 R77 R216
1- ON 13 -
3K4
12 +
13
GND
+15VANALOG13 V+
-15VANALOG13 4
Unmounted
4
V-
Unmounted R78
11
U12C
5
TL074BCD 499R
C104
GALGA
8
C105 10 +
R176 100pF R177 100pF unmounted Unmounted
Unmounted D55
4
LL4148 R193
C98 20k 20K
-15VANALOG6
Unmounted R76
1K
-15VANALOG6
100pF C99 unmounted +15VANALOG6
Unmounted 10K C49 D56 unmounted
11
LL4148 R192
11
R67
J6 2 100pF 1uF/50V 9K09
1
-
R66 TL074BCD
AMP280371-2 2 1 6 -
20K
3 +15VANALOG 3 +
20K 7
TL074BCD U12B
4
Unmounted
4
3 Unmounted 3
+15VANALOG6
+15VANALOG6
+5V
C106 R186 R183
100nF/50V 10K 0.1% R178
L34 49K9 0.1%
10K 0.1%
C139 -15VANALOG5
-15VANALOG5
220nF/50V
11
10K 0.1% U17A
+5REF 10K 0.1%
11
11
2 - R184 R179
-
10K 0.1%
VDD 12 3 + G=-1 7 9 -
R64
11

15K 0.1% U 8D 13 20K 0.1% 10 +
4
TL074BCD REF3
13 -
R188 +5REF
4
14 3 2
4
12 + 14
REF1 OUT0 10K 0.1%
+5VREF/16
4
AD0 +15VANALOG5
A1 10 AD1 OUT1 1
R164 11
2 A2 AD2 4K02 0.1% 2
1K 0.1%
+15VANALOG2
OUT2 16
SCL 7 SCL
SDA 8 SDA
OUT3 15 I_LIMIT
R69 GND
Unmounted U17D
1K
11
R NV TL074BCD
R80 13 -
0 ohm
6 DGND 14 DEMVEL
0 ohm 12 +
G N DH
4
GND ANALOG
+5V
V CC
L26 L27 L28 L20
GND EARTH
1 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA 1
Unmounted Unmounted
C40
+ Unmounted + + + E NC 11/401 NE 381/11 J.Clemente 10/01/13 DRAWING S. Perez 21/07/2010 PBA S0025185_E_SCH PCB S0015303_C
C44 C45 C48 C113 2/9
6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V C46
+
C47 6.8uF/25V 100nF/50V D NC 12/434 S. Perez 17/10/12 REVISED F.GARCIA 21/07/2010 E D C B A REV
C109 C108 6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V C103 C NC 11/392 NE 374/11 J.Clemente 10/11/11
100nF/50V 100nF/50V C112 C110 100nF/50V
100nF/50V 100nF/50V B NC 11/392 NE 374/11 J.Clemente 10/11/11 PBA OTC-TFT AT INTERFACE
Unmounted Unmounted A New NC 10/433 S. Perez 21/07/2010 SEDECAL GAGE & DAC SIGNALS
A B C D E
A B C D E
+15VANALOG
D5 R 227
C LUTCH +24VH
unmounted LED V. unmounted 0 ohm
K3 R 107 R 106 K2 K1
unmounted
F1 7
3 178R LL4148 3K74 6 7
4 D47 5 6
6 2 5
1 3 2
MF-R400
4 3
G6B-1174P-US 1 + 4 /H_POW ER
8 1 +
unmounted
2
D9 unmounted D 12 R118 +5V G6K-2F-5V
R 119 unmounted D4 unmounted unmounted 1K D42 +5V G6K-2F-5V
unmounted
100R R 37 R 45
1K Q5 SMCJ30A Q8 D41
BZV55C18
BZV55C18
2K 2K
3
3
R 13 BCX53-16 unmounted BCX53-16 LL4148 LL4148
unmounted 1 1 unmounted unmounted 1 Q9unmounted unmounted
1
unmounted
2
2
4 R 12 10R0 R 18 BCX56-16 4
1 Q6 1 C 56 G N DH unmounted 1 1
2
2
unmounted Q1 1uF/50V 10R0 BAT54J R 19
3
3
D 10 unmounted GNDH Q3 47R5 unmounted 100R
unmounted unmounted
2
unmounted G N DH IR F 5210PBF
unmounted MOTOR
2
BZG03-C12
3W R 20
R8 D7 J5
unmounted
unmounted 47R5 1K
R 14 unmounted unmounted C 57 1
1K GNDH 1nF/50V 2
1
unmounted 3
3
2
AMP350429-1
unmounted
D6 C 58 unmounted
1nF/50V
BZG03-C12
A drive
2
3W T1 unmounted
250 uH 16A +24VH
B gate
1
B drive unmounted C 59
1nF/50V
unmounted
unmounted unmounted R 44
R 15 unmounted R 21 G N DH 10k
2
1K IR F B4710PBF 1K
A gate unmounted
2
unmounted D18 unmounted

Q2 Q4 LL4148
A gate
1 Q10
IR F B4710PBF
2
2
1 BCX56-16
1 Q7 unmounted 1 R24-2 R3
B gate
3
BCX56-16 R 17 R 23
3
unmounted
unmounted 10R0 10R0

3
3
LL4148
1
BAT54J unmounted R 22 BAT54J 1K5
D 11 1K 1K D 14 U 2A
R 16 B drive A drive unmounted unmounted unmounted R27-2 TLP621-2
unmounted R 24 100R D3
2
Corr. A Corr. B unmounted unmounted LL4148
1K_POTEN R 27
P1 0 ohm
3 R 117 100R G N DH 3
unmounted Current
0,1E 5W
R5 R4 R7
R6
0,1E 5W 0,1E 5W
0,1E 5W limit unmounted
unmounted unmounted unmounted adj.
R 26
unmounted P1-3 470R
R 25
G N DH 0 ohm
unmounted R25-1
+15VANALOG
unmounted
D 60
f0=100KHz unmounted LL4148unmounted
+15VANALOG14 R233 R 232
unmounted
TP +15VANALOG14
+15VANALOG14
unmounted
TP51 4K99 4K99
C 152
D 61
220pF/50V U 23A LL4148
unmounted unmounted
4
U 23C unmounted TL074BCD
4
R 246 U 23D unmounted R 238 R237 + 3

4
1K TL074BCD R234
R 239 + 10 1
TL074BCD
+ 12 8 14K7 7K87 - 2
+I mot 14 4K02 - 9 unmounted unmounted
- 13 unmounted C153
10K
11
unmounted R 248 R 235 unmounted
11
2K55 + C 154 100pF/50V 10K

unmounted
11
unmounted unmounted
10uF/35V unmounted
R236
-15VANALOG14
-15VANALOG14 10K
C 151
2 unmounted 2
unmounted 220pF/50V
R 240
- I mot
R 247 1K
1K
unmounted P1-3 unmounted R25-1
S1
unmounted
1 8 R 243
R24-2 2 7 R27-2
3 6
4 5 10K
TP45
unmounted

unmounted
4
CURRENT CURRENT R 241 TL074BCD

+ 5 I_LIMIT
CONTROL: CONTROL: 7
2 = on 2 = off 8K25 unmounted
unmounted unmounted GNDH
3 = on 3 = off
11

G N D SU PPLY
-15VANALOG14
-10VREF G ND ANALOG
unmounted unmounted
L6 L5 L38 L39
G ND EARTH
unmounted unmounted
TP42
R115 TP
1K unmounted
unmounted
1
+15VANALOG11 unmounted
R 28 C5 + + C155 + +
20K 1K 6.8uF/25V 6.8uF/25V
unmounted unmounted unmounted 6.8uF/25V
C 61
6.8uF/25V
C 158 +5V
R 11 U 1C
4
unmounted 1K R 111 C 62 100nF/50V C 156 100nF/50V

4
R113 TL074BCD 1K unmounted

10 + 100nF/50V 100nF/50V +5V
1K 8 12 + unmounted
Corr. B
13
R 112
1K
- TL074BCD 4V/A
11
unmounted U 1D
11
-15VANALOG11
C2 C3 -15VANALOG11 PBA S0025185_E_SCH PCB S0015303_C
100nF/50V E NC 11/401 NE 381/11 J.Clemente 10/01/13 DRAWING S. Perez 21/07/2010
unmounted 100nF/50V 3/9
unmounted R 116 F .G ARCIA A
D N C 12/434 S. Perez 17/10/12 REVISED 21/07/2010 E D C B REV
0 ohm
R 10 unmounted C NC 11/392 NE 374/11 J.C lemente 10/11/11
unmounted PBA OTC-TFT AT INTERFACE
20K B NC 11/392 NE 374/11 J.C lemente 10/11/11
A New NC 10/433 S. Perez 21/07/2010 SEDECAL H POWER DRIVER
A B C D E
A B C D E

U16
O0
GALGA 2 I1 O1 17
3 I2 O2 16
74HCT14 4 I3 15
R215 O3 G6B-1114P-US
5 I4 O4 14 CLUTCH
+5V 0 ohm 6 I5 13 D54 1
O5
/BRAKE U14F BRAKE
J9 R81 1
8 I7
9 GND
O7
+Vs
11
4
D40
J12
4 1 2 3 4 /R EL 74HCT14 2 4
1 74HC08/SO LED V. F2 S1J J14-J13 2
470R D53
2 C50 74HCT14 74HCT14 G N DH
LL4148 MF-R250 1
3 100nF/50V 1 AMP280370-2
4 2 2
+15VANALOG D35
G N DH AMP280370-2
+24VH
0 ohm
GND SIGNAL
S IGNAL1 U14D GND
R218
9 8 RESET_SW
S IGNAL2
0 ohm 74HCT14
unmounted S IGNAL3
+5V
G N DH
S IGNAL0
+5V +5V G N DH
100nF/50V
C118
10
10
8
7
6
4
8
7
6
4
GNDSUPPLY
R72 R229
R5
R6
R7
R8
R5
R6
R7
R8
C
C
+5V GNDSUPPLY
24
8*10K 8*10K U20
R4
R3
R2
R1
R4
R3
R2
R1
C
VCC
GND ANALOG
TP11 TP12
3
9
1
2
3
9
1
2
5
3 TP TP 23 4 R203 3
U21C U21D
AMP280370-2 22 5 /R EL AMP280370-2
1 1 / INT 1 /INT P2 6 6 5 8 9 1 1
2 R95 1K 2 +5V
2 LIM_SW 2 470R 2
R73 R74 21 7 S IGNAL0 TP13 1K
1K 470R A0 P3 R195 C124 J3
JA3 A1 2 A1 74HCT14 74HCT14 +5V
3 8 S IGNAL1 R96 1K TP14 100nF/50V
A2 A2 P4 V CC
R197 470R
13 9 S IGNAL2 R97 1K TP15
JB3 P10 P5 TP16
R98 1K
2 2 14 P11 P6 10 S IGNAL3 TP17 PEDAL-UP
1 unmounted
1 R196 470R C117 C116 15 P12 P7 11 /GALGA
220nF/50V
AMP280370-2 16
unmounted
220nF/50V P13 R249
SPEED CTRL 18 BRAKE-CLUTCH
AUTOCENTER P15 V1 D38unmounted
BUTTON P16 D62 J15
R100 TP10
1 11 10 /CLU TCH 20 TP 1 2 1
JA4 1 P17 1
2 2
GND
2 470R LL4148 2
AMP280370-2 74HCT14 R87 unmounted
3
PCF8575TS / SSOP 24 1K AMP280370-2
12
2 2
AUTOTRACK R228
U21A
BUTTON 1 2
8
1
6
R102 U21F 0 ohm
+
1 13 12 74HCT14 Q17 K5
470R
1
2
5
7
AMP280370-2 C131 C130 74HCT14 R99 R101 0 ohm
220nF/50V 220nF/50V 1K 1K
3
J2
1 1 1
JR4 2 G N DH
AMP280370-2 3
470R 5
S IGNAL3 R103 6
C128 R250
220nF/50V 470R
C132 AMP280372-2
C129 0 ohm
220nF/50V C125 unmounted
220nF/50V 220nF/50V
74HC08/SO
1 9 U10B 6 1
U10C 8 5
10
+5V +5V +5V

100nF/50V
74HC08/SO
100nF/50V
100nF/50V
12
F.GARCIA
4/9
U10D 11 D NC 12/434 S. Perez 17/10/12 REVISED 21/07/2010 E D C B A REV
13 C NC 11/392 NE 374/11 J.Clemente 10/11/11
A New NC 10/433 S. Perez 21/07/2010 SEDECAL I/O DIGITAL
A B C D E
A B C D E
4 4
unmounted unmounted
D25 D24
unmounted unmounted 0.4w 12v 0.4w 12v unmounted unmounted unmounted

R142 0 ohm C80 470nF 50V 5%
unmounted unmounted C65
R140 0 R150 40K2 D31 D32 D23 D22
A
470nF 50V 5%
R141 B
unmounted unmounted
LL4 148 LL4 148 LL4 148 LL4 148 R39 R38
D30 D29 D21 D20 R245 C64 470nF 50V 5% 10K 10K
10K
-15VANALOG8 LL4 148 LL4 148 LL4 148 LL4 148 -15VANALOG8
unmounted
unmounted 0 ohm
U6A unmounted unmounted
11
TL074BCD U6B U 6C
11
11
3 B2 unmounted TL074BCD TL074BCD R133 U 6D 3
11
B2 2 -
1 6 - unmounted 9 - unmounted 10K TL074BCD
R55 3 + 7 8 13 - unmounted
10K R56 5 R132 10 14 B1
unmounted B1
+ +
unmounted 10K 10K 12 +
4
unmounted unmounted
4
+15VANALOG8
+15VANALOG8
+5V
unmounted
+5V TP35
-10VREF +10VREF
V CC
unmounted
unmounted
BAS85 D15 unmounted
GND SIGNAL
unmounted BAS85 R29
D48 1K
GND BAS85
unmounted D26
BAS85 ERRPOS unmounted
R147
unmounted TP36
10K unmounted R136
2 2
G N DH -15VANALOG9 10K unmounted -15VANALOG9
G N DH -15VANALOG9 R41 unmounted
10K R123
U7A U 7C 1K
11
11
GNDSUPPLY unmounted TL074BCD
unmounted U7B unmounted TL074BCD unmounted
11
R57 R58 unmounted R42
GNDSUPPLY 2 unmounted TL074BCD D16 9
unmounted
- -
DEMVEL
10K
GND ANALOG 3 +
10K 7 10 +
5 +
4K99
4
4
R36
4
GND EARTH 10K
+15VANALOG9 unmounted +15VANALOG9

unmounted
+15VANALOG9 D49
TACO
unmounted
C63
unmounted 33nF
R40
-15VANALOG9 10K
unmounted unmounted unmounted unmounted
L12 L11 L14 L13
11
TL074BCD
1 1
unmounted - 13
+ 12

4
6.8uF/25V + C16 + 6.8uF/25V + 6.8uF/25V

unmounted 6.8uF/25V
unmounted unmounted 5/9
unmounted D NC 12/434 S. Perez 17/10/12 REVISED F.GARCIA 21/07/2010 E D C B A REV
C74 C66 C72 C73 +15VANALOG9 C NC 11/392 NE 374/11 J.Clemente 10/11/11
100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V 100nF/50V
unmounted unmounted B NC 11/392 NE 374/11 J.Clemente 10/11/11 PBA OTC-TFT AT INTERFACE
unmounted unmounted
A New NC 10/433 S. Perez 21/07/2010 SEDECAL PID & POSITION LOOPS
A B C D E
A B C D E

+10VREF 100pF
C7 R152 TP6
+10VREF
100K
100nF/50V -15VANALOG2 unmounted unmounted
J8 R144 L10 L9 L8 L7 L18 L17 L31 L32
11
1 U8A D19
4
2 R53 100K 4
-
3
5 3 +
1K
6.8uF/25V
4
C15 + C14 + C13 + C12 + 6.8uF/25V + C25 + + +
D50
AMP280372-2 6.8uF/25V C136
R153 +15VANALOG2 BAS85 C68 C69 C70 C71 C82 C81
unmounted C135 C137
unmounted unmounted
1uF/50V 1uF/50V 1uF/50V
R130 R131
20M 20M
R224 R226
20k 30K
IR connector
11
DEMPOS
11
1 +5V R223 D58
2 2 -
R225 TL074BCD
1 6 - BAS85
3 3 20K 3
4 +5V 3 + 7 C H IR1
20K
5 U11A 5 +
R143 +15VANALOG4
TL074BCD U11B
4
6
4
+10VREF +15VANALOG3
C22 AMP280372-2 +15VANALOG12
7
R220 R222
7
1
POTENCIOMETER 3 6
R46
100nF/50V 1 10K 0.1% 8
6 2 -
8 INA126
1 U3
11
2
5
2 -
INA118 R134
11
3 POSICION R219 D59
10K 9 -
R221 TL074BCD
4
4 BAS85
5 8 13 -
R124 20K 10 + 14
6 20K C H IR2
C27 C28 C29 1K -15VANALOG4 12 +
U11C
TL074BCD U11D
4
AMP280372-2 -15VANALOG3 unmounted unmounted
4
1uF/50V 1uF/50V 1uF/50V TP50
SPEED +15VANALOG12
TP +15VANALOG12
R149 R148
10V=21VinMOTOR
20M 0 ohm TP7
+15VANALOG11
-10VREF C96
unmounted
2 U1A 2
C34 R65 TL074BCD
4
100nF/50V 1K
TP&I2C + 3
- 2 0 ohm 0 ohm
-10VREF
11
GNDSUPPLY G N DH
C100
unmounted R251
GND ANALOG
-15VANALOG11 0 ohm
TP9
GND SIGNAL
TP C86
unmounted GND

49K9 1uF/50V
R145 R49
U8B 100K 0 ohm J20
R165 U 8C
4

1
4
TL074BCD 147K 78K7 5

+ 2
+ 10 7 3
TACO 8 - 6 4
- 9 R146 R50 V CC +5VCC
C92 C35 100K 0 ohm +5V
11
100nF/50V 1uF C9 C24 AMP280371-2

+5V
11
1 R154 1uF/50V 1uF/50V 1

49K9
-15VANALOG2
-15VANALOG2

F.GARCIA
6/9
D NC 12/434 S. Perez 17/10/12 REVISED 21/07/2010 E D C B A REV
C NC 11/392 NE 374/11 J.Clemente 10/11/11
A New NC 10/433 S. Perez 21/07/2010 SEDECAL POT & TACO SIGNALS
A B C D E
A B C D E
TP22
TP
+5V
+5V
C114
FL2
L35 R84
F3 1 +IN + O U T 14 L19 L21
B CB 24 11 C79 100uH/65mA 100uH/65mA
- - 22uF/25V 4.7uH/650mA 1K
C115 C43 MF-MSMF020-2 + + C140 DS3
D36 100nF/50V 100nF/50V +
10uF/35V 6.8uF/25V C76
PSG - - CG1
100nF/50V C36 C42
-
+
100nF/50V BNX005-01
CG2
CG3
TP23 C90 C102
TP DS4 100nF/50V 100nF/50V
DC-DC-2 EC6A16 7.5W R85
F4 + O U T 14 L36
23 +IN C141
+ C97 4.7uH/650mA C93 3K01
22 +
SMD050 22uF/25V 100nF/50V
+ + / - OUT 9 6.8uF/25V
C142
R105 C89 + C87 C91
3 +
10uF/35V 2 -IN 22uF/25V 100nF/50V R86
-O UT 11
R48 4.7uH/650mA 3K01
-15VANALOG LED V.
-15VANALOG
0 ohm DS5
R1 TP24
TP
0 ohm G N DH
3 +15VANALOG 3
-15VANALOG7
hole 4 mm
1 TP25 U9A
R167 10K 11 TL074BCD BCX56-16 Q15 TP28 +24VH
hole 4 mm 2 - +5V
1 TP26 R68 FL1
1
J1
+4.096REF 3 +
2K49 R2 R109
hole 4 mm +5V CB B
1 R166 Q13 - - 1
3
1K
1000uF/63V
TP27 R162
4
BC817-40W 1K U2B 470R 1K5 2

D2 + +
3
10uF/35V
15R
4
- -
-
U 9D +5REF
11
2K21 1K5 BNX005-01
CG3
CG2
13 - + C41
14 4.7uF/16V
12 + -15VANALOG
-15VANALOG7
4
TP30 TP31 TP32

U 9C
11
R157 10K TL074BCD
2
+15VANALOG7 9 -
R160 Q12
+5REF 8 1
2 BCX53-16 TP34 2
10 +
4K02
3
G N DH
R60
3
4
BC807-40W
2
U9B R155 R156
11

20K
GND SIGNAL 6 - R61
7 TP33 C88
R173
4K02
Q16 1nF/50V
10K Q14
4
BC817-40W C30
R172 +
4.7uF/16V
R171 R170
G N DH C101
G N DH
1nF/50V
+10VREF
GNDSUPPLY
+ C39
GNDSUPPLY 4.7uF/16V
GND ANALOG
GND EARTH
1 1

F.GARCIA
7/9
+5V D NC 12/434 S. Perez 17/10/12 REVISED 21/07/2010 E D C B A REV
C NC 11/392 NE 374/11 J.Clemente 10/11/11
+5V B NC 11/392 NE 374/11 J.Clemente 10/11/11 PBA OTC-TFT AT INTERFACE
V CC A New NC 10/433 S. Perez 21/07/2010 SEDECAL POWER SUPPLY
A B C D E
A B C D E
4 4
unmounted
R139
+10VREF
1K
C78
1uF/50V
unmounted +15VANALOG10
unmounted
unmounted
R151
-10VREF R32
1K21 unmounted
1K C77 SERV ON
1uF/50V unmounted unmounted
unmounted DS1
A DRIVE
unmounted R120
TP38 /H_POW ER
unmounted TP
1K
B DRIVE LED V.
TP37
3 unmounted 3
TP unmounted unmounted
1.5nF pol R30 10K
unmounted UC3637 B2
C31 U5 -15VANALOG10
R51 1 20
+Vth Iset
2
1K 2 19 unmounted unmounted
unmounted 3
Ct E/Aout
18 R127 10K 1M D52
R62 -Vth -E/A R129 BZV55C10
4 17
R121 unmounted
A drive Aout +E/A unmounted
1K -15VANALOG10 5 16
-Vs Sdn -15VANALOG10
+15VANALOG10 6 15 20K
1 1
unmounted +Vs -C/L
B drive 7 Bout +C/L 14 unmounted
R137 8 13 R12510K unmounted
+Bin +Ain D51
10K 10 11 unmounted 10K BZV55C10
NC NC
R126 1K B1 R128
unmounted unmounted
2
TP39 R59 R138 1K R31
TP unmounted
1K 1K
40KHz TP I LIMIT unmounted
unmounted R122
TP43
4K99
unmounted
unmounted
R35
1K TP40
unmounted Speed TP
R34
1nF/50V
unmounted A.O SUPPLY
R33
-I mot
1K
unmounted unmounted
GND SIGNAL
L15 L16
unmounted unmounted
C33
C32 6.8uF/25V
G N DH
6.8uF/25V + +
G N DH
C85 C84
GNDSUPPLY
100nF/50V 100nF/50V
GNDSUPPLY unmounted unmounted
GND ANALOG
1 1
GND EARTH

F.GARCIA
8/9
+5V C NC 11/392 NE 374/11 J.Clemente 10/11/11
+5V
A New NC 10/433 S. Perez 21/07/2010 SEDECAL PWM CONTROLLER
V CC
A B C D E
A B C D E
4 4

1
1
3 3
LG1 Unmounted
CON1
J19
HEATSINK S0003158
1
1
2
3
NYLON WASHER FIXING
2 2
1 1

F.GARCIA
9/9
C NC 11/392 NE 374/11 J.Clemente 10/11/11
A New NC 10/433 S. Perez 21/07/2010 SEDECAL TOOLING HOLES
A B C D E
5 4 3 2 1
J2
+15V
1
D 2 D
R2
24K3
0V1
3
1K 1 Q2
J1 BC817-40W
3
R1
2
1 /BUZZER_ON 1 Q1
2 BC817-40W DS1
verde
2
C C
SPEAKER
0V1
0V1 LS1
R3
1K
0V1
B B
A NAME DATE SHEET / OF A

PBA S0025193_A PCB S0025201_A
REVISED F.GARCIA 30/07/2010 1/1 A REV
PBA BUZZER AT-TFT

A NEW NC 10/433 Sonia Pérez 30/07/10 SEDECAL
5 4 3 2 1

SM 1201r9 Usxray

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SM 1201r9 Usxray

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Technical Publication

The information comprised in this manual applies to the following equipments

Automatic Ceiling Suspension

REVISION DATE REASON FOR CHANGE

0 May 05, 2010 First Edition.

2 Nov 11, 2010 Adaptation for Ralco R225 Collimator

3 Dec 12, 2010 New Control Console

4 Jan 18, 2011 Hose and Schematics Upgrade

5 June 02, 2011 New Tube Adaptations, Troubleshooting, Spares Parts

6 May 23, 2012 New format. Auto-tracking Ceiling Suspension added

7 Sept 26, 2012 IEC Standards Update

8 Feb 11, 2013 New Software Update

9 May 14, 2013 New Service Tool Update

DANGERS ADVISE OF CONDITIONS OR SITUATIONS THAT

ADVISE OF CONDITIONS OR SITUATIONS THAT IF NOT

Advise of conditions or situations that if not heeded or

Note . Alert readers to pertinent facts and conditions. Notes represent

1.1 Previous Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

1.2 Required Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

1.3 Pre-Installation Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

1.5 Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20

1.6 Longitudinal Rails Unpacking and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21

1.7 Cables Rail Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24

1.8 Transversal Rails and Main Assembly Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

1.9 Transversal Belt Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

1.10 Lifting & Lowering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39

1.13 Auto-tracking Suspension Longitudinal Potentiometer & Belt Installation . . . . 56

1.14 Longitudinal Brake Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

1.18 External Hose Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86

1.21 Covers Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105

2 SYSTEM INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

2.1 Installation Requirements and Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

2.2 Preparing the Installation Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123

3 CONFIGURATION AND CALIBRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

3.1 Gage Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

3.2 Calibration & Configuration Service Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137

3.3 Calibration Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148

3.5 Velocity Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

3.6 Axes Calibration Functional Check. [StandAlone] Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

3.8 Workstations Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

3.9 Auto-position Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218

3.10 Ralco R225 Automatic Collimator Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225

3.11 DAP Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

3.12 System Reboot and Positioner Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229

3.13 TFT Screen Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230

3.14 Configuration and Calibration Files Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

3.15 Compact Flash Backup and Restoration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249

4 FUNCTIONAL CHECKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

5 THEORY OF OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

5.1 Equipment Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261

5.4 Automatic Ceiling Suspension Software Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

5.6 Automatic Motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275

6 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

6.1 Basic Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293

6.2 Software Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294

7.1 Maintenance Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

7.2 Cleaning Advices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

7.3 Periodic Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313

7.4 Preventive Maintenance Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316

7.5 Steel Cables Breakdown Safety Switch, SW10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319

7.6 Gas Springs Wear Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

8.1 Job Cards List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321

8.2 Mandatory Recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322